Figure 14. Defects: (a) Unmelt defects(Scheme NO.4);(b) Pores defects(Scheme NO.1); (c); Spattering defect (Scheme NO.3); (d) Low overlapping rate defects(Scheme NO.5).

Molten pool structure, temperature and velocity
flow in selective laser melting AlCu5MnCdVA alloy

용융 풀 구조, 선택적 온도 및 속도 흐름 레이저 용융 AlCu5MnCdVA 합금

Pan Lu1 , Zhang Cheng-Lin2,6,Wang Liang3, Liu Tong4 and Liu Jiang-lin5
1 Aviation and Materials College, Anhui Technical College of Mechanical and Electrical Engineering, Wuhu Anhui 241000, People’s
Republic of China 2 School of Engineering Science, University of Science and Technology of China, Hefei Anhui 230026, People’s Republic of China 3 Anhui Top Additive Manufacturing Technology Co., Ltd., Wuhu Anhui 241300, People’s Republic of China 4 Anhui Chungu 3D Printing Institute of Intelligent Equipment and Industrial Technology, Anhui 241300, People’s Republic of China 5 School of Mechanical and Transportation Engineering, Taiyuan University of Technology, Taiyuan Shanxi 030024, People’s Republic of
China 6 Author to whom any correspondence should be addressed.
E-mail: ahjdpanlu@126.com, jiao__zg@126.com, ahjdjxx001@126.com,tongliu1988@126.com and liujianglin@tyut.edu.cn

Keywords

SLM, molten pool, AlCu5MnCdVA alloy, heat flow, velocity flow, numerical simulation

Abstract

선택적 레이저 용융(SLM)은 열 전달, 용융, 상전이, 기화 및 물질 전달을 포함하는 복잡한 동적 비평형 프로세스인 금속 적층 제조(MAM)에서 가장 유망한 기술 중 하나가 되었습니다. 용융 풀의 특성(구조, 온도 흐름 및 속도 흐름)은 SLM의 최종 성형 품질에 결정적인 영향을 미칩니다. 이 연구에서는 선택적 레이저 용융 AlCu5MnCdVA 합금의 용융 풀 구조, 온도 흐름 및 속도장을 연구하기 위해 수치 시뮬레이션과 실험을 모두 사용했습니다.

그 결과 용융풀의 구조는 다양한 형태(깊은 오목 구조, 이중 오목 구조, 평면 구조, 돌출 구조 및 이상적인 평면 구조)를 나타냈으며, 용융 풀의 크기는 약 132 μm × 107 μm × 50 μm였습니다. : 용융풀은 초기에는 여러 구동력에 의해 깊이 15μm의 깊은 오목형상이었으나, 성형 후기에는 장력구배에 의해 높이 10μm의 돌출형상이 되었다. 용융 풀 내부의 금속 흐름은 주로 레이저 충격력, 금속 액체 중력, 표면 장력 및 반동 압력에 의해 구동되었습니다.

AlCu5MnCdVA 합금의 경우, 금속 액체 응고 속도가 매우 빠르며(3.5 × 10-4 S), 가열 속도 및 냉각 속도는 각각 6.5 × 107 K S-1 및 1.6 × 106 K S-1 에 도달했습니다. 시각적 표준으로 표면 거칠기를 선택하고, 낮은 레이저 에너지 AlCu5MnCdVA 합금 최적 공정 매개변수 창을 수치 시뮬레이션으로 얻었습니다: 레이저 출력 250W, 부화 공간 0.11mm, 층 두께 0.03mm, 레이저 스캔 속도 1.5m s-1 .

또한, 실험 프린팅과 수치 시뮬레이션과 비교할 때, 용융 풀의 폭은 각각 약 205um 및 약 210um이었고, 인접한 두 용융 트랙 사이의 중첩은 모두 약 65um이었다. 결과는 수치 시뮬레이션 결과가 실험 인쇄 결과와 기본적으로 일치함을 보여 수치 시뮬레이션 모델의 정확성을 입증했습니다.

Selective Laser Melting (SLM) has become one of the most promising technologies in Metal Additive Manufacturing (MAM), which is a complex dynamic non-equilibrium process involving heat transfer, melting, phase transition, vaporization and mass transfer. The characteristics of the molten pool (structure, temperature flow and velocity flow) have a decisive influence on the final forming quality of SLM. In this study, both numerical simulation and experiments were employed to study molten pool structure, temperature flow and velocity field in Selective Laser Melting AlCu5MnCdVA alloy. The results showed the structure of molten pool showed different forms(deep-concave structure, double-concave structure, plane structure, protruding structure and ideal planar structure), and the size of the molten pool was approximately 132 μm × 107 μm × 50 μm: in the early stage, molten pool was in a state of deep-concave shape with a depth of 15 μm due to multiple driving forces, while a protruding shape with a height of 10 μm duo to tension gradient in the later stages of forming. The metal flow inside the molten pool was mainly driven by laser impact force, metal liquid gravity, surface tension and recoil pressure. For AlCu5MnCdVA alloy, metal liquid solidification speed was extremely fast(3.5 × 10−4 S), the heating rate and cooling rate reached 6.5 × 107 K S−1 and 1.6 × 106 K S−1 , respectively. Choosing surface roughness as a visual standard, low-laser energy AlCu5MnCdVA alloy optimum process parameters window was obtained by numerical simulation: laser power 250 W, hatching space 0.11 mm, layer thickness 0.03 mm, laser scanning velocity 1.5 m s−1 . In addition, compared with experimental printing and numerical simulation, the width of the molten pool was about 205 um and about 210 um, respectively, and overlapping between two adjacent molten tracks was all about 65 um. The results showed that the numerical simulation results were basically consistent with the experimental print results, which proved the correctness of the numerical simulation model.

Figure 1. AlCu5MnCdVA powder particle size distribution.
Figure 1. AlCu5MnCdVA powder particle size distribution.
Figure 2. AlCu5MnCdVA powder
Figure 2. AlCu5MnCdVA powder
Figure 3. Finite element model and calculation domains of SLM.
Figure 3. Finite element model and calculation domains of SLM.
Figure 4. SLM heat transfer process.
Figure 4. SLM heat transfer process.
Figure 14. Defects: (a) Unmelt defects(Scheme NO.4);(b) Pores defects(Scheme NO.1); (c); Spattering defect (Scheme NO.3); (d) Low
overlapping rate defects(Scheme NO.5).
Figure 17. Two-pass molten tracks overlapping for Scheme NO.2.
Figure 17. Two-pass molten tracks overlapping for Scheme NO.2.

References

[1] Cuiyun H 2008 Phase diagram determination and thermodynamic study of Al–Cu–Mn, Al–Cu–Si, Al–Mg–Ni and Ni–Ti–Si systems Central South University
[2] Zhanfei Z 2017 Study on theta phase segregation and room temperature properties of high strength cast Al–Cu–Mn alloy Lanzhou University of Technology
[3] Nie X et al 2018 Analysis of processing parameters and characteristics of selective laser melted high strength Al–Cu–Mg alloys: from single tracks to cubic samplesJ. Mater. Process. Technol. 256 69–77
[4] Shenping Y et al 2017 Laser absorptance measurement of commonly used metal materials in laser additive manufacturing technology Aviation Manufacturing Technology 12 23–9
[5] Wenqing W 2007 Relationship between cooling rate and grain size of AlCu5MnCdVA alloy Harbin University of Technology
[6] Majeed M, Vural M, Raja S and Bilal Naim Shaikh M 2019 Finite element analysis of thermal behavior in maraging steel during SLM process Optik 208 113–24
[7] Khairallah S A, Anderson A T, Rubenchik A and King W E 2016 Laser powder-bed fusion additive manufacturing: physics of complex melt flow and formation mechanisms of pores, spatter, and denudation zones Acta Mater. 108 36–45
[8] Bo C, Zhiyu X, Quanquan Z, Yuanbiao W, Liping W and Jin C 2020 Process optimization and microstructure and properties of SLM forming Cu6AlNiSnInCe imitation gold alloy Chin. J. Nonferr. Met. 30 372–82
[9] Li W 2012 Research on performance of metal parts formed by selective laser melting Huazhong University of Science and Technology
[10] Yu Q 2013 The influence of different laser heat sources on the surface shape of the molten pool in laser cladding Surf. Technol. 42 40–3

[11] Xianfeng J, Xiangchen M, Rongwei S, Xigen Y and Ming Y 2015 Research on the influence of material state change on temperature field
in SLM processing Applied Laser 35 155–9
[12] Körner C, Attar E and Heinl P 2011 Mesoscopic simulation of selective beam melting processesJ. Mater. Process. Technol. 211 978–87
[13] Yadroitsev I, Gusarov A, Yadroitsava I and Smurov I 2010 Single track formation in selective laser melting of metal powdersJ. Mater.
Process. Technol. 210 1624–31
[14] King W, Anderson A T, Ferencz R M, Hodge N E, Kamath C and Khairallah S A 2014 Overview of modelling and simulation of metal
powder bed fusion process at Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory Mater. Sci. Technol. 31 957–68
[15] Hussein A, Hao L, Yan C and Everson R 2013 Finite element simulation of the temperature and stress fields in single layers built
without-support in selective laser melting Materials & Design (1980–2015) 52 638–47
[16] Qiu C, Panwisawas C, Ward M, Basoalto H C, Brooks J W and Attallah M M 2015 On the role of melt flow into the surface structure and
porosity development during selective laser melting Acta Mater. 96 72–9
[17] Weihao Y, Hui C and Qingsong W 2020 Thermodynamic behavior of laser selective melting molten pool under the action of recoil
pressure Journal of Mechanical Engineering 56 213–9
[18] Weijuan Y 2019 Numerical simulation of melt pool temperature field and morphology evolution during laser selective melting process
Xi’an University of Technology
[19] Genwang W 2017 Research on the establishment of laser heat source model based on energy distribution and its simulation application
Harbin Institute of Technology
[20] FLOW-3D 2017 User Manual (USA: FLOW SCIENCE)
[21] Hirt C and Nichols B 1981 Volume of fluid (VOF) method for the dynamics of free boundariesJ. Comput. Phys. 39 201–25
[22] Hu Z, Zhang H, Zhu H, Xiao Z, Nie X and Zeng X 2019 Microstructure, mechanical properties and strengthening mechanisms of
AlCu5MnCdVA aluminum alloy fabricated by selective laser melting Materials Science and Engineering: A 759 154–66
[23] Ketai H, Liu Z and Lechang Y 2020 Simulation of temperature field, microstructure and mechanical properties of 316L stainless steel in
selected laser melting Progress in Laser and Optoelectronics 9 1–18
[24] Cao L 2020 Workpiece-scale numerical simulations of SLM molten pool dynamic behavior of 316L stainless steel Comput. Math. Appl.
4 22–34
[25] Dening Z, Yongping L, Tinglu H and Junyi S 2000 Numerical study of fluid flow and heat transfer in molten pool under the condition of
moving heat source J. Met. 4 387–90
[26] Chengyun C, Cui F and Wenlong Z 2018 The effect of Marangoni flow on the thermal behavior and melt flow behavior of laser cladding
Applied Laser 38 409–16
[27] Peiying B and Enhuai Y 2020 The effect of laser power on the morphology and residual stress of the molten pool of metal laser selective
melting Progress in Laser and Optoelectronics 7 1–12 http://kns.cnki.net/kcms/detail/31.1690.TN.20190717.0933.032.html
[28] Zhen L, Dongyun Z, Zhe F and Chengjie W 2017 Numerical simulation of the influence of overlap rate on the forming quality of
Inconel 718 alloy by selective laser melting processing Applied Laser 37 187–93
[29] Wei W, Qi L, Guang Y, Lanyun Q and Xiong X 2015 Numerical simulation of electromagnetic field, temperature field and flowfield of
laser melting pool under the action of electromagnetic stirring China Laser 42 48–55
[30] Hu Y, He X, Yu G and Zhao S 2016 Capillary convection in pulsed—butt welding of miscible dissimilar couple Proc. Inst. Mech. Eng.
Part C J. Mech. Eng. Sci. 231 2429–40
[31] Li R 2010 Research on the key basic problems of selective laser melting forming of metal powder Huazhong University of Science and
Technology
[32] Zijue T, Weiwei L, Zhaorui Y, Hao W and Hongchao Z 2019 Study on the shape evolution behavior of metal laser melting deposition
based on molten pool dynamic characteristicsJournal of Mechanical Engineering 55 39–47
[33] Pan L, Cheng-Lin Z, Hai-Yi L, Liang W and Tong L 2020 A new two-step selective laser remelting of 316L stainless steel: process,
density, surface roughness, mechanical properties, microstructure Mater. Res. Express 7 056503
[34] Pan L, Cheng-Lin Z, Hai-Yi L, Jiang H, Tong L and Liang W 2019 The influence and optimization of forming process parameters of
316L stainless steel prepared by laser melting on the density Forging Technology 44 103–9

Figure 5 A schematic of the water model of reactor URO 200.

Physical and Numerical Modeling of the Impeller Construction Impact on the Aluminum Degassing Process

알루미늄 탈기 공정에 미치는 임펠러 구성의 물리적 및 수치적 모델링

Kamil Kuglin,1 Michał Szucki,2 Jacek Pieprzyca,3 Simon Genthe,2 Tomasz Merder,3 and Dorota Kalisz1,*

Mikael Ersson, Academic Editor

Author information Article notes Copyright and License information Disclaimer

Associated Data

Data Availability Statement

Go to:

Abstract

This paper presents the results of tests on the suitability of designed heads (impellers) for aluminum refining. The research was carried out on a physical model of the URO-200, followed by numerical simulations in the FLOW 3D program. Four design variants of impellers were used in the study. The degree of dispersion of the gas phase in the model liquid was used as a criterion for evaluating the performance of each solution using different process parameters, i.e., gas flow rate and impeller speed. Afterward, numerical simulations in Flow 3D software were conducted for the best solution. These simulations confirmed the results obtained with the water model and verified them.

Keywords: aluminum, impeller construction, degassing process, numerical modeling, physical modeling

Go to:

1. Introduction

Constantly increasing requirements concerning metallurgical purity in terms of hydrogen content and nonmetallic inclusions make casting manufacturers use effective refining techniques. The answer to this demand is the implementation of the aluminum refining technique making use of a rotor with an original design guaranteeing efficient refining [1,2,3,4]. The main task of the impeller (rotor) is to reduce the contamination of liquid metal (primary and recycled aluminum) with hydrogen and nonmetallic inclusions. An inert gas, mainly argon or a mixture of gases, is introduced through the rotor into the liquid metal to bring both hydrogen and nonmetallic inclusions to the metal surface through the flotation process. Appropriately and uniformly distributed gas bubbles in the liquid metal guarantee achieving the assumed level of contaminant removal economically. A very important factor in deciding about the obtained degassing effect is the optimal rotor design [5,6,7,8]. Thanks to the appropriate geometry of the rotor, gas bubbles introduced into the liquid metal are split into smaller ones, and the spinning movement of the rotor distributes them throughout the volume of the liquid metal bath. In this solution impurities in the liquid metal are removed both in the volume and from the upper surface of the metal. With a well-designed impeller, the costs of refining aluminum and its alloys can be lowered thanks to the reduced inert gas and energy consumption (optimal selection of rotor rotational speed). Shorter processing time and a high degree of dehydrogenation decrease the formation of dross on the metal surface (waste). A bigger produced dross leads to bigger process losses. Consequently, this means that the choice of rotor geometry has an indirect impact on the degree to which the generated waste is reduced [9,10].

Another equally important factor is the selection of process parameters such as gas flow rate and rotor speed [11,12]. A well-designed gas injection system for liquid metal meets two key requirements; it causes rapid mixing of the liquid metal to maintain a uniform temperature throughout the volume and during the entire process, to produce a chemically homogeneous metal composition. This solution ensures effective degassing of the metal bath. Therefore, the shape of the rotor, the arrangement of the nozzles, and their number are significant design parameters that guarantee the optimum course of the refining process. It is equally important to complete the mixing of the metal bath in a relatively short time, as this considerably shortens the refining process and, consequently, reduces the process costs. Another important criterion conditioning the implementation of the developed rotor is the generation of fine diffused gas bubbles which are distributed throughout the metal volume, and whose residence time will be sufficient for the bubbles to collide and adsorb the contaminants. The process of bubble formation by the spinning rotors differs from that in the nozzles or porous molders. In the case of a spinning rotor, the shear force generated by the rotor motion splits the bubbles into smaller ones. Here, the rotational speed, mixing force, surface tension, and fluid density have a key effect on the bubble size. The velocity of the bubbles, which depends mainly on their size and shape, determines their residence time in the reactor and is, therefore, very important for the refining process, especially since gas bubbles in liquid aluminum may remain steady only below a certain size [13,14,15].

The impeller designs presented in the article were developed to improve the efficiency of the process and reduce its costs. The impellers used so far have a complicated structure and are very pricey. The success of the conducted research will allow small companies to become independent of external supplies through the possibility of making simple and effective impellers on their own. The developed structures were tested on the water model. The results of this study can be considered as pilot.

Go to:

2. Materials and Methods

Rotors were realized with the SolidWorks computer design technique and a 3D printer. The developed designs were tested on a water model. Afterward, the solution with the most advantageous refining parameters was selected and subjected to calculations with the Flow3D package. As a result, an impeller was designed for aluminum refining. Its principal lies in an even distribution of gas bubbles in the entire volume of liquid metal, with the largest possible participation of the bubble surface, without disturbing the metal surface. This procedure guarantees the removal of gaseous, as well as metallic and nonmetallic, impurities.

2.1. Rotor Designs

The developed impeller constructions, shown in Figure 1Figure 2Figure 3 and Figure 4, were printed on a 3D printer using the PLA (polylactide) material. The impeller design models differ in their shape and the number of holes through which the inert gas flows. Figure 1Figure 2 and Figure 3 show the same impeller model but with a different number of gas outlets. The arrangement of four, eight, and 12 outlet holes was adopted in the developed design. A triangle-shaped structure equipped with three gas outlet holes is presented in Figure 4.

An external file that holds a picture, illustration, etc.
Object name is materials-15-05273-g001.jpg

Figure 1

A 3D model—impeller with four holes—variant B4.

An external file that holds a picture, illustration, etc.
Object name is materials-15-05273-g002.jpg

Figure 2

A 3D model—impeller with eight holes—variant B8.

An external file that holds a picture, illustration, etc.
Object name is materials-15-05273-g003.jpg

Figure 3

A 3D model—impeller with twelve holes—variant B12.

An external file that holds a picture, illustration, etc.
Object name is materials-15-05273-g004.jpg

Figure 4

A 3D model—‘red triangle’ impeller with three holes—variant RT3.

2.2. Physical Models

Investigations were carried out on a water model of the URO 200 reactor of the barbotage refining process (see Figure 5).

An external file that holds a picture, illustration, etc.
Object name is materials-15-05273-g005.jpg

Figure 5

A schematic of the water model of reactor URO 200.

The URO 200 reactor can be classified as a cyclic reactor. The main element of the device is a rotor, which ends the impeller. The whole system is attached to a shaft via which the refining gas is supplied. Then, the shaft with the rotor is immersed in the liquid metal in the melting pot or the furnace chamber. In URO 200 reactors, the refining process lasts 600 s (10 min), the gas flow rate that can be obtained ranges from 5 to 20 dm3·min−1, and the speed at which the rotor can move is 0 to 400 rpm. The permissible quantity of liquid metal for barbotage refining is 300 kg or 700 kg [8,16,17]. The URO 200 has several design solutions which improve operation and can be adapted to the existing equipment in the foundry. These solutions include the following [8,16]:

  • URO-200XR—used for small crucible furnaces, the capacity of which does not exceed 250 kg, with no control system and no control of the refining process.
  • URO-200SA—used to service several crucible furnaces of capacity from 250 kg to 700 kg, fully automated and equipped with a mechanical rotor lift.
  • URO-200KA—used for refining processes in crucible furnaces and allows refining in a ladle. The process is fully automated, with a hydraulic rotor lift.
  • URO-200KX—a combination of the XR and KA models, designed for the ladle refining process. Additionally, refining in heated crucibles is possible. The unit is equipped with a manual hydraulic rotor lift.
  • URO-200PA—designed to cooperate with induction or crucible furnaces or intermediate chambers, the capacity of which does not exceed one ton. This unit is an integral part of the furnace. The rotor lift is equipped with a screw drive.

Studies making use of a physical model can be associated with the observation of the flow and circulation of gas bubbles. They require meeting several criteria regarding the similarity of the process and the object characteristics. The similarity conditions mainly include geometric, mechanical, chemical, thermal, and kinetic parameters. During simulation of aluminum refining with inert gas, it is necessary to maintain the geometric similarity between the model and the real object, as well as the similarity related to the flow of liquid metal and gas (hydrodynamic similarity). These quantities are characterized by the Reynolds, Weber, and Froude numbers. The Froude number is the most important parameter characterizing the process, its magnitude is the same for the physical model and the real object. Water was used as the medium in the physical modeling. The factors influencing the choice of water are its availability, relatively low cost, and kinematic viscosity at room temperature, which is very close to that of liquid aluminum.

The physical model studies focused on the flow of inert gas in the form of gas bubbles with varying degrees of dispersion, particularly with respect to some flow patterns such as flow in columns and geysers, as well as disturbance of the metal surface. The most important refining parameters are gas flow rate and rotor speed. The barbotage refining studies for the developed impeller (variants B4, B8, B12, and RT3) designs were conducted for the following process parameters:

  • Rotor speed: 200, 300, 400, and 500 rpm,
  • Ideal gas flow: 10, 20, and 30 dm3·min−1,
  • Temperature: 293 K (20 °C).

These studies were aimed at determining the most favorable variants of impellers, which were then verified using the numerical modeling methods in the Flow-3D program.

2.3. Numerical Simulations with Flow-3D Program

Testing different rotor impellers using a physical model allows for observing the phenomena taking place while refining. This is a very important step when testing new design solutions without using expensive industrial trials. Another solution is modeling by means of commercial simulation programs such as ANSYS Fluent or Flow-3D [18,19]. Unlike studies on a physical model, in a computer program, the parameters of the refining process and the object itself, including the impeller design, can be easily modified. The simulations were performed with the Flow-3D program version 12.03.02. A three-dimensional system with the same dimensions as in the physical modeling was used in the calculations. The isothermal flow of liquid–gas bubbles was analyzed. As in the physical model, three speeds were adopted in the numerical tests: 200, 300, and 500 rpm. During the initial phase of the simulations, the velocity field around the rotor generated an appropriate direction of motion for the newly produced bubbles. When the required speed was reached, the generation of randomly distributed bubbles around the rotor was started at a rate of 2000 per second. Table 1 lists the most important simulation parameters.

Table 1

Values of parameters used in the calculations.

ParameterValueUnit
Maximum number of gas particles1,000,000
Rate of particle generation20001·s−1
Specific gas constant287.058J·kg−1·K−1
Atmospheric pressure1.013 × 105Pa
Water density1000kg·m−3
Water viscosity0.001kg·m−1·s−1
Boundary condition on the wallsNo-slip
Size of computational cell0.0034m

Open in a separate window

In the case of the CFD analysis, the numerical solutions require great care when generating the computational mesh. Therefore, computational mesh tests were performed prior to the CFD calculations. The effect of mesh density was evaluated by taking into account the velocity of water in the tested object on the measurement line A (height of 0.065 m from the bottom) in a characteristic cross-section passing through the object axis (see Figure 6). The mesh contained 3,207,600, 6,311,981, 7,889,512, 11,569,230, and 14,115,049 cells.

An external file that holds a picture, illustration, etc.
Object name is materials-15-05273-g006.jpg

Figure 6

The velocity of the water depending on the size of the computational grid.

The quality of the generated computational meshes was checked using the criterion skewness angle QEAS [18]. This criterion is described by the following relationship:

QEAS=max{βmax−βeq180−βeq,βeq−βminβeq},

(1)

where βmaxβmin are the maximal and minimal angles (in degrees) between the edges of the cell, and βeq is the angle corresponding to an ideal cell, which for cubic cells is 90°.

Normalized in the interval [0;1], the value of QEAS should not exceed 0.75, which identifies the permissible skewness angle of the generated mesh. For the computed meshes, this value was equal to 0.55–0.65.

Moreover, when generating the computational grids in the studied facility, they were compacted in the areas of the highest gradients of the calculated values, where higher turbulence is to be expected (near the impeller). The obtained results of water velocity in the studied object at constant gas flow rate are shown in Figure 6.

The analysis of the obtained water velocity distributions (see Figure 6) along the line inside the object revealed that, with the density of the grid of nodal points, the velocity changed and its changes for the test cases of 7,889,512, 11,569,230, and 14,115,049 were insignificant. Therefore, it was assumed that a grid containing not less than 7,900,000 (7,889,512) cells would not affect the result of CFD calculations.

A single-block mesh of regular cells with a size of 0.0034 m was used in the numerical calculations. The total number of cells was approximately 7,900,000 (7,889,512). This grid resolution (see Figure 7) allowed the geometry of the system to be properly represented, maintaining acceptable computation time (about 3 days on a workstation with 2× CPU and 12 computing cores).

An external file that holds a picture, illustration, etc.
Object name is materials-15-05273-g007.jpg

Figure 7

Structured equidistant mesh used in numerical calculations: (a) mesh with smoothed, surface cells (the so-called FAVOR method) used in Flow-3D; (b) visualization of the applied mesh resolution.

The calculations were conducted with an explicit scheme. The timestep was selected by the program automatically and controlled by stability and convergence. From the moment of the initial velocity field generation (start of particle generation), it was 0.0001 s.

When modeling the degassing process, three fluids are present in the system: water, gas supplied through the rotor head (impeller), and the surrounding air. Modeling such a multiphase flow is a numerically very complex issue. The necessity to overcome the liquid backpressure by the gas flowing out from the impeller leads to the formation of numerical instabilities in the volume of fluid (VOF)-based approach used by Flow-3D software. Therefore, a mixed description of the analyzed flow was used here. In this case, water was treated as a continuous medium, while, in the case of gas bubbles, the discrete phase model (DPM) model was applied. The way in which the air surrounding the system was taken into account is later described in detail.

The following additional assumptions were made in the modeling:

  • —The liquid phase was considered as an incompressible Newtonian fluid.
  • —The effect of chemical reactions during the refining process was neglected.
  • —The composition of each phase (gas and liquid) was considered homogeneous; therefore, the viscosity and surface tension were set as constants.
  • —Only full turbulence existed in the liquid, and the effect of molecular viscosity was neglected.
  • —The gas bubbles were shaped as perfect spheres.
  • —The mutual interaction between gas bubbles (particles) was neglected.

2.3.1. Modeling of Liquid Flow 

The motion of the real fluid (continuous medium) is described by the Navier–Stokes Equation [20].

dudt=−1ρ∇p+ν∇2u+13ν∇(∇⋅ u)+F,

(2)

where du/dt is the time derivative, u is the velocity vector, t is the time, and F is the term accounting for external forces including gravity (unit components denoted by XYZ).

In the simulations, the fluid flow was assumed to be incompressible, in which case the following equation is applicable:

∂u∂t+(u⋅∇)u=−1ρ∇p+ν∇2u+F.

(3)

Due to the large range of liquid velocities during flows, the turbulence formation process was included in the modeling. For this purpose, the k–ε model turbulence kinetic energy k and turbulence dissipation ε were the target parameters, as expressed by the following equations [21]:

∂(ρk)∂t+∂(ρkvi)∂xi=∂∂xj[(μ+μtσk)⋅∂k∂xi]+Gk+Gb−ρε−Ym+Sk,

(4)

∂(ρε)∂t+∂(ρεui)∂xi=∂∂xj[(μ+μtσε)⋅∂k∂xi]+C1εεk(Gk+G3εGb)+C2ερε2k+Sε,

(5)

where ρ is the gas density, σκ and σε are the Prandtl turbulence numbers, k and ε are constants of 1.0 and 1.3, and Gk and Gb are the kinetic energy of turbulence generated by the average velocity and buoyancy, respectively.

As mentioned earlier, there are two gas phases in the considered problem. In addition to the gas bubbles, which are treated here as particles, there is also air, which surrounds the system. The boundary of phase separation is in this case the free surface of the water. The shape of the free surface can change as a result of the forming velocity field in the liquid. Therefore, it is necessary to use an appropriate approach to free surface tracking. The most commonly used concept in liquid–gas flow modeling is the volume of fluid (VOF) method [22,23], and Flow-3D uses a modified version of this method called TrueVOF. It introduces the concept of the volume fraction of the liquid phase fl. This parameter can be used for classifying the cells of a discrete grid into areas filled with liquid phase (fl = 1), gaseous phase, or empty cells (fl = 0) and those through which the phase separation boundary (fl ∈ (0, 1)) passes (free surface). To determine the local variations of the liquid phase fraction, it is necessary to solve the following continuity equation:

dfldt=0.

(6)

Then, the fluid parameters in the region of coexistence of the two phases (the so-called interface) depend on the volume fraction of each phase.

ρ=flρl+(1−fl)ρg,

(7)

ν=flνl+(1−fl)νg,

(8)

where indices l and g refer to the liquid and gaseous phases, respectively.

The parameter of fluid velocity in cells containing both phases is also determined in the same way.

u=flul+(1−fl)ug.

(9)

Since the processes taking place in the surrounding air can be omitted, to speed up the calculations, a single-phase, free-surface model was used. This means that no calculations were performed in the gas cells (they were treated as empty cells). The liquid could fill them freely, and the air surrounding the system was considered by the atmospheric pressure exerted on the free surface. This approach is often used in modeling foundry and metallurgical processes [24].

2.3.2. Modeling of Gas Bubble Flow 

As stated, a particle model was used to model bubble flow. Spherical particles (gas bubbles) of a given size were randomly generated in the area marked with green in Figure 7b. In the simulations, the gas bubbles were assumed to have diameters of 0.016 and 0.02 m corresponding to the gas flow rates of 10 and 30 dm3·min−1, respectively.

Experimental studies have shown that, as a result of turbulent fluid motion, some of the bubbles may burst, leading to the formation of smaller bubbles, although merging of bubbles into larger groupings may also occur. Therefore, to be able to observe the behavior of bubbles of different sizes (diameter), the calculations generated two additional particle types with diameters twice smaller and twice larger, respectively. The proportion of each species in the system was set to 33.33% (Table 2).

Table 2

Data assumed for calculations.

NoRotor Speed (Rotational Speed)
rpm
Bubbles Diameter
m
Corresponding Gas Flow Rate
dm3·min−1
NoRotor Speed (Rotational Speed)
rpm
Bubbles Diameter
m
Corresponding Gas Flow Rate
dm3·min−1
A2000.01610D2000.0230
0.0080.01
0.0320.04
B3000.01610E3000.0230
0.0080.01
0.0320.04
C5000.01610F5000.0230
0.0080.01
0.0320.04

Open in a separate window

The velocity of the particle results from the generated velocity field (calculated from Equation (3) in the liquid ul around it and its velocity resulting from the buoyancy force ub. The effect of particle radius r on the terminal velocity associated with buoyancy force can be determined according to Stokes’ law.

ub=29 (ρg−ρl)μlgr2,

(10)

where g is the acceleration (9.81).

The DPM model was used for modeling the two-phase (water–air) flow. In this model, the fluid (water) is treated as a continuous phase and described by the Navier–Stokes equation, while gas bubbles are particles flowing in the model fluid (discrete phase). The trajectories of each bubble in the DPM system are calculated at each timestep taking into account the mass forces acting on it. Table 3 characterizes the DPM model used in our own research [18].

Table 3

Characteristic of the DPM model.

MethodEquations
Euler–LagrangeBalance equation:
dugdt=FD(u−ug)+g(ϱg−ϱ)ϱg+F.
FD (u − up) denotes the drag forces per mass unit of a bubble, and the expression for the drag coefficient FD is of the form
FD=18μCDReϱ⋅gd2g24.
The relative Reynolds number has the form
Re≡ρdg|ug−u|μ.
On the other hand, the force resulting from the additional acceleration of the model fluid has the form
F=12dρdtρg(u−ug),
where ug is the gas bubble velocity, u is the liquid velocity, dg is the bubble diameter, and CD is the drag coefficient.

Open in a separate window

Go to:

3. Results and Discussion

3.1. Calculations of Power and Mixing Time by the Flowing Gas Bubbles

One of the most important parameters of refining with a rotor is the mixing power induced by the spinning rotor and the outflowing gas bubbles (via impeller). The mixing power of liquid metal in a ladle of height (h) by gas injection can be determined from the following relation [15]:

pgVm=ρ⋅g⋅uB,

(11)

where pg is the mixing power, Vm is the volume of liquid metal in the reactor, ρ is the density of liquid aluminum, and uB is the average speed of bubbles, given below.

uB=n⋅R⋅TAc⋅Pm⋅t,

(12)

where n is the number of gas moles, R is the gas constant (8.314), Ac is the cross-sectional area of the reactor vessel, T is the temperature of liquid aluminum in the reactor, and Pm is the pressure at the middle tank level. The pressure at the middle level of the tank is calculated by a function of the mean logarithmic difference.

Pm=(Pa+ρ⋅g⋅h)−Paln(Pa+ρ⋅g⋅h)Pa,

(13)

where Pa is the atmospheric pressure, and h is the the height of metal in the reactor.

Themelis and Goyal [25] developed a model for calculating mixing power delivered by gas injection.

pg=2Q⋅R⋅T⋅ln(1+m⋅ρ⋅g⋅hP),

(14)

where Q is the gas flow, and m is the mass of liquid metal.

Zhang [26] proposed a model taking into account the temperature difference between gas and alloy (metal).

pg=QRTgVm[ln(1+ρ⋅g⋅hPa)+(1−TTg)],

(15)

where Tg is the gas temperature at the entry point.

Data for calculating the mixing power resulting from inert gas injection into liquid aluminum are given below in Table 4. The design parameters were adopted for the model, the parameters of which are shown in Figure 5.

Table 4

Data for calculating mixing power introduced by an inert gas.

ParameterValueUnit
Height of metal column0.7m
Density of aluminum2375kg·m−3
Process duration20s
Gas temperature at the injection site940K
Cross-sectional area of ladle0.448m2
Mass of liquid aluminum546.25kg
Volume of ladle0.23M3
Temperature of liquid aluminum941.15K

Open in a separate window

Table 5 presents the results of mixing power calculations according to the models of Themelis and Goyal and of Zhang for inert gas flows of 10, 20, and 30 dm3·min−1. The obtained calculation results significantly differed from each other. The difference was an order of magnitude, which indicates that the model is highly inaccurate without considering the temperature of the injected gas. Moreover, the calculations apply to the case when the mixing was performed only by the flowing gas bubbles, without using a rotor, which is a great simplification of the phenomenon.

Table 5

Mixing power calculated from mathematical models.

Mathematical ModelMixing Power (W·t−1)
for a Given Inert Gas Flow (dm3·min−1)
102030
Themelis and Goyal11.4923.3335.03
Zhang0.821.662.49

Open in a separate window

The mixing time is defined as the time required to achieve 95% complete mixing of liquid metal in the ladle [27,28,29,30]. Table 6 groups together equations for the mixing time according to the models.

Table 6

Models for calculating mixing time.

AuthorsModelRemarks
Szekely [31]τ=800ε−0.4ε—W·t−1
Chiti and Paglianti [27]τ=CVQlV—volume of reactor, m3
Ql—flow intensity, m3·s−1
Iguchi and Nakamura [32]τ=1200⋅Q−0.4D1.97h−1.0υ0.47υ—kinematic viscosity, m2·s−1
D—diameter of ladle, m
h—height of metal column, m
Q—liquid flow intensity, m3·s−1

Open in a separate window

Figure 8 and Figure 9 show the mixing time as a function of gas flow rate for various heights of the liquid column in the ladle and mixing power values.

An external file that holds a picture, illustration, etc.
Object name is materials-15-05273-g008.jpg

Figure 8

Mixing time as a function of gas flow rate for various heights of the metal column (Iguchi and Nakamura model).

An external file that holds a picture, illustration, etc.
Object name is materials-15-05273-g009.jpg

Figure 9

Mixing time as a function of mixing power (Szekly model).

3.2. Determining the Bubble Size

The mechanisms controlling bubble size and mass transfer in an alloy undergoing refining are complex. Strong mixing conditions in the reactor promote impurity mass transfer. In the case of a spinning rotor, the shear force generated by the rotor motion separates the bubbles into smaller bubbles. Rotational speed, mixing force, surface tension, and liquid density have a strong influence on the bubble size. To characterize the kinetic state of the refining process, parameters k and A were introduced. Parameters kA, and uB can be calculated using the below equations [33].

k=2D⋅uBdB⋅π−−−−−−√,

(16)

A=6Q⋅hdB⋅uB,

(17)

uB=1.02g⋅dB,−−−−−√

(18)

where D is the diffusion coefficient, and dB is the bubble diameter.

After substituting appropriate values, we get

dB=3.03×104(πD)−2/5g−1/5h4/5Q0.344N−1.48.

(19)

According to the last equation, the size of the gas bubble decreases with the increasing rotational speed (see Figure 10).

An external file that holds a picture, illustration, etc.
Object name is materials-15-05273-g010.jpg

Figure 10

Effect of rotational speed on the bubble diameter.

In a flow of given turbulence intensity, the diameter of the bubble does not exceed the maximum size dmax, which is inversely proportional to the rate of kinetic energy dissipation in a viscous flow ε. The size of the gas bubble diameter as a function of the mixing energy, also considering the Weber number and the mixing energy in the negative power, can be determined from the following equations [31,34]:

  • —Sevik and Park:

dBmax=We0.6kr⋅(σ⋅103ρ⋅10−3)0.6⋅(10⋅ε)−0.4⋅10−2.

(20)

  • —Evans:

dBmax=⎡⎣Wekr⋅σ⋅1032⋅(ρ⋅10−3)13⎤⎦35 ⋅(10⋅ε)−25⋅10−2.

(21)

The results of calculating the maximum diameter of the bubble dBmax determined from Equation (21) are given in Table 7.

Table 7

The results of calculating the maximum diameter of the bubble using Equation (21).

ModelMixing Energy
ĺ (m2·s−3)
Weber Number (Wekr)
0.591.01.2
Zhang and Taniguchi
dmax
0.10.01670.02300.026
0.50.00880.01210.013
1.00.00670.00910.010
1.50.00570.00780.009
Sevik and Park
dBmax
0.10.2650.360.41
0.50.1390.190.21
1.00.1060.140.16
1.50.0900.120.14
Evans
dBmax
0.10.2470.3400.38
0.50.1300.1780.20
1.00.0980.1350.15
1.50.0840.1150.13

Open in a separate window

3.3. Physical Modeling

The first stage of experiments (using the URO-200 water model) included conducting experiments with impellers equipped with four, eight, and 12 gas outlets (variants B4, B8, B12). The tests were carried out for different process parameters. Selected results for these experiments are presented in Figure 11Figure 12Figure 13 and Figure 14.

An external file that holds a picture, illustration, etc.
Object name is materials-15-05273-g011.jpg

Figure 11

Impeller variant B4—gas bubbles dispersion registered for a gas flow rate of 10 dm3·min−1 and rotor speed of (a) 200, (b) 300, (c) 400, and (d) 500 rpm.

An external file that holds a picture, illustration, etc.
Object name is materials-15-05273-g012.jpg

Figure 12

Impeller variant B8—gas bubbles dispersion registered for a gas flow rate of 10 dm3·min−1 and rotor speed of (a) 200, (b) 300, (c) 400, and (d) 500 rpm.

An external file that holds a picture, illustration, etc.
Object name is materials-15-05273-g013.jpg

Figure 13

Gas bubble dispersion registered for different processing parameters (impeller variant B12).

An external file that holds a picture, illustration, etc.
Object name is materials-15-05273-g014.jpg

Figure 14

Gas bubble dispersion registered for different processing parameters (impeller variant RT3).

The analysis of the refining variants presented in Figure 11Figure 12Figure 13 and Figure 14 reveals that the proposed impellers design model is not useful for the aluminum refining process. The number of gas outlet orifices, rotational speed, and flow did not affect the refining efficiency. In all the variants shown in the figures, very poor dispersion of gas bubbles was observed in the object. The gas bubble flow had a columnar character, and so-called dead zones, i.e., areas where no inert gas bubbles are present, were visible in the analyzed object. Such dead zones were located in the bottom and side zones of the ladle, while the flow of bubbles occurred near the turning rotor. Another negative phenomenon observed was a significant agitation of the water surface due to excessive (rotational) rotor speed and gas flow (see Figure 13, cases 20; 400, 30; 300, 30; 400, and 30; 500).

Research results for a ‘red triangle’ impeller equipped with three gas supply orifices (variant RT3) are presented in Figure 14.

In this impeller design, a uniform degree of bubble dispersion in the entire volume of the modeling fluid was achieved for most cases presented (see Figure 14). In all tested variants, single bubbles were observed in the area of the water surface in the vessel. For variants 20; 200, 30; 200, and 20; 300 shown in Figure 14, the bubble dispersion results were the worst as the so-called dead zones were identified in the area near the bottom and sidewalls of the vessel, which disqualifies these work parameters for further applications. Interestingly, areas where swirls and gas bubble chains formed were identified only for the inert gas flows of 20 and 30 dm3·min−1 and 200 rpm in the analyzed model. This means that the presented model had the best performance in terms of dispersion of gas bubbles in the model liquid. Its design with sharp edges also differed from previously analyzed models, which is beneficial for gas bubble dispersion, but may interfere with its suitability in industrial conditions due to possible premature wear.

3.4. Qualitative Comparison of Research Results (CFD and Physical Model)

The analysis (physical modeling) revealed that the best mixing efficiency results were obtained with the RT3 impeller variant. Therefore, numerical calculations were carried out for the impeller model with three outlet orifices (variant RT3). The CFD results are presented in Figure 15 and Figure 16.

An external file that holds a picture, illustration, etc.
Object name is materials-15-05273-g015.jpg

Figure 15

Simulation results of the impeller RT3, for given flows and rotational speeds after a time of 1 s: simulation variants (a) A, (b) B, (c) C, (d) D, (e) E, and (f) F.

An external file that holds a picture, illustration, etc.
Object name is materials-15-05273-g016.jpg

Figure 16

Simulation results of the impeller RT3, for given flows and rotational speeds after a time of 5.4 s.: simulation variants (a) A, (b) B, (c) C, (d) D, (e) E, and (f) F.

CFD results are presented for all analyzed variants (impeller RT3) at two selected calculation timesteps of 1 and 5.40 s. They show the velocity field of the medium (water) and the dispersion of gas bubbles.

Figure 15 shows the initial refining phase after 1 s of the process. In this case, the gas bubble formation and flow were observed in an area close to contact with the rotor. Figure 16 shows the phase when the dispersion and flow of gas bubbles were advanced in the reactor area of the URO-200 model.

The quantitative evaluation of the obtained results of physical and numerical model tests was based on the comparison of the degree of gas dispersion in the model liquid. The degree of gas bubble dispersion in the volume of the model liquid and the areas of strong turbulent zones formation were evaluated during the analysis of the results of visualization and numerical simulations. These two effects sufficiently characterize the required course of the process from the physical point of view. The known scheme of the below description was adopted as a basic criterion for the evaluation of the degree of dispersion of gas bubbles in the model liquid.

  • Minimal dispersion—single bubbles ascending in the region of their formation along the ladle axis; lack of mixing in the whole bath volume.
  • Accurate dispersion—single and well-mixed bubbles ascending toward the bath mirror in the region of the ladle axis; no dispersion near the walls and in the lower part of the ladle.
  • Uniform dispersion—most desirable; very good mixing of fine bubbles with model liquid.
  • Excessive dispersion—bubbles join together to form chains; large turbulence zones; uneven flow of gas.

The numerical simulation results give a good agreement with the experiments performed with the physical model. For all studied variants (used process parameters), the single bubbles were observed in the area of water surface in the vessel. For variants presented in Figure 13 (200 rpm, gas flow 20 and dm3·min−1) and relevant examples in numerical simulation Figure 16, the worst bubble dispersion results were obtained because the dead zones were identified in the area near the bottom and sidewalls of the vessel, which disqualifies these work parameters for further use. The areas where swirls and gas bubble chains formed were identified only for the inert gas flows of 20 and 30 dm3·min−1 and 200 rpm in the analyzed model (physical model). This means that the presented impeller model had the best performance in terms of dispersion of gas bubbles in the model liquid. The worst bubble dispersion results were obtained because the dead zones were identified in the area near the bottom and side walls of the vessel, which disqualifies these work parameters for further use.

Figure 17 presents exemplary results of model tests (CFD and physical model) with marked gas bubble dispersion zones. All variants of tests were analogously compared, and this comparison allowed validating the numerical model.

An external file that holds a picture, illustration, etc.
Object name is materials-15-05273-g017.jpg

Figure 17

Compilations of model research results (CFD and physical): A—single gas bubbles formed on the surface of the modeling liquid, B—excessive formation of gas chains and swirls, C—uniform distribution of gas bubbles in the entire volume of the tank, and D—dead zones without gas bubbles, no dispersion. (a) Variant B; (b) variant F.

It should be mentioned here that, in numerical simulations, it is necessary to make certain assumptions and simplifications. The calculations assumed three particle size classes (Table 2), which represent the different gas bubbles that form due to different gas flow rates. The maximum number of particles/bubbles (Table 1) generated was assumed in advance and related to the computational capabilities of the computer. Too many particles can also make it difficult to visualize and analyze the results. The size of the particles, of course, affects their behavior during simulation, while, in the figures provided in the article, the bubbles are represented by spheres (visualization of the results) of the same size. Please note that, due to the adopted Lagrangian–Eulerian approach, the simulation did not take into account phenomena such as bubble collapse or fusion. However, the obtained results allow a comprehensive analysis of the behavior of gas bubbles in the system under consideration.

The comparative analysis of the visualization (quantitative) results obtained with the water model and CFD simulations (see Figure 17) generated a sufficient agreement from the point of view of the trends. A precise quantitative evaluation is difficult to perform because of the lack of a refraction compensating system in the water model. Furthermore, in numerical simulations, it is not possible to determine the geometry of the forming gas bubbles and their interaction with each other as opposed to the visualization in the water model. The use of both research methods is complementary. Thus, a direct comparison of images obtained by the two methods requires appropriate interpretation. However, such an assessment gives the possibility to qualitatively determine the types of the present gas bubble dispersion, thus ultimately validating the CFD results with the water model.

A summary of the visualization results for impellers RT3, i.e., analysis of the occurring gas bubble dispersion types, is presented in Table 8.

Table 8

Summary of visualization results (impeller RT3)—different types of gas bubble dispersion.

No Exp.ABCDEF
Gas flow rate, dm3·min−11030
Impeller speed, rpm200300500200300500
Type of dispersionAccurateUniformUniform/excessiveMinimalExcessiveExcessive

Open in a separate window

Tests carried out for impeller RT3 confirmed the high efficiency of gas bubble distribution in the volume of the tested object at a low inert gas flow rate of 10 dm3·min−1. The most optimal variant was variant B (300 rpm, 10 dm3·min−1). However, the other variants A and C (gas flow rate 10 dm3·min−1) seemed to be favorable for this type of impeller and are recommended for further testing. The above process parameters will be analyzed in detail in a quantitative analysis to be performed on the basis of the obtained efficiency curves of the degassing process (oxygen removal). This analysis will give an unambiguous answer as to which process parameters are the most optimal for this type of impeller; the results are planned for publication in the next article.

It should also be noted here that the high agreement between the results of numerical calculations and physical modelling prompts a conclusion that the proposed approach to the simulation of a degassing process which consists of a single-phase flow model with a free surface and a particle flow model is appropriate. The simulation results enable us to understand how the velocity field in the fluid is formed and to analyze the distribution of gas bubbles in the system. The simulations in Flow-3D software can, therefore, be useful for both the design of the impeller geometry and the selection of process parameters.

Go to:

4. Conclusions

The results of experiments carried out on the physical model of the device for the simulation of barbotage refining of aluminum revealed that the worst results in terms of distribution and dispersion of gas bubbles in the studied object were obtained for the black impellers variants B4, B8, and B12 (multi-orifice impellers—four, eight, and 12 outlet holes, respectively).

In this case, the control of flow, speed, and number of gas exit orifices did not improve the process efficiency, and the developed design did not meet the criteria for industrial tests. In the case of the ‘red triangle’ impeller (variant RT3), uniform gas bubble dispersion was achieved throughout the volume of the modeling fluid for most of the tested variants. The worst bubble dispersion results due to the occurrence of the so-called dead zones in the area near the bottom and sidewalls of the vessel were obtained for the flow variants of 20 dm3·min−1 and 200 rpm and 30 dm3·min−1 and 200 rpm. For the analyzed model, areas where swirls and gas bubble chains were formed were found only for the inert gas flow of 20 and 30 dm3·min−1 and 200 rpm. The model impeller (variant RT3) had the best performance compared to the previously presented impellers in terms of dispersion of gas bubbles in the model liquid. Moreover, its design differed from previously presented models because of its sharp edges. This can be advantageous for gas bubble dispersion, but may negatively affect its suitability in industrial conditions due to premature wearing.

The CFD simulation results confirmed the results obtained from the experiments performed on the physical model. The numerical simulation of the operation of the ‘red triangle’ impeller model (using Flow-3D software) gave good agreement with the experiments performed on the physical model. This means that the presented model impeller, as compared to other (analyzed) designs, had the best performance in terms of gas bubble dispersion in the model liquid.

In further work, the developed numerical model is planned to be used for CFD simulations of the gas bubble distribution process taking into account physicochemical parameters of liquid aluminum based on industrial tests. Consequently, the obtained results may be implemented in production practice.

Go to:

Funding Statement

This paper was created with the financial support grants from the AGH-UST, Faculty of Foundry Engineering, Poland (16.16.170.654 and 11/990/BK_22/0083) for the Faculty of Materials Engineering, Silesian University of Technology, Poland.

Go to:

Author Contributions

Conceptualization, K.K. and D.K.; methodology, J.P. and T.M.; validation, M.S. and S.G.; formal analysis, D.K. and T.M.; investigation, J.P., K.K. and S.G.; resources, M.S., J.P. and K.K.; writing—original draft preparation, D.K. and T.M.; writing—review and editing, D.K. and T.M.; visualization, J.P., K.K. and S.G.; supervision, D.K.; funding acquisition, D.K. and T.M. All authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript.

Go to:

Institutional Review Board Statement

Not applicable.

Go to:

Informed Consent Statement

Not applicable.

Go to:

Data Availability Statement

Data are contained within the article.

Go to:

Conflicts of Interest

The authors declare no conflict of interest.

Go to:

Footnotes

Publisher’s Note: MDPI stays neutral with regard to jurisdictional claims in published maps and institutional affiliations.

Go to:

References

1. Zhang L., Xuewei L., Torgerson A.T., Long M. Removal of Impurity Elements from Molten Aluminium: A Review. Miner. Process. Extr. Metall. Rev. 2011;32:150–228. doi: 10.1080/08827508.2010.483396. [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]

2. Saternus M. Impurities of liquid aluminium-methods on their estimation and removal. Met. Form. 2015;23:115–132. [Google Scholar]

3. Żak P.L., Kalisz D., Lelito J., Gracz B., Szucki M., Suchy J.S. Modelling of non-metallic particle motion process in foundry alloys. Metalurgija. 2015;54:357–360. [Google Scholar]

4. Kalisz D., Kuglin K. Efficiency of aluminum oxide inclusions rmoval from liquid steel as a result of collisions and agglomeration on ceramic filters. Arch. Foundry Eng. 2020;20:43–48. [Google Scholar]

5. Kuglin K., Kalisz D. Evaluation of the usefulness of rotors for aluminium refining. IOP Conf. Ser. Mater. Sci. Eng. 2021;1178:012036. doi: 10.1088/1757-899X/1178/1/012036. [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]

6. Saternus M., Merder T. Physical modeling of the impeller construction impact o the aluminium refining process. Materials. 2022;15:575. doi: 10.3390/ma15020575. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]

7. Saternus M., Merder T. Physical modelling of aluminum refining process conducted in batch reactor with rotary impeller. Metals. 2018;8:726. doi: 10.3390/met8090726. [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]

8. Saternus M., Merder T., Pieprzyca J. The influence of impeller geometry on the gas bubbles dispersion in uro-200 reactor—RTD curves. Arch. Metall. Mater. 2015;60:2887–2893. doi: 10.1515/amm-2015-0461. [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]

9. Hernández-Hernández M., Camacho-Martínez J., González-Rivera C., Ramírez-Argáez M.A. Impeller design assisted by physical modeling and pilot plant trials. J. Mater. Process. Technol. 2016;236:1–8. doi: 10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2016.04.031. [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]

10. Mancilla E., Cruz-Méndez W., Garduño I.E., González-Rivera C., Ramírez-Argáez M.A., Ascanio G. Comparison of the hydrodynamic performance of rotor-injector devices in a water physical model of an aluminum degassing ladle. Chem. Eng. Res. Des. 2017;118:158–169. doi: 10.1016/j.cherd.2016.11.031. [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]

11. Michalek K., Socha L., Gryc K., Tkadleckova M., Saternus M., Pieprzyca J., Merder T. Modelling of technological parameters of aluminium melt refining in the ladle by blowing of inert gas through the rotating impeller. Arch. Metall. Mater. 2018;63:987–992. [Google Scholar]

12. Walek J., Michalek K., Tkadlecková M., Saternus M. Modelling of Technological Parameters of Aluminium Melt Refining in the Ladle by Blowing of Inert Gas through the Rotating Impeller. Metals. 2021;11:284. doi: 10.3390/met11020284. [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]

13. Michalek K., Gryc K., Moravka J. Physical modelling of bath homogenization in argon stirred ladle. Metalurgija. 2009;48:215–218. [Google Scholar]

14. Michalek K. The Use of Physical Modeling and Numerical Optimization for Metallurgical Processes. VSB; Ostrawa, Czech Republic: 2001. [Google Scholar]

15. Chen J., Zhao J. Light Metals. TMS; Warrendale, PA, USA: 1995. Bubble distribution in a melt treatment water model; pp. 1227–1231. [Google Scholar]

16. Saternus M. Model Matematyczny do Sterowania Procesem Rafinacji Ciekłych Stopów Aluminium Przy Zastosowaniu URO-200. Katowice, Poland: 2004. Research Project Nr 7 T08B 019 21. [Google Scholar]

17. Pietrewicz L., Wężyk W. Urządzenia do rafinacji gazowej typu URO-200 sześć lat produkcji i doświadczeń; Proceedings of the Aluminum Conference; Zakopane, Poland. 12–16 October 1998. [Google Scholar]

18. Flow3d User’s Guide. Flow Science, Inc.; Santa Fe, NM, USA: 2020. [Google Scholar]

19. Sinelnikov V., Szucki M., Merder T., Pieprzyca J., Kalisz D. Physical and numerical modeling of the slag splashing process. Materials. 2021;14:2289. doi: 10.3390/ma14092289. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]

20. White F. Fluid Mechanics. McGraw-Hill; New York, NY, USA: 2010. (McGraw-Hill Series in Mechanical Engineering). [Google Scholar]

21. Yang Z., Yang L., Cheng T., Chen F., Zheng F., Wang S., Guo Y. Fluid Flow Characteristic of EAF Molten Steel with Different Bottom-Blowing Gas Flow Rate Distributions. ISIJ. 2020;60:1957–1967. doi: 10.2355/isijinternational.ISIJINT-2019-794. [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]

22. Nichols B.D., Hirt C.W. Methods for calculating multi-dimensional, transient free surface flows past bodies; Proceedings of the First International Conference on Numerical Ship Hydrodynamics; Gaithersburg, MD, USA. 20–22 October 1975. [Google Scholar]

23. Hirt C.W., Nichols B.D. Volume of Fluid (VOF) Method for the Dynamics of Free Boundaries. J. Comput. Phys. 1981;39:201–255. doi: 10.1016/0021-9991(81)90145-5. [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]

24. Szucki M., Suchy J.S., Lelito J., Malinowski P., Sobczyk J. Application of the lattice Boltzmann method for simulation of the mold filling process in the casting industry. Heat Mass Transf. 2017;53:3421–3431. doi: 10.1007/s00231-017-2069-5. [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]

25. Themelis N.J., Goyal P. Gas injection in steelmaking. Candian Metall. Trans. 1983;22:313–320. [Google Scholar]

26. Zhang L., Jing X., Li Y., Xu Z., Cai K. Mathematical model of decarburization of ultralow carbon steel during RH treatment. J. Univ. Sci. Technol. Beijing. 1997;4:19–23. [Google Scholar]

27. Chiti F., Paglianti A., Bujalshi W. A mechanistic model to estimate powder consumption and mixing time in aluminium industries. Chem. Eng. Res. Des. 2004;82:1105–1111. doi: 10.1205/cerd.82.9.1105.44156. [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]

28. Bouaifi M., Roustan M. Power consumption, mixing time and homogenization energy in dual-impeller agitated gas-liquid reactors. Chem. Eng. Process. 2011;40:87–95. doi: 10.1016/S0255-2701(00)00128-8. [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]

29. Kang J., Lee C.H., Haam S., Koo K.K., Kim W.S. Studies on the overall oxygen transfer rate and mixing time in pilot-scale surface aeration vessel. Environ. Technol. 2001;22:1055–1068. doi: 10.1080/09593332208618215. [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]

30. Moucha T., Linek V., Prokopov E. Gas hold-up, mixing time and gas-liquid volumetric mass transfer coefficient of various multiple-impeller configurations: Rushton turbine, pitched blade and techmix impeller and their combinations. Chem. Eng. Sci. 2003;58:1839–1846. doi: 10.1016/S0009-2509(02)00682-6. [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]

31. Szekely J. Flow phenomena, mixing and mass transfer in argon-stirred ladles. Ironmak. Steelmak. 1979;6:285–293. [Google Scholar]

32. Iguchi M., Nakamura K., Tsujino R. Mixing time and fluid flow phenomena in liquids of varying kinematic viscosities agitated by bottom gas injection. Metall. Mat. Trans. 1998;29:569–575. doi: 10.1007/s11663-998-0091-1. [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]

33. Hjelle O., Engh T.A., Rasch B. Removal of Sodium from Aluminiummagnesium Alloys by Purging with Cl2. Aluminium-Verlag GmbH; Dusseldorf, Germany: 1985. pp. 343–360. [Google Scholar]

34. Zhang L., Taniguchi S. Fundamentals of inclusion removal from liquid steel by bubble flotation. Int. Mat. Rev. 2000;45:59–82. doi: 10.1179/095066000101528313. [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]

Figure 4.24 - Model with virtual valves in the extremities of the geometries to simulate the permeability of the mold promoting a more uniformed filling

Optimization of filling systems for low pressure by Flow-3D

Dissertação de Mestrado
Ciclo de Estudos Integrados Conducentes ao
Grau de Mestre em Engenharia Mecânica
Trabalho efectuado sob a orientação do
Doutor Hélder de Jesus Fernades Puga
Professor Doutor José Joaquim Carneiro Barbosa

ABSTRACT

논문의 일부로 튜터 선택 가능성과 해결해야 할 주제가 설정되는 매개변수를 염두에 두고 개발 주제 ‘Flow- 3D ®에 의한 저압 충전 시스템 최적화’가 선택되었습니다. 이를 위해서는 달성해야 할 목표와 이를 달성하기 위한 방법을 정의하는 것이 필요했습니다.

충전 시스템을 시뮬레이션하고 검증할 수 있는 광범위한 소프트웨어에도 불구하고 Flow-3D®는 시장에서 최고의 도구 중 하나로 표시되어 전체 충전 프로세스 및 행동 표현과 관련하여 탁월한 정확도로 시뮬레이션하는 능력을 입증했습니다.

이를 위해 관련 프로세스를 더 잘 이해하고 충진 시스템 시뮬레이션을 위한 탐색적 기반 역할을 하기 위해 이 도구를 탐색하는 것이 중요합니다. 지연 및 재료 낭비에 반영되는 실제적인 측면에서 충전 장치의 치수를 완벽하게 만드는 비용 및 시간 낭비. 이러한 방식으로 저압 주조 공정에서 충진 시스템을 설계하고 물리적 모델을 탐색하여 특성화하는 방법론을 검증하기 위한 것입니다.

이를 위해 다음 주요 단계를 고려하십시오.

시뮬레이션 소프트웨어 Flow 3D® 탐색;
충전 시스템 모델링;
모델의 매개변수를 탐색하여 모델링된 시스템의 시뮬레이션, 검증 및 최적화.

따라서 연구 중인 압력 곡선과 주조 분석에서 가장 관련성이 높은 정보의 최종 마이닝을 검증하기 위한 것입니다.

사용된 압력 곡선은 수집된 문헌과 이전에 수행된 실제 작업을 통해 얻었습니다. 결과를 통해 3단계 압력 곡선이 층류 충진 체계의 의도된 목적과 관련 속도가 0.5 𝑚/𝑠를 초과하지 않는다는 결론을 내릴 수 있었습니다.

충전 수준이 2인 압력 곡선은 0.5 𝑚/𝑠 이상의 속도로 영역을 채우는 더 난류 시스템을 갖습니다. 열전달 매개변수는 이전에 얻은 값이 주물에 대한 소산 거동을 확증하지 않았기 때문에 연구되었습니다.

이러한 방식으로 주조 공정에 더 부합하는 새로운 가치를 얻었습니다. 달성된 결과는 유사한 것으로 나타난 NovaFlow & Solid®에 의해 생성된 결과와 비교되어 시뮬레이션에서 설정된 매개변수를 검증했습니다. Flow 3D®는 주조 부품 시뮬레이션을 위한 강력한 도구로 입증되었습니다.

As part of the dissertation and bearing in mind the parameters in which the possibility of a choice of tutor and the subject to be addressed is established, the subject for development ’Optimization of filling systems for low pressure by Flow 3D ®’ was chosen. For this it was necessary to define the objectives to achieve and the methods to attain them. Despite the wide range of software able to simulate and validate filling systems, Flow 3D® has been shown as one of the best tools in the market, demonstrating its ability to simulate with distinctive accuracy with respect to the entire process of filling and the behavioral representation of the fluid obtained. To this end, it is important to explore this tool for a better understanding of the processes involved and to serve as an exploratory basis for the simulation of filling systems, simulation being one of the great strengths of the current industry due to the need to reduce costs and time waste, in practical terms, that lead to the perfecting of the dimensioning of filling devices, which are reflected in delays and wasted material. In this way it is intended to validate the methodology to design a filling system in lowpressure casting process, exploring their physical models and thus allowing for its characterization. For this, consider the following main phases: The exploration of the simulation software Flow 3D®; modeling of filling systems; simulation, validation and optimization of systems modeled by exploring the parameters of the models. Therefore, it is intended to validate the pressure curves under study and the eventual mining of the most relevant information in a casting analysis. The pressure curves that were used were obtained through the gathered literature and the practical work previously performed. Through the results it was possible to conclude that the pressure curve with 3 levels meets the intended purpose of a laminar filling regime and associated speeds never exceeding 0.5 𝑚/𝑠. The pressure curve with 2 filling levels has a more turbulent system, having filling areas with velocities above 0.5 𝑚/𝑠. The heat transfer parameter was studied due to the values previously obtained didn’t corroborate the behavior of dissipation regarding to the casting. In this way, new values, more in tune with the casting process, were obtained. The achieved results were compared with those generated by NovaFlow & Solid®, which were shown to be similar, validating the parameters established in the simulations. Flow 3D® was proven a powerful tool for the simulation of casting parts.

키워드

저압, Flow 3D®, 시뮬레이션, 파운드리, 압력-시간 관계,Low Pressure, Flow 3D®, Simulation, Foundry, Pressure-time relation

Figure 4.24 - Model with virtual valves in the extremities of the geometries to simulate the permeability of the mold promoting a more uniformed filling
Figure 4.24 – Model with virtual valves in the extremities of the geometries to simulate the permeability of the mold promoting a more uniformed filling
Figure 4.39 - Values of temperature contours using full energy heat transfer parameter for simula
Figure 4.39 – Values of temperature contours using full energy heat transfer parameter for simula
Figure 4.40 – Comparison between software simulations (a) Flow 3D® simulation,
(b) NovaFlow & Solid® simulation
Figure 4.40 – Comparison between software simulations (a) Flow 3D® simulation, (b) NovaFlow & Solid® simulation

BIBLIOGRAPHY

[1] E. Stanley and D. B. Sc, “Fluid Flow Aspects of Solidification Modelling : Simulation
of Low Pressure Die Casting .”
[2] Y. Sahin, “Computer aided foundry die-design,” Metallography, vol. 24, no. 8, pp.
671–679, 2003.
[3] F. Bonollo, J. Urban, B. Bonatto, and M. Botter, “Gravity and low pressure die casting
of aluminium alloys : a technical and economical benchmark,” La Metall. Ital., vol. 97,
no. 6, pp. 23–32, 2005.
[4] P. a and R. R, “Study of the effect of process parameters on the production of a nonsimmetric low pressure die casting part,” La Metall. Ital., pp. 57–63, 2009.
[5] “Fundição em baixa pressão | Aluinfo.” [Online]. Available:
http://www.aluinfo.com.br/novo/materiais/fundicao-em-baixa-pressao. [Accessed: 18-
Sep-2015].
[6] “Low Pressure Sand Casting by Wolverine Bronze.” [Online]. Available:
http://www.wolverinebronze.com/low-pressure-sand-casting.php. [Accessed: 18-Sep2015].
[7] A. Reikher, “Numerical Analysis of Die-Casting Process in Thin Cavities Using
Lubrication Approximation,” no. December, 2012.
[8] P. Fu, A. a. Luo, H. Jiang, L. Peng, Y. Yu, C. Zhai, and A. K. Sachdev, “Low-pressure
die casting of magnesium alloy AM50: Response to process parameters,” J. Mater.
Process. Technol., vol. 205, no. 1–3, pp. 224–234, 2008.
[9] X. Li, Q. Hao, W. Jie, and Y. Zhou, “Development of pressure control system in
counter gravity casting for large thin-walled A357 aluminum alloy components,”
Trans. Nonferrous Met. Soc. China, vol. 18, no. 4, pp. 847–851, 2008.
[10] J. a. Hines, “Determination of interfacial heat-transfer boundary conditions in an
aluminum low-pressure permanent mold test casting,” Metall. Mater. Trans. B, vol. 35,
no. 2, pp. 299–311, 2004.
[11] A. Lima, A. Freitas, and P. Magalhães, “Processos de vazamento em moldações
permanentes,” pp. 40–49, 2003.
[12] Y. B. Choi, K. Matsugi, G. Sasaki, K. Arita, and O. Yanagisawa, “Analysis of
Manufacturing Processes for Metal Fiber Reinforced Aluminum Alloy Composite
Fabricated by Low-Pressure Casting,” Mater. Trans., vol. 47, no. 4, pp. 1227–1231,
68
2006.
[13] G. Mi, X. Liu, K. Wang, and H. Fu, “Numerical simulation of low pressure die-casting
aluminum wheel,” China Foundry, vol. 6, no. 1, pp. 48–52, 2009.
[14] J. Kuo, F. Hsu, and W. Hwang, “ADVANCED Development of an interactive
simulation system for the determination of the pressure ± time relationship during the
® lling in a low pressure casting process,” vol. 2, pp. 131–145, 2001.
[15] S.-G. Liu, F.-Y. Cao, X.-Y. Zhao, Y.-D. Jia, Z.-L. Ning, and J.-F. Sun, “Characteristics
of mold filling and entrainment of oxide film in low pressure casting of A356 alloy,”
Mater. Sci. Eng. A, vol. 626, pp. 159–164, 2015.
[16] “Casting Training Class – Lecture 10 – Solidification and Shrinkage-Casting.” FLOW3D®.
[17] “UAB Casting Engineering Laboratory.” [Online]. Available:
file:///C:/Users/Jos%C3%A9 Belo/Desktop/Artigo_Software/UAB Casting
Engineering Laboratory.htm. [Accessed: 09-Nov-2015].
[18] A. Louvo, “Casting Simulation as a Tool in Concurrent Engineering,” pp. 1–12, 1997.
[19] T. R. Vijayaram and P. Piccardo, “Computers in Foundries,” vol. 30, 2012.
[20] M. Sadaiah, D. R. Yadav, P. V. Mohanram, and P. Radhakrishnan, “A generative
computer-aided process planning system for prismatic components,” Int. J. Adv.
Manuf. Technol., vol. 20, no. 10, pp. 709–719, 2002.
[21] Ministry_of_Planning, “Digital Data,” vol. 67, pp. 1–6, 2004.
[22] S. Shamasundar, D. Ramachandran, and N. S. Shrinivasan, “COMPUTER
SIMULATION AND ANALYSIS OF INVESTMENTCASTING PROCESS.”
[23] J. M. Siqueira and G. Motors, “Simulation applied to Aluminum High Pressure Die
Casting,” pp. 1–5, 1998.
[24] C. Fluid, COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS. Abdulnaser Sayma & Ventus
Publishing ApS, 2009.
[25] C. a. Felippa, “1 – Overview,” Adv. Finite Elem. Methods, pp. 1–9.
[26] a. Meena and M. El Mansori, “Correlative thermal methodology for castability
simulation of ductile iron in ADI production,” J. Mater. Process. Technol., vol. 212,
no. 11, pp. 2484–2495, 2012.
[27] T. R. Vijayaram, S. Sulaiman, a. M. S. Hamouda, and M. H. M. Ahmad, “Numerical
simulation of casting solidification in permanent metallic molds,” J. Mater. Process.
69
Technol., vol. 178, pp. 29–33, 2006.
[28] “General CFD FAQ — CFD-Wiki, the free CFD reference.” [Online]. Available:
http://www.cfd-online.com/Wiki/General_CFD_FAQ. [Accessed: 10-Nov-2015].
[29] “FEM | FEA | CFD.” [Online]. Available: http://fem4analyze.blogspot.pt/. [Accessed:
09-Nov-2015].
[30] “Fundição; revista da Associação portuguesa de fundição,” Fundição, vol. N
o
227.
[31] “Casting Training Class – Lecture 1 – Introduction_to_FLOW-3D – Casting.” FLOW3D®.
[32] F. Science, “FLOW-3D Cast Documentation,” no. 3.5, p. 80, 2012.
[33] “Casting Training Class – Lecture 4 – Geometry Building – General.” FLOW-3D®.
[34] F. Science, “FLOW-3D v11.0.3 User Manual,” pp. 1–132, 2015.
[35] “Casting Training Class – Lecture 5 Meshing Concept – General.” FLOW-3D®.
[36] “Casting Training Class – Lecture 6 – Boundary_Conditions – Casting.” FLOW-3D®.
[37] “Casting Training Class – Lecture 9 – Physical Models-castings.” FLOW-3D®.
[38] P. A. D. Jácome, M. C. Landim, A. Garcia, A. F. Furtado, and I. L. Ferreira, “The
application of computational thermodynamics and a numerical model for the
determination of surface tension and Gibbs–Thomson coefficient of aluminum based
alloys,” Thermochim. Acta, vol. 523, no. 1–2, pp. 142–149, 2011.
[39] J. P. Anson, R. A. L. Drew, and J. E. Gruzleski, “The surface tension of molten
aluminum and Al-Si-Mg alloy under vacuum and hydrogen atmospheres,” Metall.
Mater. Trans. B Process Metall. Mater. Process. Sci., vol. 30, no. 6, pp. XVI–1032,
1999.

Figure 1: Mold drawings

3D Flow and Temperature Analysis of Filling a Plutonium Mold

플루토늄 주형 충전의 3D 유동 및 온도 분석

Authors: Orenstein, Nicholas P. [1]

Publication Date:2013-07-24
Research Org.: Los Alamos National Lab. (LANL), Los Alamos, NM (United States)
Sponsoring Org.: DOE/LANL
OSTI Identifier: 1088904
Report Number(s): LA-UR-13-25537
DOE Contract Number: AC52-06NA25396
Resource Type: Technical Report
Country of Publication: United States
Language: English
Subject: Engineering(42); Materials Science(36); Radiation Chemistry, Radiochemistry, & Nuclear Chemistry(38)

Introduction

The plutonium foundry at Los Alamos National Laboratory casts products for various special nuclear applications. However, plutonium’s radioactivity, material properties, and security constraints complicate the ability to perform experimental analysis of mold behavior. The Manufacturing Engineering and Technologies (MET-2) group previously developed a graphite mold to vacuum cast small plutonium disks to be used by the Department of Homeland Security as point sources for radiation sensor testing.

A two-stage pouring basin consisting of a funnel and an angled cavity directs the liquid into a vertical runner. A stack of ten disk castings connect to the runner by horizontal gates. Volumetric flow rates were implemented to limit overflow into the funnel and minimize foundry returns. Models using Flow-3D computational fluid dynamics software are employed here to determine liquid Pu flow paths, optimal pour regimes, temperature changes, and pressure variations.

Setup

Hardcopy drawings provided necessary information to create 3D .stl models for import into Flow-3D (Figs. 1 and 2). The mesh was refined over several iterations to isolate the disk cavities, runner, angled cavity, funnel, and input pour. The final flow and mold-filling simulation utilizes a fine mesh with ~5.5 million total cells. For the temperature study, the mesh contained 1/8 as many cells to reduce computational time and set temperatures to 850 °C for the molten plutonium and 500 °C for the solid graphite mold components (Fig. 3).

Flow-3D solves mass continuity and Navier-Stokes momentum equations over the structured rectangular grid model using finite difference and finite volume numerical algorithms. The solver includes terms in the momentum equation for body and viscous accelerations and uses convective heat transfer.

Simulation settings enabled Flow-3D physics calculations for gravity at 980.665 cm/s 2 in the negative Z direction (top of mold to bottom); viscous, turbulent, incompressible flow using dynamically-computed Renormalized Group Model turbulence calculations and no-slip/partial slip wall shear, and; first order, full energy equation heat transfer.

Mesh boundaries were all set to symmetric boundary conditions except for the Zmin boundary set to outflow and the Zmax boundary set to a volume flow. Vacuum casting conditions and the high reactivity of remaining air molecules with Pu validate the assumption of an initially fluidless void.

Results

The flow follows a unique three-dimensional path. The mold fills upwards with two to three disks receiving fluid in a staggered sequence. Figures 5-9 show how the fluid fills the cavity, and Figure 7 includes the color scale for pressure levels in these four figures. The narrow gate causes a high pressure region which forces the fluid to flow down the cavity centerline.

It proceeds to splash against the far wall and then wrap around the circumference back to the gate (Figs. 5 and 6). Flow in the angled region of the pouring basin cascades over the bottom ledge and attaches to the far wall of the runner, as seen in Figure 7.

This channeling becomes less pronounced as fluid volume levels increase. Finally, two similar but non-uniform depressed regions form about the centerline. These regions fill from their perimeter and bottom until completion (Fig. 8). Such a pattern is counter, for example, to a steady scenario in which a circle of molten Pu encompassing the entire bottom surface rises as a growing cylinder.

Cavity pressure becomes uniform when the cavity is full. Pressure levels build in the rising well section of the runner, where impurities were found to settle in actual casting. Early test simulations optimized the flow as three pours so that the fluid would never overflow to the funnel, the cavities would all fill completely, and small amounts of fluid would remain as foundry returns in the angled cavity.

These rates and durations were translated to the single 2.7s pour at 100 cm 3 per second used here. Figure 9 shows anomalous pressure fluctuations which occurred as the cavities became completely filled. Multiple simulations exhibited a rapid change in pressure from positive to negative and back within the newly-full disk and surrounding, already-full disks.

The time required to completely fill each cavity is plotted in Figure 10. Results show negligible temperature change within the molten Pu during mold filling and, as seen in Figure 11, at fill completion.

Figure 1: Mold drawings
Figure 1: Mold drawings
Figure 2: Mold Assembly
Figure 2: Mold Assembly
Figure 4: Actual mold and cast Pu
Figure 4: Actual mold and cast Pu
Figure 5: Bottom cavity filling
from runner
Figure 5: Bottom cavity filling from runner
Figure 6: Pouring and filling
Figure 6: Pouring and filling
Figure 8: Edge detection of cavity fill geometry. Two similar depressed areas form
about the centerline. Top cavity shown; same pressure scale as other figures
Figure 8: Edge detection of cavity fill geometry. Two similar depressed areas form about the centerline. Top cavity shown; same pressure scale as other figures
Figure 10: Cavity fill times,from first fluid contact with pouring basin, Figure 11:Fluid temperature remains essentially constant
Figure 10: Cavity fill times,from first fluid contact with pouring basin, Figure 11:Fluid temperature remains essentially constant

Conclusions

Non-uniform cavity filling could cause crystal microstructure irregularities during solidification. However, the small temperature changes seen – due to large differences in specific heat between Pu and graphite – over a relatively short time make such problems unlikely in this case.

In the actual casting, cooling required approximately ten minutes. This large difference in time scales further reduces the chance for temperature effects in such a superheated scenario. Pouring basin emptying decreases pressure at the gate which extends fill time of the top two cavities.

The bottom cavity takes longer to fill because fluid must first enter the runner and fill the well. Fill times continue linearly until the top two cavities. The anomalous pressure fluctuations may be due to physical attempts by the system to reach equilibrium, but they are more likely due to numerical errors in the Flow3D solver.

Unsuccessful tests were performed to remove them by halving fluid viscosity. The fine mesh reduced, but did not eliminate, the extent of the fluctuations. Future work is planned to study induction and heat transfer in the full Pu furnace system, including quantifying temporal lag of the cavity void temperature to the mold wall temperature during pre-heat and comparing heat flux levels between furnace components during cool-down.

Thanks to Doug Kautz for the opportunity to work with MET-2 and for assigning an interesting unclassified project. Additional thanks to Mike Bange for CFD guidance, insight of the project’s history, and draft review.

Development of macro-defect-free PBF-EB-processed Ti–6Al–4V alloys with superior plasticity using PREP-synthesized powder and machine learning-assisted process optimization

Development of macro-defect-free PBF-EB-processed Ti–6Al–4V alloys with superior plasticity using PREP-synthesized powder and machine learning-assisted process optimization

Yunwei GuiabKenta Aoyagib Akihiko Chibab
aDepartment of Materials Processing, Graduate School of Engineering, Tohoku University, 6-6 Aramaki Aza Aoba, Aoba-ku, Sendai, 980-8579, Japan
bInstitute for Materials Research, Tohoku University, 2-1-1 Katahira, Aoba-ku, Sendai, 980-8577, Japan

Received 14 October 2022, Revised 23 December 2022, Accepted 3 January 2023, Available online 5 January 2023.Show lessAdd to MendeleyShareCite

https://doi.org/10.1016/j.msea.2023.144595Get rights and content

Abstract

The elimination of internal macro-defects is a key issue in Ti–6Al–4V alloys fabricated via powder bed fusion using electron beams (PBF-EB), wherein internal macro-defects mainly originate from the virgin powder and inappropriate printing parameters. This study compares different types powders by combining support vector machine techniques to determine the most suitable powder for PBF-EB and to predict the processing window for the printing parameters without internal macro-defects. The results show that powders fabricated via plasma rotating electrode process have the best sphericity, flowability, and minimal porosity and are most suitable for printing. Surface roughness criterion was also applied to determine the quality of the even surfaces, and support vector machine was used to construct processing maps capable of predicting a wide range of four-dimensional printing parameters to obtain macro-defect-free samples, offering the possibility of subsequent development of Ti–6Al–4V alloys with excellent properties. The macro-defect-free samples exhibited good elongation, with the best overall mechanical properties being the ultimate tensile strength and elongation of 934.7 MPa and 24.3%, respectively. The elongation of the three macro-defect-free samples was much higher than that previously reported for additively manufactured Ti–6Al–4V alloys. The high elongation of the samples in this work is mainly attributed to the elimination of internal macro-defects.

Introduction

Additive manufacturing (AM) technologies can rapidly manufacture complex or custom parts, reducing process steps and saving manufacturing time [[1], [2], [3], [4]], and are widely used in the aerospace, automotive, and other precision industries [5,6]. Powder bed fusion using an electron beam (PBF-EB) is an additive manufacturing method that uses a high-energy electron beam to melt metal powders layer by layer to produce parts. In contrast to selective laser melting, PBF-EB involves the preparation of samples in a high vacuum environment, which effectively prevents the introduction of impurities such as O and N. It also involves a preheating process for the print substrate and powder, which reduces residual thermal stress on the sample and subsequent heat treatment processes [[2], [3], [4],7]. Due to these features and advantages, PBF-EB technology is a very important AM technology with great potential in metallic materials. Moreover, PBF-EB is the ideal AM technology for the manufacture of complex components made of many alloys, such as titanium alloys, nickel-based superalloys, aluminum alloys and stainless steels [[2], [3], [4],8].

Ti–6Al–4V alloy is one of the prevalent commercial titanium alloys possessing high specific strength, excellent mechanical properties, excellent corrosion resistance, and good biocompatibility [9,10]. It is widely used in applications requiring low density and excellent corrosion resistance, such as the aerospace industry and biomechanical applications [11,12]. The mechanical properties of PBF-EB-processed Ti–6Al–4V alloys are superior to those fabricated by casting or forging, because the rapid cooling rate in PBF-EB results in finer grains [[12], [13], [14], [15], [16], [17], [18]]. However, the PBF-EB-fabricated parts often include internal macro-defects, which compromises their mechanical properties [[19], [20], [21], [22]]. This study focused on the elimination of macro-defects, such as porosity, lack of fusion, incomplete penetration and unmelted powders, which distinguishes them from micro-defects such as vacancies, dislocations, grain boundaries and secondary phases, etc. Large-sized fusion defects cause a severe reduction in mechanical strength. Smaller defects, such as pores and cracks, lead to the initiation of fatigue cracking and rapidly accelerate the cracking process [23]. The issue of internal macro-defects must be addressed to expand the application of the PBF-EB technology. The main studies for controlling internal macro-defects are online monitoring of defects, remelting and hot isostatic pressing (HIP). The literatures [24,25] report the use of infrared imaging or other imaging techniques to identify defects, but the monitoring of smaller sized defects is still not adequate. And in some cases remelting does not reduce the internal macro-defects of the part, but instead causes coarsening of the macrostructure and volatilization of some metal elements [23]. The HIP treatment does not completely eliminate the internal macro-defects, the original defect location may still act as a point of origin of the crack, and the subsequent treatment will consume more time and economic costs [23]. Therefore, optimizing suitable printing parameters to avoid internal macro-defects in printed parts at source is of great industrial value and research significance, and is an urgent issue in PBF-EB related technology.

There are two causes of internal macro-defects in the AM process: gas pores trapped in the virgin powder and the inappropriate printing parameters [7,23]. Gui et al. [26] classify internal macro-defects during PBF-EB process according to their shape, such as spherical defects, elongated shape defects, flat shape defects and other irregular shape defects. Of these, spherical defects mainly originate from raw material powders. Other shape defects mainly originate from lack of fusion or unmelted powders caused by unsuitable printing parameters, etc. The PBF-EB process requires powders with good flowability, and spherical powders are typically chosen as raw materials. The prevalent techniques for the fabrication of pre-alloyed powders are gas atomization (GA), plasma atomization (PA), and the plasma rotating electrode process (PREP) [27,28]. These methods yield powders with different characteristics that affect the subsequent fabrication. The selection of a suitable powder for PBF-EB is particularly important to produce Ti–6Al–4V alloys without internal macro-defects. The need to optimize several printing parameters such as beam current, scan speed, line offset, and focus offset make it difficult to eliminate internal macro-defects that occur during printing [23]. Most of the studies [11,12,22,[29], [30], [31], [32], [33]] on the optimization of AM processes for Ti–6Al–4V alloys have focused on samples with a limited set of parameters (e.g., power–scan speed) and do not allow for the guidance and development of unknown process windows for macro-defect-free samples. In addition, process optimization remains a time-consuming problem, with the traditional ‘trial and error’ method demanding considerable time and economic costs. The development of a simple and efficient method to predict the processing window for alloys without internal macro-defects is a key issue. In recent years, machine learning techniques have increasingly been used in the field of additive manufacturing and materials development [[34], [35], [36], [37]]. Aoyagi et al. [38] recently proposed a novel and efficient method based on a support vector machine (SVM) to optimize the two-dimensional process parameters (current and scan speed) and obtain PBF-EB-processed CoCr alloys without internal macro-defects. The method is one of the potential approaches toward effective optimization of more than two process parameters and makes it possible for the machine learning techniques to accelerate the development of alloys without internal macro-defects.

Herein, we focus on the elimination of internal macro-defects, such as pores, lack of fusion, etc., caused by raw powders and printing parameters. The Ti–6Al–4V powders produced by three different methods were compared, and the powder with the best sphericity, flowability, and minimal porosity was selected as the feedstock for subsequent printing. The relationship between the surface roughness and internal macro-defects in the Ti–6Al–4V components was also investigated. The combination of SVM and surface roughness indices (Sdr) predicted a wider four-dimensional processing window for obtaining Ti–6Al–4V alloys without internal macro-defects. Finally, we investigated the tensile properties of Ti–6Al–4V alloys at room temperature with different printing parameters, as well as the corresponding microstructures and fracture types.

Section snippets

Starting materials

Three types of Ti–6Al–4V alloy powders, produced by GA, PA, and PREP, were compared. The particle size distribution of the powders was determined using a laser particle size analyzer (LS230, Beckman Coulter, USA), and the flowability was measured using a Hall flowmeter (JIS-Z2502, Tsutsui Scientific Instruments Co., Ltd., Japan), according to the ASTM B213 standard. The powder morphology and internal macro-defects were determined using scanning electron microscopy (SEM, JEOL JCM-6000) and X-ray 

Comparison of the characteristics of GA, PA, and PREP Ti–6Al–4V powders

The particle size distributions (PSDs) and flowability of the three types of Ti–6Al–4V alloy powders produced by GA, PA, and PREP are shown in Fig. 2. Although the average particle sizes are similar (89.4 μm for GA, 82.5 μm for PA, and 86.1μm for PREP), the particle size range is different for the three types of powder (6.2–174.8 μm for GA, 27.3–139.2 μm for PA, and 39.4–133.9 μm for PREP). The flowability of the GA, PA, and PREP powders was 30.25 ± 0.98, 26.54 ± 0.37, and 25.03 ± 0.22 (s/50

Conclusions

The characteristics of the three types of Ti–6Al–4V alloy powders produced via GA, PA, and PREP were compared. The PREP powder with the best sphericity, flowability, and low porosity was found to be the most favorable powder for subsequent printing of Ti–6Al–4V alloys without internal macro-defects. The quantitative criterion of Sdr <0.015 for even surfaces was also found to be applicable to Ti–6Al–4V alloys. The process maps of Ti–6Al–4V alloys include two regions, high beam current/scan speed 

Uncited references

[55]; [56]; [57]; [58]; [59]; [60]; [61]; [62]; [63]; [64]; [65].

CRediT authorship contribution statement

Yunwei Gui: Writing – original draft, Visualization, Validation, Investigation. Kenta Aoyagi: Writing – review & editing, Supervision, Resources, Methodology, Funding acquisition, Conceptualization. Akihiko Chiba: Supervision, Funding acquisition.

Declaration of competing interest

The authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper.

Acknowledgments

This study was based on the results obtained from project JPNP19007, commissioned by the New Energy and Industrial Technology Development Organization (NEDO). This work was also supported by JSPS KAKENHI (Proposal No. 21K03801) and the Inter-University Cooperative Research Program (Proposal nos. 18G0418, 19G0411, and 20G0418) of the Cooperative Research and Development Center for Advanced Materials, Institute for Materials Research, Tohoku University. It was also supported by the Council for

References (65)

View more references

Cited by (0)

Recommended articles (6)

Figura 7. Influencia del modelo de turbulencia. Qmodelo=27.95l/s.

Flow-3D를 사용하여 전산유체역학(CFD)을 적용한 빠른 단계의 플러시 유동 수치 모델링

Numerical Modeling of Flush Flow in a Rapid Step Applying Computational Fluid Dynamics (CFD) Using Flow-3D.

레브 폴리텍. (Quito) [온라인]. 2018, vol.41, n.2, pp.53-64. ISSN 2477-8990.

이 프로젝트의 주요 목표는 FLOW-3D를 사용하여 계단식 여수로에서 스키밍 흐름의 수치 모델링을 개발하는 것입니다. 이러한 구조의 설계는 물리적 모델링에서 얻은 경험적 표현과 CFD 코드를 지원하는 계단식 여수로를 통한 흐름의 수치 모델링에서 보완 연구를 기반으로 합니다. 수치 모델은 균일한 영역의 유속과 계단 여수로의 마찰 계수를 추정하는 데 사용됩니다(ϴ = 45º, Hd=4.61m). 흐름에 대한 자동 통기의 표현은 복잡하므로 프로그램은 공기 연행 모델을 사용하여 특정 제한이 있는 솔루션에 근접합니다.

The main objective of this project is to develop the numerical modeling of the skimming flow in a stepped spillway using FLOW-3D. The design of these structures is based on the use of empirical expressions obtained from physical modeling and complementary studies in the numerical modeling of flow over the stepped spillway with support of CFD code. The numerical model is used to estimate the flow velocity in the uniform region and the friction coefficient of the stepped spillway (ϴ = 45º, Hd=4.61m). The representation of auto aeration a flow is complex, so the program approximates the solution with certain limitations, using an air entrainment model; drift flux model and turbulence model k-ԑ RNG. The results obtained with numerical modeling and physical modeling at the beginning of natural auto aeration of flow and depth of the biphasic flow in the uniform region presents deviations above to 10% perhaps the flow is highly turbulent.

Keywords : Stepped spillway; skimming flow; air entrainment; drift flux; numerical modeling; FLOW-3D.

Keywords : 계단식 여수로; 스키밍 흐름; 공기 연행; 드리프트 플럭스; 수치 모델링; 흐름-3D.· 

스페인어로 된 초록 · 스페인어 로 된 텍스트 · 스페인어로 된 텍스트( pdf 

Figure 1. Grazing flow over a rapid step.
Figure 1. Grazing flow over a rapid step.
Figura 2. Principales regiones existentes en un flujo rasante.
Figura 2. Principales regiones existentes en un flujo rasante.
Figure 3. Dimensions of the El Batán stepped rapid.
Figure 3. Dimensions of the El Batán stepped rapid.
Figure 4. 3D physical model of the El Batán stepped rapid
Figure 4. 3D physical model of the El Batán stepped rapid
Figura 7. Influencia del modelo de turbulencia. Qmodelo=27.95l/s.
Figura 7. Influencia del modelo de turbulencia. Qmodelo=27.95l/s.

REFERENCIAS

ARAGUA. (2013). “Modelación numérica y experimental de flujos aire-agua
en caídas en colectores.”, Laboratório Nacional de Engenharia Civil, I.
P. Av do Brasil 101 • 1700-066 Lisboa.
Bombardelli, F.A., Meireles, I. and Matos, J., (2010), “Laboratory
measurement and multi-block numerical simulations of the mean flow
and turbulence in the non-aerated skimming flow region of steep stepped
spillways”, Environ Fluid Mechanics.
Castro M. (2015) “Análisis Dimensional y Modelación física en Hidráulica”.
Escuela Politécnica Nacional. Quito Ecuador. 50 p.
Chanson H., D. B. Bung., J. Matos (2015). “Stepped spillways and cascades”.
IAHR Monograph. School of Civil Engineering, University of
Queensland, Brisbane, Australia.
Chanson H. (1993). “Stepped Spillway Flows and Air Entrainment.” Can. Jl
of Civil Eng., Vol. 20, No. 3, June, pp. 422-435 (ISSN 0315-1468).
CIERHI, EPN TECH, (2016). “Estudio experimental en modelo físico de las
rápidas con perfil escalonado y liso de la quebrada el Batán Fase I y Fase
II”, Escuela Politécnica Nacional, Quito Ecuador.
Fernández Oro J. M. (2012)., “Técnicas Numéricas en Ingeniería de Fluidos:
Introducción a la Dinámica de Fluidos Computacional (CFD) por el
Método de Volúmenes Finitos”. Barcelona: Reverté.
Flow Science, Inc. (2012). “FLOW 3D 10.1.0 Documentation Release.
Manual de Usuario”, Los Alamos National Laboratory. Santa Fe, New
México
Khatsuria, R.M., (2005)., “Hydraulics of Spillways and Energy Dissipators”.
Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering Georgia Institute
of Technology Atlanta.
Lucio I., Matos J., Meireles I. (2015). “Stepped spillway flow over small
embankment dams: some computational experiments”. 15th FLOW-3D
European users conference.
Mohammad S., Jalal A. and Michael P., (2012). “Numerical Computation of
Inception Point Location for Steeply Sloping Stepped Spillways” 9th
International Congress on Civil Engineering. Isfahan University of
Technology (IUT), Isfahan, Iran
Pfister M., Chanson H., (2013), “Scale Effects in Modelling Two-phase Airwater Flows”, Proceedings of 2013 IAHR World Congress.
Sarfaraz, M. and Attari, J. (2011), “Numerical Simulation of Uniform Flow
Region over a Steeply Sloping Stepped Spillway”, 6th National
Congress on Civil Engineering, Semnan University, Semnan, Iran.
Valero, D., Bung, D., (2015), “Hybrid investigation of air transport processes
in moderately sloped stepped spillway flows”, E-proceedings of the 36th
IAHR World Congress 28 June – 3 July, 2015, The Hague, the Netherlands.

Figure 5: 3D & 2D views of simulated fill sequence of a hollow cylinder at 1000 rpm and 1500 rpm at various time intervals during filling.

Computer Simulation of Centrifugal Casting Process using FLOW-3D

Aneesh Kumar J1, a, K. Krishnakumar1, b and S. Savithri2, c 1 Department of Mechanical Engineering, College of Engineering, Thiruvananthapuram, Kerala, 2 Computational Modelling& Simulation Division, Process Engineering & Environmental Technology Division CSIR-National Institute for Interdisciplinary Science & Technology
Thiruvananthapuram, Kerala, India.
a aneesh82kj@gmail.com, b kkk@cet.ac.in, c sivakumarsavi@gmail.com, ssavithri@niist.res.in Key words: Mold filling, centrifugal casting process, computer simulation, FLOW- 3D™

Abstract

원심 주조 공정은 기능적으로 등급이 지정된 재료, 즉 구성 요소 간에 밀도 차이가 큰 복합 재료 또는 금속 재료를 생산하는 데 사용되는 잠재적인 제조 기술 중 하나입니다. 이 공정에서 유체 흐름이 중요한 역할을 하며 복잡한 흐름 공정을 이해하는 것은 결함 없는 주물을 생산하는 데 필수입니다. 금형이 고속으로 회전하고 금형 벽이 불투명하기 때문에 흐름 패턴을 실시간으로 시각화하는 것은 불가능합니다. 따라서 현재 연구에서는 상용 CFD 코드 FLOW-3D™를 사용하여 수직 원심 주조 공정 중 단순 중공 원통형 주조에 대한 금형 충전 시퀀스를 시뮬레이션했습니다. 수직 원심주조 공정 중 다양한 방사 속도가 충전 패턴에 미치는 영향을 조사하고 있습니다.

Centrifugal casting process is one of the potential manufacturing techniques used for producing functionally graded materials viz., composite materials or metallic materials which have high differences of density among constituents. In this process, the fluid flow plays a major role and understanding the complex flow process is a must for the production of defect-free castings. Since the mold spins at a high velocity and the mold wall being opaque, it is impossible to visualise the flow patterns in real time. Hence, in the present work, the commercial CFD code FLOW-3D™, has been used to simulate the mold filling sequence for a simple hollow cylindrical casting during vertical centrifugal casting process. Effect of various spinning velocities on the fill pattern during vertical centrifugal casting process is being investigated.

Figure 1: (a) Mold geometry and (b) Computational mesh
Figure 1: (a) Mold geometry and (b) Computational mesh
Figure 2: Experimental data on height of
vertex formed [8]  / Figure 3: Vertex height as a function of time
Figure 2: Experimental data on height of vertex formed [8]/Figure 3: Vertex height as a function of time
Figure 4: Free surface contours for water model at 10 s, 15 s and 20 s.
Figure 4: Free surface contours for water model at 10 s, 15 s and 20 s.
Figure 5: 3D & 2D views of simulated fill sequence of a hollow cylinder at 1000 rpm and 1500 rpm at various time intervals during filling.
Figure 5: 3D & 2D views of simulated fill sequence of a hollow cylinder at 1000 rpm and 1500 rpm at various time intervals during filling.

References

[1] W. Shi-Ping, L. Chang-yun, G. Jing-jie, S. Yan-qing, L. Xiu-qiao, F. Heng-zhi, Numerical simulation and
experimental investigation of two filling methods in vertical centrifugal casting, Trans. Nonferrous Met. Soc.
China 16 (2006) 1035-1040.
10.1016/s1003-6326(06)60373-7
[2] G. Chirita, D. Soares, F.S. Silva, Advantages of the centrifugal casting technique for the production of
structural components with Al-Si alloys, Mater. Des. 29 (2008) 20-27.
10.1016/j.matdes.2006.12.011
[3] A. Kermanpur, Sh. Mahmoudi, A. Hajipour, Numerical simulation of metal flow and solidification in the
multi-cavity casting moulds of automotive components, J. Mater. Proc. Tech. 206 (208) 62-68.
10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2007.12.004
[4] D. McBride et. al. Complex free surface flows in centrifugal casting: Computational modelling and
validation experiments, Computers & Fluids 82 (2013) 63-72.
10.1016/j.compfluid.2013.04.021

Figure 2. Different PKW Types.

A review of Piano Key Weir as a superior alternative for dam rehabilitation

댐 복구를 위한 우수한 대안으로서의 Piano Key Weir에 대한 검토

Amiya Abhash &

K. K. Pandey

Pages 541-551 | Received 03 Mar 2020, Accepted 07 May 2020, Published online: 21 May 2020

ABSTRACT

Dams fall in ‘installations containing dangerous forces’ because of their massive impact on the environment and civilian life and property as per International humanitarian law. As such, it becomes vital for hydraulic engineers to refurbish various solutions for dam rehabilitation. This paper presents a review of a new type of weir installation called Piano Key Weir (PKW), which is becoming popular around the world for its higher spillway capacity both for existing and new dam spillway installations. This paper reviews the geometry along with structural integrity, discharging capacity, economic aspects, aeration requirements, sediment transport and erosion aspects of Piano Key Weir (PKW) as compared with other traditional spillway structures and alternatives from literature. The comparison with other alternatives shows PKW to be an excellent alternative for dam risk mitigation owing to its high spillway capabilities and economy, along with its use in both existing and new hydraulic structures.

댐은 국제 인도법에 따라 환경과 민간인 생활 및 재산에 막대한 영향을 미치기 때문에 ‘위험한 힘을 포함하는 시설물’에 속합니다. 따라서 유압 엔지니어는 댐 복구를 위한 다양한 솔루션을 재정비해야 합니다.

이 백서에서는 PKW(Piano Key Weir)라는 새로운 유형의 둑 설치에 대한 검토를 제공합니다. PKW는 기존 및 신규 댐 방수로 설치 모두에서 더 높은 방수로 용량으로 전 세계적으로 인기를 얻고 있습니다.

이 백서에서는 구조적 무결성, 배출 용량, 경제적 측면, 폭기 요구 사항, 퇴적물 운반 및 PKW(Piano Key Weir)의 침식 측면과 함께 다른 전통적인 여수로 구조 및 문헌의 대안과 비교하여 기하학을 검토합니다.

다른 대안과의 비교는 PKW가 높은 여수로 기능과 경제성으로 인해 댐 위험 완화를 위한 탁월한 대안이며 기존 및 새로운 수력 구조물 모두에 사용됨을 보여줍니다.

KEYWORDS: 

Figure 2. Different PKW Types.
Figure 2. Different PKW Types.

References

  • Anderson, R., and Tullis, B. (2011). Influence of Piano Key Weir geometry on discharge. Proc. Int. Conf. Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs Liège B. Liège, Belgium. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Anderson, R., and Tullis, B. (2012a). “Piano key weir hydraulics and labyrinth weir comparison”. J. Irrig. Drain. Eng., 139(3), 246–253. doi:https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)IR.1943-4774.0000530 [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Anderson, R., and Tullis, B. (2012b). “Piano key weir: Reservoir versus channel application”. J. Irrig. Drain. Eng., 138(8), 773–776. doi:https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)IR.1943-4774.0000464 [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Anderson, R.M. 2011. Piano key weir head discharge relationships, M.S. Thesis, Utah State University, Logan, Utah. [Google Scholar]
  • Bashiri, H., Dewals, B., Pirotton, M., Archambeau, P., and Erpicum, S. (2016). “Towards a new design equation for piano key weirs discharge capacity.” Proc. of the 6th International Symposium on Hydraulic Structures. Portland, USA. [Google Scholar]
  • Bianucci, S.P., Sordo Ward, Á.F., Pérez Díaz, J.I., García-Palacios, J.H., Mediero Orduña, L.J., and Garrote de Marcos, L. (2013). “Risk-based methodology for parameter calibration of a reservoir flood control model”. Natl. Hazard Earth Syst. Sci., 13(4), 965–981. doi:https://doi.org/10.5194/nhess-13-965-2013 [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Blancher, B., Montarros, F., and Laugier, F. (2011). Hydraulic comparison between Piano Key Weirs and labyrinth spillways. Proc. Int. Conf. Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs Liège B. Liège, Belgium. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Botha, A., Fitz, I., Moore, A., Mulder, F., and Van Deventer, N. 2013. “Application of the Piano Key Weir spillway in the Republic of South Africa”. Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs II, Proceedings of the Second International Workshop on Labyrinth and Piano key weirs, Chatou, Paris, France, 20–22, 185. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Chahartaghi, M.K., Nazari, S., and Shooshtari, M.M. 2019. “Experimental and numerical simulation of arced trapezoidal Piano Key Weirs”. Flow Meas. Instrum., 68, 101576. doi:https://doi.org/10.1016/j.flowmeasinst.2019.101576 [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Chi Hien, T., Thanh Son, H., and Ho Ta Khanh, M. (2006). Results of some ‘piano keys’ weir hydraulic model tests in Vietnam. Proc., 22nd Int. Congress of Large Dams, Question 87, Response 39, International Commission on Large Dams (ICOLD). Barcelona, Spain. [Google Scholar]
  • Cicero, G., Barcouda, M., Luck, M., and Vettori, E. (2011). Study of a piano key morning glory to increase the spillway capacity of the Bage dam. Proc. Int. Conf. Labyrinth Piano Key Weirs-PKW2011, Taylor & Francis, London. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Cicero, G., De Miranda, D., and Luck, M. (2012). “Assessment of the code Wolf 1D PKW for predicting the hydraulic behaviour of PK-Weirs.” Congrès SHF-33èmes journées de l’hydraulique “Grands aménagements hydrauliques 2012”, Paris, France. [Google Scholar]
  • Cicero, G., and Delisle, J. (2013). “Discharge characteristics of Piano Key weirs under submerged flow”. Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs II–PKW 2013, 101–109. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Cicero, G., Delisle, J., Lefebvre, V., and Vermeulen, J. (2013). “Experimental and numerical study of the hydraulic performance of a trapezoidal Piano Key weir.” Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs II: Proceedings of the Second International Workshop on Labyrinth and Piano key weirs, Chatou, Paris, France, 20–22, 265. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Cicéro, G., Guene, C., Luck, M., Pinchard, T., Lochu, A., and Brousse, P. (2010). “Experimental optimization of a Piano Key Weir to increase the spillway capacity of the Malarce dam.” 1st IAHR European Congress, Edinbourgh, Mai 4–6, 2010. [Google Scholar]
  • Crookston, B., Anderson, R., and Tullis, B. (2018). “Free-flow discharge estimation method for Piano Key weir geometries.” J. Hydro. Environ. Res., 19, 160–167. doi:https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jher.2017.10.003 [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Das Singhal, G., and Sharma, N. 2011. “Rehabilitation of Sawara Kuddu Hydroelectric Project–Model studies of Piano Key Weir in India”. Proc. Int. Workshop on Labyrinths and Piano Key Weirs PKW 2011. Taylor & Francis, London. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Denys, F., Basson, G., and Strasheim, J. (2017). Fluid Structure Interaction of Piano Key Weirs. Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs III: Proceedings of the 3rd International Workshop on Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs (PKW 2017), Feb 22–24, 2017, CRC Press, Qui Nhon, Vietnam. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Eichenberger, P. (2013). “The first commercial piano key weir in Switzerland.” Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs II, Proceedings of the Second International Workshop on Labyrinth and Piano key weirs 2013, Chatou, Paris, France, 20–22, 227. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Erpicum, S., Laugier, F., Pfister, M., Pirotton, M., Cicero, G.-M., and Schleiss, A.J. 2013. Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs II, Proceedings of the Second International Workshop on Labyrinth and Piano key weirs 2013, Chatou, Paris, France, 20–22, CRC Press. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Erpicum, S., Machiels, O., Dewals, B., Pirotton, M., and Archambeau, P. (2012). “Numerical and physical hydraulic modelling of Piano Key Weirs.” Proceedings of the 4th Int. Conf. on Water Resources and Renewable Energy Development in Asia. Chiang Mai, Thailande. [Google Scholar]
  • Erpicum, S., Nagel, V., and Laugier, F. (2011). “Piano Key Weir design study at Raviege dam”. Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs–PKW 2011, 43–50. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Ervine, D., and Elsawy, E. (1975). “The effect of a falling nappe on river aeration.” Proc. 16th IAHR Congress, Sao Paulo, Brazil. [Google Scholar]
  • Falvey, H.T. 1980. “Air-water flow in hydraulic structures”. NASA STI/Recon Technical Report N, 81. [Google Scholar]
  • Gabriel-Martin, I., Sordo-Ward, A., Garrote, L., and Castillo, L.G. (2017). “Influence of initial reservoir level and gate failure in dam safety analysis. Stochastic approach.” J. Hydrol., 550, 669–684. doi:https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jhydrol.2017.05.032 [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Gebhardt, M., Herbst, J., Merkel, J., and Belzner, F. (2019). “Sedimentation at labyrinth weirs–an experimental study of the self-cleaning process”. J. Hydraulic Res., 57(4), 579–590. doi:https://doi.org/10.1080/00221686.2018.1494053 [Taylor & Francis Online][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Hu, H., Qian, Z., Yang, W., Hou, D., and Du, L. (2018). “Numerical study of characteristics and discharge capacity of piano key weirs.” Flow Meas. Instrum., 62, 27–32. doi:https://doi.org/10.1016/j.flowmeasinst.2018.05.004 [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Javaheri, A., and Kabiri-Samani, A. (2012). “Threshold submergence of flow over PK weirs”. Int. J. Civil Geol. Eng., 6, 46–49. [Google Scholar]
  • Jayatillake, H., and Perera, K. (2013). “Design of a Piano-Key Weir for Giritale Dam spillway in Sri Lanka.” Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs II, Proceedings of the Second International Workshop on Labyrinth and Piano key weirs 2013, Chatou, Paris, France, 20–22, 151. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Jayatillake, H., and Perera, K. (2017). “Adoption of a type D Piano Key Weir spillway with tapered noses at Rambawa Tank, Sri Lanka.” Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs III: Proceedings of the 3rd International Workshop on Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs (PKW 2017), Feb 22–24, 2017, CRC Press, Qui Nhon, Vietnam. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Jüstrich, S., Pfister, M., and Schleiss, A.J. (2016). “Mobile riverbed scour downstream of a Piano Key weir”. J. Hydraulic Eng., 142(11), 04016043. doi:https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)HY.1943-7900.0001189 [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Kabiri-Samani, A., and Javaheri, A. (2012). “Discharge coefficients for free and submerged flow over Piano Key weirs”. J. Hydraulic Res., 50(1), 114–120. doi:https://doi.org/10.1080/00221686.2011.647888 [Taylor & Francis Online][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Karimi, M., Attari, J., Saneie, M., and Jalili Ghazizadeh, M.R. (2018). “Side weir flow characteristics: comparison of piano key, labyrinth, and linear types”. J. Hydraulic Eng., 144(12), 04018075. doi:https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)HY.1943-7900.0001539 [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Karimi, M., Attari, J., Saneie, M., and Jalili-Ghazizadeh, M. (2017). “Experimental study of discharge coefficient of a piano key side weir.” Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs III: Proceedings of the 3rd International Workshop on Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs (PKW 2017). Proceedings of the Third International Workshop on Labyrinth and Piano key weirs 2017, Qui Nhon, Vietnam, 22–24. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Khanh, M.H.T. (2013). “The Piano Key Weirs: 15 years of Research & Development–Prospect.” Labyrinth and piano key weirs II, Proceedings of the Second International Workshop on Labyrinth and Piano key weirs 2013, Chatou, Paris, France, 20–22, 3. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Khanh, M.H.T. (2017). “History and development of Piano Key Weirs in Vietnam from 2004 to 2016.” Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs III: Proceedings of the 3rd International Workshop on Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs (PKW 2017), Feb 22–24, 2017, CRC Press, Qui Nhon, Vietnam. [Google Scholar]
  • Khanh, M.H.T., Hien, T.C., and Hai, N.T. (2011). “Main results of the PK weir model tests in Vietnam (2004 to 2010).” Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs, 191. Liège, Belgium. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Khassaf, S.I., Aziz, L.J., and Elkatib, Z.A. (2016). “Hydraulic behavior of piano key weir type B under free flow conditions”. Int. J. Sci. Technol. Res., 5(3), 158–163. [Google Scholar]
  • Khassaf, S.I., and Al-Baghdadi, M.B. (2015). “Experimental study of non-rectangular piano key weir discharge coefficient”. J. Homepage, 6(5), 425–436. [Google Scholar]
  • Khassaf, S.I., and Al-Baghdadi, M.B.N. (2018). “Experimental investigation of submerged flow over piano key weir”. Int. J. Energy Environ., 9(3), 249–260. [Google Scholar]
  • Kwon, -H.-H., and Moon, Y.-I. (2006). “Improvement of overtopping risk evaluations using probabilistic concepts for existing dams”. Stochastic Environ. Res. Risk Assess., 20(4), 223. doi:https://doi.org/10.1007/s00477-005-0017-2 [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Laugier, F. (2007). “Design and construction of the first Piano Key Weir spillway at Goulours dam”. Int. J. Hydropower Dams, 14(5), 94. [Google Scholar]
  • Laugier, F., Lochu, A., Gille, C., Leite Ribeiro, M., and Boillat, J.-L. (2009). “Design and construction of a labyrinth PKW spillway at Saint-Marc dam, France”. Hydropower Dams, 16(LCH–ARTICLE–2009–023), 100–107. [Google Scholar]
  • Laugier, F., Pralong, J., and Blancher, B. (2011). “Influence of structural thickness of sidewalls on PKW spillway discharge capacity.” Proc. Intl Workshop on Labyrinths and Piano Key Weirs PKW 2011. Liège, Belgium. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Le Blanc, M., Spinazzola, U., and Kocahan, H. (2011). “Labyrinth fusegate applications on free overflow spillways–Overview of recent projects.” Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs, 261, Liège, Belgium. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Leite Ribeiro, M., Bieri, M., Boillat, J.-L., Schleiss, A., Delorme, F., and Laugier, F. (2009). “Hydraulic capacity improvement of existing spillways–design of a piano key weirs.” Proc. (on CD) of the 23rd Congress of the Int. Commission on Large Dams CIGB-ICOLD. Brasilia, Brazil. [Google Scholar]
  • Leite Ribeiro, M., Bieri, M., Boillat, J.-L., Schleiss, A., Singhal, G., and Sharma, N. (2011). “Discharge capacity of piano key weirs”. J. Hydraulic Eng., 138(2), 199–203. doi:https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)HY.1943-7900.0000490 [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Lempérière, F., and Ouamane, A. (2003). “The Piano Keys weir: a new cost-effective solution for spillways”. Int. J. Hydropower Dams, 10(5), 144–149. [Google Scholar]
  • Lempérière, F., and Vigny, J. (2011). “General comments on labyrinth and Piano Keys Weirs–The future”. Labyrinth and Piano Key weirs–PKW 2011, 289–294. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Lempérière, F., Vigny, J., and Ouamane, A. (2011). General comments on Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs: The past and present. Proc. Intl. Conf. Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs, Liège B. Liège, Belgium. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Lewin, J., Ballard, G., and Bowles, D.S. (2003). “Spillway gate reliability in the context of overall dam failure risk.” USSD Annual Lecture, Charleston, South Carolina. [Google Scholar]
  • Lodomez, M., Pirotton, M., Dewals, B., Archambeau, P., and Erpicum, S. (2017). “Could piano key weirs be subject to nappe oscillations?” Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs III: Proceedings of the 3rd International Workshop on Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs (PKW 2017), Feb 22–24, 2017, CRC Press, Qui Nhon, Vietnam [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Machiels, O., Erpicum, S., Archambeau, P., Dewals, B., and Pirotton, M. (2009). “Large scale experimental study of piano key weirs.” Proc. 33rd IAHR Congress: Water Engineering for a Sustainable Environment, IAHR. Vancouver, Canada [Google Scholar]
  • Machiels, O., Erpicum, S., Archambeau, P., Dewals, B., and Pirotton, M. (2011a). “Piano Key Weir preliminary design method–Application to a new dam project.” Proc. Int. Conf. Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs Liège B. Liège, Belgium. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Machiels, O., Erpicum, S., Dewals, B., Archambeau, P., and Pirotton, M. (2010). “Piano Key Weirs: The experimental study of an efficient solution for rehabilitation”. WIT Trans. Ecol., 133, 95–106. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Machiels, O., Erpicum, S., Dewals, B.J., Archambeau, P., and Pirotton, M. (2011b). “Experimental observation of flow characteristics over a Piano Key Weir”. J Hydraulic Res, 49(3), 359–366. doi:https://doi.org/10.1080/00221686.2011.567761 [Taylor & Francis Online][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Machiels, O., Pirotton, M., Pierre, A., Dewals, B., and Erpicum, S. (2014). “Experimental parametric study and design of Piano Key Weirs”. J. Hydraulic Res., 52(3), 326–335. doi:https://doi.org/10.1080/00221686.2013.875070 [Taylor & Francis Online][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Mehboudi, A., Attari, J., and Hosseini, S. (2016). “Experimental study of discharge coefficient for trapezoidal piano key weirs.” Flow Meas. Instrum., 50, 65–72. doi:https://doi.org/10.1016/j.flowmeasinst.2016.06.005 [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Micovic, Z., Hartford, D.N., Schaefer, M.G., and Barker, B.L. (2016). “A non-traditional approach to the analysis of flood hazard for dams”. Stochastic Environ. Res. Risk Assess., 30(2), 559–581. doi:https://doi.org/10.1007/s00477-015-1052-2 [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Monjezi, R., Heidarnejad, M., Masjedi, A., Purmohammadi, M.H., and Kamanbedast, A. (2018). “Laboratory investigation of the discharge coefficient of flow in arced labyrinth weirs with triangular plans.” Flow Meas. Instrum., 64, 64–70. doi:https://doi.org/10.1016/j.flowmeasinst.2018.10.011 [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Noseda, M., Stojnic, I., Pfister, M., and Schleiss, A.J. (2019). “Upstream Erosion and sediment passage at piano key weirs”. J. Hydraulic Eng., 145(8), 04019029. doi:https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)HY.1943-7900.0001616 [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Oertel, M. (2015). “Discharge coefficients of piano key weirs from experimental and numerical modelS.” E= proceedings of the 36th IAHR world congress. 28 June – 3 July, The Hague, The Netherlands. [Google Scholar]
  • Ouamane, A. (2011). Nine years of study of the Piano Key Weir in the university laboratory of Biskra “lessons and reflections”. Proc. Int. Conf. Labyrinth Piano Key Weirs-PKW2011, Taylor & Francis, London. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Ouamane, A., Debabeche, M., Lempérière, F., and Vigny, J. (2017). Twenty years of research in Biskra University for Labyrinths and Piano Key Weirs and associated fuse plugs. Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs III: Proceedings of the 3rd International Workshop on Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs (PKW 2017), Feb 22–24, 2017, CRC Press, Qui Nhon, Vietnam. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Ouamane, A., and Lempérière, F. (2006). Design of a new economic shape of weir. Proc. Int. Symp. on Dams in the Societies of the 21st Century. Barcelona, Spain. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Patev, R., and Putcha, C. (2005). “Development of fault trees for risk assessment of dam gates and associated operating equipment”. Int. J. Modell. Simul., 25(3), 190–201. doi:https://doi.org/10.1080/02286203.2005.11442336 [Taylor & Francis Online][Google Scholar]
  • Paxson, G., Tullis, B., and Hertel, D. 2013. “Comparison of Piano Key Weirs with labyrinth and gated spillways: Hydraulics, cost, constructability and operations”. Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs II, Proceedings of the Second International Workshop on Labyrinth and Piano key weirs 2013, Chatou, Paris, France, 20–22, 123–130. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Pfister, M., Capobianco, D., Tullis, B., and Schleiss, A.J. (2013). “Debris-blocking sensitivity of piano key weirs under reservoir-type approach flow”. J. Hydraulic Eng., 139(11), 1134–1141. doi:https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)HY.1943-7900.0000780 [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Phillips, M., and Lesleighter, E. 2013. “Piano Key Weir spillway: Upgrade option for a major dam”. Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs II, Proceedings of the Second International Workshop on Labyrinth and Piano key weirs 2013, Chatou, Paris, France, 20–22, 159–168. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Pinchard, T., Boutet, J., and Cicero, G. (2011). “Spillway capacity upgrade at Malarce dam: design of an additional Piano Key Weir spillway.” Proc. Int. Workshop on Labyrinths and Piano Key Weirs PKW. Liège, Belgium. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Pralong, J., J. Vermeulen, B. Blancher, F. Laugier, S. Erpicum, O. Machiels, M. Pirotton, J.-L. Boillat, M. Leite Ribeiro and A. Schleiss (2011). “A naming convention for the piano key weirs geometrical parameters.” Labyrinth and piano key weirs, 271–278. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Ribeiro, M.L., Boillat, J.-L., Schleiss, A., Laugier, F., and Albalat, C. (2007). “Rehabilitation of St-Marc dam.” Experimental optimization of a piano key weir. Proc. of 32nd Congress of IAHR, Vince, Italy. [Google Scholar]
  • Ribeiro, M.L., Pfister, M., and Schleiss, A.J. (2013). “Overview of Piano Key weir prototypes and scientific model investigations”. Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs II, Proceedings of the Second International Workshop on Labyrinth and Piano key weirs 2013, Chatou, Paris, France, 20–22, 273. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Ribeiro, M.L., Pfister, M., Schleiss, A.J., and Boillat, J.-L. (2012). “Hydraulic design of A-type piano key weirs”. J. Hydraulic Res., 50(4), 400–408. doi:https://doi.org/10.1080/00221686.2012.695041 [Taylor & Francis Online][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Ribi, J., Spahni, B., Dorthe, D., and Pfister, M. (2017). Piano Key Weir as overflow on sedimentation basin of wastewater treatment plant. Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs III: Proceedings of the 3rd International Workshop on Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs (PKW 2017), Feb 22–24, 2017, CRC Press, Qui Nhon, Vietnam [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Schleiss, A. (2011). “From labyrinth to piano key weirs: a historical review.” Proc. Int. Conf. Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs Liège B. Liège, Belgium. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Sharma, N., and Tiwari, H. (2013). “Experimental study on vertical velocity and submergence depth near Piano Key Weir.” Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs II-PKW, Proceedings of the Second International Workshop on Labyrinth and Piano key weirs 2013, Chatou, Paris, France, 20–22, 93–100. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Tiwari, H. (2016). Experimental Study of Turbulence Characteristics Near Piano Key Weir. PhD, Indian Institute of Technology Roorkee. [Google Scholar]
  • Tiwari, H., and Sharma, N. 2017. “Empirical and Mathematical Modeling of Head and Discharge Over Piano Key Weir”. Development of Water Resources in India. Springer, Cham. 341–354. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-55125-8_29 [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Valley, P., and Blancher, B. (2017). Construction and testing of two Piano Key Weirs at Charmines dam. Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs III: Proceedings of the 3rd International Workshop on Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs (PKW 2017), Feb 22–24, 2017, CRC Press, Qui Nhon, Vietnam. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Vermeulen, J., Lassus, C., and Pinchard, T. (2017). Design of a Piano Key Weir aeration network. Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs III: Proceedings of the 3rd International Workshop on Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs (PKW 2017), February 22- 24,2017, Qui Nhon, Vietnam, CRC Press. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Vermeulen, J., Laugier, F., Faramond, L., and Gille, C. (2011). “Lessons learnt from design and construction of EDF first Piano Key Weirs”. Labyrinth and Piano Key weirs-PKW 2011, 215–224. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
Extratropical cyclone damage to the seawall in Dawlish, UK: eyewitness accounts, sea level analysis and numerical modelling

영국 Dawlish의 방파제에 대한 온대 저기압 피해: 목격자 설명, 해수면 분석 및 수치 모델링

Extratropical cyclone damage to the seawall in Dawlish, UK: eyewitness accounts, sea level analysis and numerical modelling

Natural Hazards (2022)Cite this article

Abstract

2014년 2월 영국 해협(영국)과 특히 Dawlish에 영향을 미친 온대 저기압 폭풍 사슬은 남서부 지역과 영국의 나머지 지역을 연결하는 주요 철도에 심각한 피해를 입혔습니다.

이 사건으로 라인이 두 달 동안 폐쇄되어 5천만 파운드의 피해와 12억 파운드의 경제적 손실이 발생했습니다. 이 연구에서는 폭풍의 파괴력을 해독하기 위해 목격자 계정을 수집하고 해수면 데이터를 분석하며 수치 모델링을 수행합니다.

우리의 분석에 따르면 이벤트의 재난 관리는 성공적이고 효율적이었으며 폭풍 전과 도중에 인명과 재산을 구하기 위해 즉각적인 조치를 취했습니다. 파도 부이 분석에 따르면 주기가 4–8, 8–12 및 20–25초인 복잡한 삼중 봉우리 바다 상태가 존재하는 반면, 조위계 기록에 따르면 최대 0.8m의 상당한 파도와 최대 1.5m의 파도 성분이 나타났습니다.

이벤트에서 가능한 기여 요인으로 결합된 진폭. 최대 286 KN의 상당한 임펄스 파동이 손상의 시작 원인일 가능성이 가장 높았습니다. 수직 벽의 반사는 파동 진폭의 보강 간섭을 일으켜 파고가 증가하고 최대 16.1m3/s/m(벽의 미터 너비당)의 상당한 오버탑핑을 초래했습니다.

이 정보와 우리의 공학적 판단을 통해 우리는 이 사고 동안 다중 위험 계단식 실패의 가장 가능성 있는 순서는 다음과 같다고 결론을 내립니다. 조적 파괴로 이어지는 파도 충격력, 충전물 손실 및 연속적인 조수에 따른 구조물 파괴.

The February 2014 extratropical cyclonic storm chain, which impacted the English Channel (UK) and Dawlish in particular, caused significant damage to the main railway connecting the south-west region to the rest of the UK. The incident caused the line to be closed for two months, £50 million of damage and an estimated £1.2bn of economic loss. In this study, we collate eyewitness accounts, analyse sea level data and conduct numerical modelling in order to decipher the destructive forces of the storm. Our analysis reveals that the disaster management of the event was successful and efficient with immediate actions taken to save lives and property before and during the storm. Wave buoy analysis showed that a complex triple peak sea state with periods at 4–8, 8–12 and 20–25 s was present, while tide gauge records indicated that significant surge of up to 0.8 m and wave components of up to 1.5 m amplitude combined as likely contributing factors in the event. Significant impulsive wave force of up to 286 KN was the most likely initiating cause of the damage. Reflections off the vertical wall caused constructive interference of the wave amplitudes that led to increased wave height and significant overtopping of up to 16.1 m3/s/m (per metre width of wall). With this information and our engineering judgement, we conclude that the most probable sequence of multi-hazard cascading failure during this incident was: wave impact force leading to masonry failure, loss of infill and failure of the structure following successive tides.

Introduction

The progress of climate change and increasing sea levels has started to have wide ranging effects on critical engineering infrastructure (Shakou et al. 2019). The meteorological effects of increased atmospheric instability linked to warming seas mean we may be experiencing more frequent extreme storm events and more frequent series or chains of events, as well as an increase in the force of these events, a phenomenon called storminess (Mölter et al. 2016; Feser et al. 2014). Features of more extreme weather events in extratropical latitudes (30°–60°, north and south of the equator) include increased gusting winds, more frequent storm squalls, increased prolonged precipitation and rapid changes in atmospheric pressure and more frequent and significant storm surges (Dacre and Pinto 2020). A recent example of these events impacting the UK with simultaneous significant damage to coastal infrastructure was the extratropical cyclonic storm chain of winter 2013/2014 (Masselink et al. 2016; Adams and Heidarzadeh 2021). The cluster of storms had a profound effect on both coastal and inland infrastructure, bringing widespread flooding events and large insurance claims (RMS 2014).

The extreme storms of February 2014, which had a catastrophic effect on the seawall of the south Devon stretch of the UK’s south-west mainline, caused a two-month closure of the line and significant disruption to the local and regional economy (Fig. 1b) (Network Rail 2014; Dawson et al. 2016; Adams and Heidarzadeh 2021). Restoration costs were £35 m, and economic effects to the south-west region of England were estimated up to £1.2bn (Peninsula Rail Taskforce 2016). Adams and Heidarzadeh (2021) investigated the disparate cascading failure mechanisms which played a part in the failure of the railway through Dawlish and attempted to put these in the context of the historical records of infrastructure damage on the line. Subsequent severe storms in 2016 in the region have continued to cause damage and disruption to the line in the years since 2014 (Met Office 2016). Following the events of 2014, Network Rail Footnote1 who owns the network has undertaken a resilience study. As a result, it has proposed a £400 m refurbishment of the civil engineering assets that support the railway (Fig. 1) (Network Rail 2014). The new seawall structure (Fig. 1a,c), which is constructed of pre-cast concrete sections, encases the existing Brunel seawall (named after the project lead engineer, Isambard Kingdom Brunel) and has been improved with piled reinforced concrete foundations. It is now over 2 m taller to increase the available crest freeboard and incorporates wave return features to minimise wave overtopping. The project aims to increase both the resilience of the assets to extreme weather events as well as maintain or improve amenity value of the coastline for residents and visitors.

figure 1
Fig. 1

In this work, we return to the Brunel seawall and the damage it sustained during the 2014 storms which affected the assets on the evening of the 4th and daytime of the 5th of February and eventually resulted in a prolonged closure of the line. The motivation for this research is to analyse and model the damage made to the seawall and explain the damage mechanisms in order to improve the resilience of many similar coastal structures in the UK and worldwide. The innovation of this work is the multidisciplinary approach that we take comprising a combination of analysis of eyewitness accounts (social science), sea level and wave data analysis (physical science) as well as numerical modelling and engineering judgement (engineering sciences). We investigate the contemporary wave climate and sea levels by interrogating the real-time tide gauge and wave buoys installed along the south-west coast of the English Channel. We then model a typical masonry seawall (Fig. 2), applying the computational fluid dynamics package FLOW3D-Hydro,Footnote2 to quantify the magnitude of impact forces that the seawall would have experienced leading to its failure. We triangulate this information to determine the probable sequence of failures that led to the disaster in 2014.

figure 2
Fig. 2

Data and methods

Our data comprise eyewitness accounts, sea level records from coastal tide gauges and offshore wave buoys as well as structural details of the seawall. As for methodology, we analyse eyewitness data, process and investigate sea level records through Fourier transform and conduct numerical simulations using the Flow3D-Hydro package (Flow Science 2022). Details of the data and methodology are provided in the following.

Eyewitness data

The scale of damage to the seawall and its effects led the local community to document the first-hand accounts of those most closely affected by the storms including residents, local businesses, emergency responders, politicians and engineering contractors involved in the post-storm restoration work. These records now form a permanent exhibition in the local museum in DawlishFootnote3, and some of these accounts have been transcribed into a DVD account of the disaster (Dawlish Museum 2015). We have gathered data from the Dawlish Museum, national and international news reports, social media tweets and videos. Table 1 provides a summary of the eyewitness accounts. Overall, 26 entries have been collected around the time of the incident. Our analysis of the eyewitness data is provided in the third column of Table 1 and is expanded in Sect. 3.Table 1 Eyewitness accounts of damage to the Dawlish railway due to the February 2014 storm and our interpretations

Full size table

Sea level data and wave environment

Our sea level data are a collection of three tide gauge stations (Newlyn, Devonport and Swanage Pier—Fig. 5a) owned and operated by the UK National Tide and Sea Level FacilityFootnote4 for the Environment Agency and four offshore wave buoys (Dawlish, West Bay, Torbay and Chesil Beach—Fig. 6a). The tide gauge sites are all fitted with POL-EKO (www.pol-eko.com.pl) data loggers. Newlyn has a Munro float gauge with one full tide and one mid-tide pneumatic bubbler system. Devonport has a three-channel data pneumatic bubbler system, and Swanage Pier consists of a pneumatic gauge. Each has a sampling interval of 15 min, except for Swanage Pier which has a sampling interval of 10 min. The tide gauges are located within the port areas, whereas the offshore wave buoys are situated approximately 2—3.3 km from the coast at water depths of 10–15 m. The wave buoys are all Datawell Wavemaker Mk III unitsFootnote5 and come with sampling interval of 0.78 s. The buoys have a maximum saturation amplitude of 20.5 m for recording the incident waves which implies that every wave larger than this threshold will be recorded at 20.5 m. The data are provided by the British Oceanographic Data CentreFootnote6 for tide gauges and the Channel Coastal ObservatoryFootnote7 for wave buoys.

Sea level analysis

The sea level data underwent quality control to remove outliers and spikes as well as gaps in data (e.g. Heidarzadeh et al. 2022; Heidarzadeh and Satake 2015). We processed the time series of the sea level data using the Matlab signal processing tool (MathWorks 2018). For calculations of the tidal signals, we applied the tidal package TIDALFIT (Grinsted 2008), which is based on fitting tidal harmonics to the observed sea level data. To calculate the surge signals, we applied a 30-min moving average filter to the de-tided data in order to remove all wind, swell and infra-gravity waves from the time series. Based on the surge analysis and the variations of the surge component before the time period of the incident, an error margin of approximately ± 10 cm is identified for our surge analysis. Spectral analysis of the wave buoy data is performed using the fast Fourier transform (FFT) of Matlab package (Mathworks 2018).

Numerical modelling

Numerical modelling of wave-structure interaction is conducted using the computational fluid dynamics package Flow3D-Hydro version 1.1 (Flow Science 2022). Flow3D-Hydro solves the transient Navier–Stokes equations of conservation of mass and momentum using a finite difference method and on Eulerian and Lagrangian frameworks (Flow Science 2022). The aforementioned governing equations are:

∇.u=0∇.u=0

(1)

∂u∂t+u.∇u=−∇Pρ+υ∇2u+g∂u∂t+u.∇u=−∇Pρ+υ∇2u+g

(2)

where uu is the velocity vector, PP is the pressure, ρρ is the water density, υυ is the kinematic viscosity and gg is the gravitational acceleration. A Fractional Area/Volume Obstacle Representation (FAVOR) is adapted in Flow3D-Hydro, which applies solid boundaries within the Eulerian grid and calculates the fraction of areas and volume in partially blocked volume in order to compute flows on corresponding boundaries (Hirt and Nichols 1981). We validated the numerical modelling through comparing the results with Sainflou’s analytical equation for the design of vertical seawalls (Sainflou 1928; Ackhurst 2020), which is as follows:

pd=ρgHcoshk(d+z)coshkdcosσtpd=ρgHcoshk(d+z)coshkdcosσt

(3)

where pdpd is the hydrodynamic pressure, ρρ is the water density, gg is the gravitational acceleration, HH is the wave height, dd is the water depth, kk is the wavenumber, zz is the difference in still water level and mean water level, σσ is the angular frequency and tt is the time. The Sainflou’s equation (Eq. 3) is used to calculate the dynamic pressure from wave action, which is combined with static pressure on the seawall.

Using Flow3D-Hydro, a model of the Dawlish seawall was made with a computational domain which is 250.0 m in length, 15.0 m in height and 0.375 m in width (Fig. 3a). The computational domain was discretised using a single uniform grid with a mesh size of 0.125 m. The model has a wave boundary at the left side of the domain (x-min), an outflow boundary on the right side (x-max), a symmetry boundary at the bottom (z-min) and a wall boundary at the top (z-max). A wall boundary implies that water or waves are unable to pass through the boundary, whereas a symmetry boundary means that the two edges of the boundary are identical and therefore there is no flow through it. The water is considered incompressible in our model. For volume of fluid advection for the wave boundary (i.e. the left-side boundary) in our simulations, we utilised the “Split Lagrangian Method”, which guarantees the best accuracy (Flow Science, 2022).

figure 3
Fig. 3

The stability of the numerical scheme is controlled and maintained through checking the Courant number (CC) as given in the following:

C=VΔtΔxC=VΔtΔx

(4)

where VV is the velocity of the flow, ΔtΔt is the time step and ΔxΔx is the spatial step (i.e. grid size). For stability and convergence of the numerical simulations, the Courant number must be sufficiently below one (Courant et al. 1928). This is maintained by a careful adjustment of the ΔxΔx and ΔtΔt selections. Flow3D-Hydro applies a dynamic Courant number, meaning the program adjusts the value of time step (ΔtΔt) during the simulations to achieve a balance between accuracy of results and speed of simulation. In our simulation, the time step was in the range ΔtΔt = 0.0051—0.051 s.

In order to achieve the most efficient mesh resolution, we varied cell size for five values of ΔxΔx = 0.1 m, 0.125 m, 0.15 m, 0.175 m and 0.20 m. Simulations were performed for all mesh sizes, and the results were compared in terms of convergence, stability and speed of simulation (Fig. 3). A linear wave with an amplitude of 1.5 m and a period of 6 s was used for these optimisation simulations. We considered wave time histories at two gauges A and B and recorded the waves from simulations using different mesh sizes (Fig. 3). Although the results are close (Fig. 3), some limited deviations are observed for larger mesh sizes of 0.20 m and 0.175 m. We therefore selected mesh size of 0.125 m as the optimum, giving an extra safety margin as a conservative solution.

The pressure from the incident waves on the vertical wall is validated in our model by comparing them with the analytical equation of Sainflou (1928), Eq. (3), which is one of the most common set of equations for design of coastal structures (Fig. 4). The model was tested by running a linear wave of period 6 s and wave amplitude of 1.5 m against the wall, with a still water level of 4.5 m. It can be seen that the model results are very close to those from analytical equations of Sainflou (1928), indicating that our numerical model is accurately modelling the wave-structure interaction (Fig. 4).

figure 4
Fig. 4

Eyewitness account analysis

Contemporary reporting of the 4th and 5th February 2014 storms by the main national news outlets in the UK highlights the extreme nature of the events and the significant damage and disruption they were likely to have on the communities of the south-west of England. In interviews, this was reinforced by Network Rail engineers who, even at this early stage, were forecasting remedial engineering works to last for at least 6 weeks. One week later, following subsequent storms the cascading nature of the events was obvious. Multiple breaches of the seawall had taken place with up to 35 separate landslide events and significant damage to parapet walls along the coastal route also were reported. Residents of the area reported extreme effects of the storm, one likening it to an earthquake and reporting water ingress through doors windows and even through vertical chimneys (Table 1). This suggests extreme wave overtopping volumes and large wave impact forces. One resident described the structural effects as: “the house was jumping up and down on its footings”.

Disaster management plans were quickly and effectively put into action by the local council, police service and National Rail. A major incident was declared, and decisions regarding evacuation of the residents under threat were taken around 2100 h on the night of 4th February when reports of initial damage to the seawall were received (Table 1). Local hotels were asked to provide short-term refuge to residents while local leisure facilities were prepared to accept residents later that evening. Initial repair work to the railway line was hampered by successive high spring tides and storms in the following days although significant progress was still made when weather conditions permitted (Table 1).

Sea level observations and spectral analysis

The results of surge and wave analyses are presented in Figs. 5 and 6. A surge height of up to 0.8 m was recorded in the examined tide gauge stations (Fig. 5b-d). Two main episodes of high surge heights are identified: the first surge started on 3rd February 2014 at 03:00 (UTC) and lasted until 4th of February 2014 at 00:00; the second event occurred in the period 4th February 2014 15:00 to 5th February 2014 at 17:00 (Fig. 5b-d). These data imply surge durations of 21 h and 26 h for the first and the second events, respectively. Based on the surge data in Fig. 5, we note that the storm event of early February 2014 and the associated surges was a relatively powerful one, which impacted at least 230 km of the south coast of England, from Land’s End to Weymouth, with large surge heights.

figure 5
Fig. 5
figure 6
Fig. 6

Based on wave buoy records, the maximum recorded amplitudes are at least 20.5 m in Dawlish and West Bay, 1.9 m in Tor Bay and 4.9 m in Chesil (Fig. 6a-b). The buoys at Tor Bay and Chesil recorded dual peak period bands of 4–8 and 8–12 s, whereas at Dawlish and West Bay registered triple peak period bands at 4–8, 8–12 and 20–25 s (Fig. 6c, d). It is important to note that the long-period waves at 20–25 s occur with short durations (approximately 2 min) while the waves at the other two bands of 4–8 and 8–12 s appear to be present at all times during the storm event.

The wave component at the period band of 4–8 s can be most likely attributed to normal coastal waves while the one at 8–12 s, which is longer, is most likely the swell component of the storm. Regarding the third component of the waves with long period of 20 -25 s, which occurs with short durations of 2 min, there are two hypotheses; it is either the result of a local (port and harbour) and regional (the Lyme Bay) oscillations (eg. Rabinovich 1997; Heidarzadeh and Satake 2014; Wang et al. 1992), or due to an abnormally long swell. To test the first hypothesis, we consider various water bodies such as Lyme Bay (approximate dimensions of 70 km × 20 km with an average water depth of 30 m; Fig. 6), several local bays (approximate dimensions of 3.6 km × 0.6 km with an average water depth of 6 m) and harbours (approximate dimensions of 0.5 km × 0.5 km with an average water depth of 4 m). Their water depths are based on the online Marine navigation website.Footnote8 According to Rabinovich (2010), the oscillation modes of a semi-enclosed rectangle basin are given by the following equation:

Tmn=2gd−−√[(m2L)2+(nW)2]−1/2Tmn=2gd[(m2L)2+(nW)2]−1/2

(5)

where TmnTmn is the oscillation period, gg is the gravitational acceleration, dd is the water depth, LL is the length of the basin, WW is the width of the basin, m=1,2,3,…m=1,2,3,… and n=0,1,2,3,…n=0,1,2,3,…; mm and nn are the counters of the different modes. Applying Eq. (5) to the aforementioned water bodies results in oscillation modes of at least 5 min, which is far longer than the observed period of 20–25 s. Therefore, we rule out the first hypothesis and infer that the long period of 20–25 s is most likely a long swell wave coming from distant sources. As discussed by Rabinovich (1997) and Wang et al. (2022), comparison between sea level spectra before and after the incident is a useful method to distinguish the spectrum of the weather event. A visual inspection of Fig. 6 reveals that the forcing at the period band of 20–25 s is non-existent before the incident.

Numerical simulations of wave loading and overtopping

Based on the results of sea level data analyses in the previous section (Fig. 6), we use a dual peak wave spectrum with peak periods of 10.0 s and 25.0 s for numerical simulations because such a wave would be comprised of the most energetic signals of the storm. For variations of water depth (2.0–4.0 m), coastal wave amplitude (0.5–1.5 m) (Fig. 7) and storm surge height (0.5–0.8 m) (Fig. 5), we developed 20 scenarios (Scn) which we used in numerical simulations (Table 2). Data during the incident indicated that water depth was up to the crest level of the seawall (approximately 4 m water depth); therefore, we varied water depth from 2 to 4 m in our simulation scenarios. Regarding wave amplitudes, we referred to the variations at a nearby tide gauge station (West Bay) which showed wave amplitude up to 1.2 m (Fig. 7). Therefore, wave amplitude was varied from 0.5 m to 1.5 m by considering a factor a safety of 25% for the maximum wave amplitude. As for the storm surge component, time series of storm surges calculated at three coastal stations adjacent to Dawlish showed that it was in the range of 0.5 m to 0.8 m (Fig. 5). These 20 scenarios would help to study uncertainties associated with wave amplitudes and pressures. Figure 8 shows snapshots of wave propagation and impacts on the seawall at different times.

figure 7
Fig. 7

Table 2 The 20 scenarios considered for numerical simulations in this study

Full size table

figure 8
Fig. 8

Results of wave amplitude simulations

Large wave amplitudes can induce significant wave forcing on the structure and cause overtopping of the seawall, which could eventually cascade to other hazards such as erosion of the backfill and scour (Adams and Heidarzadeh, 2021). The first 10 scenarios of our modelling efforts are for the same incident wave amplitudes of 0.5 m, which occur at different water depths (2.0–4.0 m) and storm surge heights (0.5–0.8 m) (Table 2 and Fig. 9). This is because we aim at studying the impacts of effective water depth (deff—the sum of mean sea level and surge height) on the time histories of wave amplitudes as the storm evolves. As seen in Fig. 9a, by decreasing effective water depth, wave amplitude increases. For example, for Scn-1 with effective depth of 4.5 m, the maximum amplitude of the first wave is 1.6 m, whereas it is 2.9 m for Scn-2 with effective depth of 3.5 m. However, due to intensive reflections and interferences of the waves in front of the vertical seawall, such a relationship is barely seen for the second and the third wave peaks. It is important to note that the later peaks (second or third) produce the largest waves rather than the first wave. Extraordinary wave amplifications are seen for the Scn-2 (deff = 3.5 m) and Scn-7 (deff = 3.3 m), where the corresponding wave amplitudes are 4.5 m and 3.7 m, respectively. This may indicate that the effective water depth of deff = 3.3–3.5 m is possibly a critical water depth for this structure resulting in maximum wave amplitudes under similar storms. In the second wave impact, the combined wave height (i.e. the wave amplitude plus the effective water depth), which is ultimately an indicator of wave overtopping, shows that the largest wave heights are generated by Scn-2, 7 and 8 (Fig. 9a) with effective water depths of 3.5 m, 3.3 m and 3.8 m and combined heights of 8.0 m, 7.0 m and 6.9 m (Fig. 9b). Since the height of seawall is 5.4 m, the combined wave heights for Scn-2, 7 and 8 are greater than the crest height of the seawall by 2.6 m, 1.6 m and 1.5 m, respectively, which indicates wave overtopping.

figure 9
Fig. 9

For scenarios 11–20 (Fig. 10), with incident wave amplitudes of 1.5 m (Table 2), the largest wave amplitudes are produced by Scn-17 (deff = 3.3 m), Scn-13 (deff = 2.5 m) and Scn-12 (deff = 3.5 m), which are 5.6 m, 5.1 m and 4.5 m. The maximum combined wave heights belong to Scn-11 (deff = 4.5 m) and Scn-17 (deff = 3.3 m), with combined wave heights of 9.0 m and 8.9 m (Fig. 10b), which are greater than the crest height of the seawall by 4.6 m and 3.5 m, respectively.

figure 10
Fig. 10

Our simulations for all 20 scenarios reveal that the first wave is not always the largest and wave interactions, reflections and interferences play major roles in amplifying the waves in front of the seawall. This is primarily because the wall is fully vertical and therefore has a reflection coefficient of close to one (i.e. full reflection). Simulations show that the combined wave height is up to 4.6 m higher than the crest height of the wall, implying that severe overtopping would be expected.

Results of wave loading calculations

The pressure calculations for scenarios 1–10 are given in Fig. 11 and those of scenarios 11–20 in Fig. 12. The total pressure distribution in Figs. 1112 mostly follows a triangular shape with maximum pressure at the seafloor as expected from the Sainflou (1928) design equations. These pressure plots comprise both static (due to mean sea level in front of the wall) and dynamic (combined effects of surge and wave) pressures. For incident wave amplitudes of 0.5 m (Fig. 11), the maximum wave pressure varies in the range of 35–63 kPa. At the sea surface, it is in the range of 4–20 kPa (Fig. 11). For some scenarios (Scn-2 and 7), the pressure distribution deviates from a triangular shape and shows larger pressures at the top, which is attributed to the wave impacts and partial breaking at the sea surface. This adds an additional triangle-shaped pressure distribution at the sea surface elevation consistent with the design procedure developed by Goda (2000) for braking waves. The maximum force on the seawall due to scenarios 1–10, which is calculated by integrating the maximum pressure distribution over the wave-facing surface of the seawall, is in the range of 92–190 KN (Table 2).

figure 11
Fig. 11
figure 12
Fig. 12

For scenarios 11–20, with incident wave amplitude of 1.5 m, wave pressures of 45–78 kPa and 7–120 kPa, for  the bottom and top of the wall, respectively, were observed (Fig. 12). Most of the plots show a triangular pressure distribution, except for Scn-11 and 15. A significant increase in wave impact pressure is seen for Scn-15 at the top of the structure, where a maximum pressure of approximately 120 kPa is produced while other scenarios give a pressure of 7–32 kPa for the sea surface. In other words, the pressure from Scn-15 is approximately four times larger than the other scenarios. Such a significant increase of the pressure at the top is most likely attributed to the breaking wave impact loads as detailed by Goda (2000) and Cuomo et al. (2010). The wave simulation snapshots in Fig. 8 show that the wave breaks before reaching the wall. The maximum force due to scenarios 11–20 is 120–286 KN.

The breaking wave impacts peaking at 286 KN in our simulations suggest destabilisation of the upper masonry blocks, probably by grout malfunction. This significant impact force initiated the failure of the seawall which in turn caused extensive ballast erosion. Wave impact damage was proposed by Adams and Heidarzadeh (2021) as one of the primary mechanisms in the 2014 Dawlish disaster. In the multi-hazard risk model proposed by these authors, damage mechanism III (failure pathway 5 in Adams and Heidarzadeh, 2021) was characterised by wave impact force causing damage to the masonry elements, leading to failure of the upper sections of the seawall and loss of infill material. As blocks were removed, access to the track bed was increased for inbound waves allowing infill material from behind the seawall to be fluidised and subsequently removed by backwash. The loss of infill material critically compromised the stability of the seawall and directly led to structural failure. In parallel, significant wave overtopping (discussed in the next section) led to ballast washout and cascaded, in combination with masonry damage, to catastrophic failure of the wall and suspension of the rails in mid-air (Fig. 1b), leaving the railway inoperable for two months.

Wave Overtopping

The two most important factors contributing to the 2014 Dawlish railway catastrophe were wave impact forces and overtopping. Figure 13 gives the instantaneous overtopping rates for different scenarios, which experienced overtopping. It can be seen that the overtopping rates range from 0.5 m3/s/m to 16.1 m3/s/m (Fig. 13). Time histories of the wave overtopping rates show that the phenomenon occurs intermittently, and each time lasts 1.0–7.0 s. It is clear that the longer the overtopping time, the larger the volume of the water poured on the structure. The largest wave overtopping rates of 16.1 m3/s/m and 14.4 m3/s/m belong to Scn-20 and 11, respectively. These are the two scenarios that also give the largest combined wave heights (Fig. 10b).

figure 13
Fig. 13

The cumulative overtopping curves (Figs. 1415) show the total water volume overtopped the structure during the entire simulation time. This is an important hazard factor as it determines the level of soil saturation, water pore pressure in the soil and soil erosion (Van der Meer et al. 2018). The maximum volume belongs to Scn-20, which is 65.0 m3/m (m-cubed of water per metre length of the wall). The overtopping volumes are 42.7 m3/m for Scn-11 and 28.8 m3/m for Scn-19. The overtopping volume is in the range of 0.7–65.0 m3/m for all scenarios.

figure 14
Fig. 14
figure 15
Fig. 15

For comparison, we compare our modelling results with those estimated using empirical equations. For the case of the Dawlish seawall, we apply the equation proposed by Van Der Meer et al. (2018) to estimate wave overtopping rates, based on a set of decision criteria which are the influence of foreshore, vertical wall, possible breaking waves and low freeboard:

qgH3m−−−−√=0.0155(Hmhs)12e(−2.2RcHm)qgHm3=0.0155(Hmhs)12e(−2.2RcHm)

(6)

where qq is the mean overtopping rate per metre length of the seawall (m3/s/m), gg is the acceleration due to gravity, HmHm is the incident wave height at the toe of the structure, RcRc is the wall crest height above mean sea level, hshs is the deep-water significant wave height and e(x)e(x) is the exponential function. It is noted that Eq. (6) is valid for 0.1<RcHm<1.350.1<RcHm<1.35. For the case of the Dawlish seawall and considering the scenarios with larger incident wave amplitude of 1.5 m (hshs= 1.5 m), the incident wave height at the toe of the structure is HmHm = 2.2—5.6 m, and the wall crest height above mean sea level is RcRc = 0.6–2.9 m. As a result, Eq. (6) gives mean overtopping rates up to approximately 2.9 m3/s/m. A visual inspection of simulated overtopping rates in Fig. 13 for Scn 11–20 shows that the mean value of the simulated overtopping rates (Fig. 13) is close to estimates using Eq. (6).

Discussion and conclusions

We applied a combination of eyewitness account analysis, sea level data analysis and numerical modelling in combination with our engineering judgement to explain the damage to the Dawlish railway seawall in February 2014. Main findings are:

  • Eyewitness data analysis showed that the extreme nature of the event was well forecasted in the hours prior to the storm impact; however, the magnitude of the risks to the structures was not well understood. Multiple hazards were activated simultaneously, and the effects cascaded to amplify the damage. Disaster management was effective, exemplified by the establishment of an emergency rendezvous point and temporary evacuation centre during the storm, indicating a high level of hazard awareness and preparedness.
  • Based on sea level data analysis, we identified triple peak period bands at 4–8, 8–12 and 20–25 s in the sea level data. Storm surge heights and wave oscillations were up to 0.8 m and 1.5 m, respectively.
  • Based on the numerical simulations of 20 scenarios with different water depths, incident wave amplitudes, surge heights and peak periods, we found that the wave oscillations at the foot of the seawall result in multiple wave interactions and interferences. Consequently, large wave amplitudes, up to 4.6 m higher than the height of the seawall, were generated and overtopped the wall. Extreme impulsive wave impact forces of up to 286 KN were generated by the waves interacting with the seawall.
  • We measured maximum wave overtopping rates of 0.5–16.1 m3/s/m for our scenarios. The cumulative overtopping water volumes per metre length of the wall were 0.7–65.0 m3/m.
  • Analysis of all the evidence combined with our engineering judgement suggests that the most likely initiating cause of the failure was impulsive wave impact forces destabilising one or more grouted joints between adjacent masonry blocks in the wall. Maximum observed pressures of 286 KN in our simulations are four times greater in magnitude than background pressures leading to block removal and initiating failure. Therefore, the sequence of cascading events was :1) impulsive wave impact force causing damage to masonry, 2) failure of the upper sections of the seawall, 3) loss of infill resulting in a reduction of structural strength in the landward direction, 4) ballast washout as wave overtopping and inbound wave activity increased and 5) progressive structural failure following successive tides.

From a risk mitigation point of view, the stability of the seawall in the face of future energetic cyclonic storm events and sea level rise will become a critical factor in protecting the rail network. Mitigation efforts will involve significant infrastructure investment to strengthen the civil engineering assets combined with improved hazard warning systems consisting of meteorological forecasting and real-time wave observations and instrumentation. These efforts must take into account the amenity value of coastal railway infrastructure to local communities and the significant number of tourists who visit every year. In this regard, public awareness and active engagement in the planning and execution of the project will be crucial in order to secure local stakeholder support for the significant infrastructure project that will be required for future resilience.

Notes

  1. https://www.networkrail.co.uk/..
  2. https://www.flow3d.com/products/flow-3d-hydro/.
  3. https://www.devonmuseums.net/Dawlish-Museum/Devon-Museums/.
  4. https://ntslf.org/.
  5. https://www.datawell.nl/Products/Buoys/DirectionalWaveriderMkIII.aspx.
  6. https://www.bodc.ac.uk/.
  7. https://coastalmonitoring.org/cco/.
  8. https://webapp.navionics.com/#boating@8&key=iactHlwfP.

References

Download references

Acknowledgements

We are grateful to Brunel University London for administering the scholarship awarded to KA. The Flow3D-Hydro used in this research for numerical modelling is licenced to Brunel University London through an academic programme contract. We sincerely thank Prof Harsh Gupta (Editor-in-Chief) and two anonymous reviewers for their constructive review comments.

Funding

This project was funded by the UK Engineering and Physical Sciences Research Council (EPSRC) through a PhD scholarship to Keith Adams.

Author information

Authors and Affiliations

  1. Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering, Brunel University London, Uxbridge, UB8 3PH, UKKeith Adams
  2. Department of Architecture and Civil Engineering, University of Bath, Bath, BA2 7AY, UKMohammad Heidarzadeh

Corresponding author

Correspondence to Keith Adams.

Ethics declarations

Conflict of interest

The authors have no relevant financial or non-financial interests to disclose.

Availability of data

All data used in this study are provided in the body of the article.

Additional information

Publisher’s Note

Springer Nature remains neutral with regard to jurisdictional claims in published maps and institutional affiliations.

Open Access This article is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License, which permits use, sharing, adaptation, distribution and reproduction in any medium or format, as long as you give appropriate credit to the original author(s) and the source, provide a link to the Creative Commons licence, and indicate if changes were made. The images or other third party material in this article are included in the article’s Creative Commons licence, unless indicated otherwise in a credit line to the material. If material is not included in the article’s Creative Commons licence and your intended use is not permitted by statutory regulation or exceeds the permitted use, you will need to obtain permission directly from the copyright holder. To view a copy of this licence, visit http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/.

Reprints and Permissions

About this article

Verify currency and authenticity via CrossMark

Cite this article

Adams, K., Heidarzadeh, M. Extratropical cyclone damage to the seawall in Dawlish, UK: eyewitness accounts, sea level analysis and numerical modelling. Nat Hazards (2022). https://doi.org/10.1007/s11069-022-05692-2

Download citation

  • Received17 May 2022
  • Accepted17 October 2022
  • Published14 November 2022
  • DOIhttps://doi.org/10.1007/s11069-022-05692-2

Share this article

Anyone you share the following link with will be able to read this content:Get shareable link

Provided by the Springer Nature SharedIt content-sharing initiative

Keywords

  • Storm surge
  • Cyclone
  • Railway
  • Climate change
  • Infrastructure
  • Resilience

FLOW-3D 수치해석용 컴퓨터 선택 가이드 (update)

Hardware Selection for FLOW-3D Products – FLOW-3D

2022-12-07 부분 업데이트 / ㈜에스티아이씨앤디 솔루션사업부

In this blog, Flow Science’s IT Manager Matthew Taylor breaks down the different hardware components and suggests some ideal configurations for getting the most out of your FLOW-3D products.

개요

본 자료는 Flow Science의 IT 매니저 Matthew Taylor가 작성한 자료를 기반으로 STI C&D에서 일부 자료를 보완한 자료입니다. 본 자료를 통해 FLOW-3D 사용자는 최상의 해석용 컴퓨터를 선택할 때 도움을 받을 수 있을 것으로 기대합니다.

수치해석을 하는 엔지니어들은 사용하는 컴퓨터의 성능에 무척 민감합니다. 그 이유는 수치해석을 하기 위해 여러 준비단계와 분석 시간들이 필요하지만 당연히 압도적으로 시간을 소모하는 것이 계산 시간이기 때문일 것입니다.

따라서 수치해석용 컴퓨터의 선정을 위해서 단위 시간당 시스템이 처리하는 작업의 수나 처리량, 응답시간, 평균 대기 시간 등의 요소를 복합적으로 검토하여 결정하게 됩니다.

또한 수치해석에 적합한 성능을 가진 컴퓨터를 선별하는 방법으로 CPU 계산 처리속도인 Flops/sec 성능도 중요하지만 수치해석을 수행할 때 방대한 계산 결과를 디스크에 저장하고, 해석결과를 분석할 때는 그래픽 성능도 크게 좌우하기 때문에 SSD 디스크와 그래픽카드에도 관심을 가져야 합니다.

FLOW SCIENCE, INC. 에서는 일반적인 FLOW-3D를 지원하는 최소 컴퓨터 사양과 O/S 플랫폼 가이드를 제시하지만, 도입 담당자의 경우, 최상의 조건에서 해석 업무를 수행해야 하기 때문에 가능하면 최고의 성능을 제공하는 해석용 장비 도입이 필요합니다. 이 자료는 2022년 현재 FLOW-3D 제품을 효과적으로 사용하기 위한 하드웨어 선택에 대해 사전에 검토되어야 할 내용들에 대해 자세히 설명합니다. 그리고 실행 중인 시뮬레이션 유형에 따라 다양한 구성에 대한 몇 가지 아이디어를 제공합니다.

CPU 최신 뉴스

2022년 11월 23일 기준 (https://www.itworld.co.kr/news/265948 기사 원문 발췌)

ⓒ Rob Schultz/IDG
ⓒ Rob Schultz/IDG
  • 현재 AMD의 라이젠 7000 시리즈와 인텔 13세대 코어 CPU는 환상적인 성능을 제공하나 앞으로는 더욱 좋은 칩이 출시될 예정이다. 물론 강력한 성능을 원한다면 고민할 필요도 없이 최대한 빠른 클럭 속도, 최대한 많은 코어 수를 찾으면 된다. 여기서 어려운 부분은 새로운 칩 라인업의 복잡하다는 것이다. 특히 최신 프로세서와 지난 세대 최상급 프로세서 중에서 고민한다면 여러 부분을 세밀하게 이해해야 한다.
  • 모든 CFD 엔지니어의 고민은 예산이 넉넉하여 무조건 최고 사양의 제품을 구매하면 간단하지만, 현실의 예산은 그렇지 못하기 때문에 선택의 기로에서 힘들어 한다.
  • 현재 워크스테이션에서 최고 사양은 AMD 라이젠 스레드리퍼 PRO 5995WX 샤갈 프로 거의 슈퍼컴퓨터 수준이다. 가격 조회 사이트인 다나와에서 현재 일자(2022년 12월 07일) 기준으로 검색해 보면 CPU 가격만 1000만원대인 매우 고가의 CPU인 것을 알 수 있다.
  • AMD와 인텔의 최신 아키텍처는 모두 성능만큼 에너지 소비량도 늘어난다. AMD의 라이젠 7950X와 인텔의 코어 i9-13900K는 DDR5 RAM을 지원한다.
  • 다양한 가격대의 CPU가 있으므로 아래 CPU 성능 차트의 성능대비 가격을 보고 CPU를 선택하도록 한다.
인텔® 코어™ i9-13900K 프로세서(36M 캐시, 최대 5.80GHz)
인텔® 코어™ i9-13900K 프로세서(36M 캐시, 최대 5.80GHz)

완제품의 경우 그래픽 카드에 따라 가격이 심하게 차이가 나기 때문에 단순 비교가 어려우므로, 구입사양을 정하고 검색을 통해 적당한 제품을 선정하면 된다.

CPU의 선택

CPU는 전반적인 성능에 큰 영향을 미치며, 대부분의 경우 컴퓨터의 가장 중요한 구성 요소입니다. 그러나 데스크탑 프로세서를 구입할 때가 되면 Intel 과 AMD의 모델 번호와 사양을 이해하는 것이 어려워 보일 것입니다.
그리고, CPU 성능을 평가하는 방법에 의해 가장 좋은 CPU를 고른다고 해도 보드와, 메모리, 주변 Chip 등 여러가지 조건에 의해 성능이 달라질 수 있기 때문에 성능평가 결과를 기준으로 시스템을 구입할 경우, 단일 CPU나 부품으로 순위가 정해진 자료보다는 시스템 전체를 대상으로 평가한 순위표를 보고 선정하는 지혜가 필요합니다.

PassMark – CPU Mark High End CPUs

2022년 12월 07일 기준

PassMark - CPU Mark
High End CPUs
Updated 6th of December 2022
PassMark – CPU Mark High End CPUs Updated 6th of December 2022

<출처> https://www.cpubenchmark.net/high_end_cpus.html

수치해석을 수행하는 CPU의 경우 예산에 따라 Core가 많지 않은 CPU를 구매해야 하는 경우도 있을 수 있습니다. 보통 Core가 많다고 해석 속도가 선형으로 증가하지는 않으며, 해석 케이스에 따라 적정 Core수가 있습니다. 이 경우 예산에 맞는 성능 대비 최상의 코어 수가 있을 수 있기 때문에 Single thread Performance 도 매우 중요합니다. 아래 성능 도표를 참조하여 예산에 맞는 최적 CPU를 찾는데 도움을 받을 수 있습니다.

PassMark - CPU Mark
Single Thread Performance
Updated 6th of December 2022
PassMark – CPU Mark Single Thread Performance Updated 6th of December 2022

출처 : https://www.cpubenchmark.net/singleThread.html

CPU 성능 분석 방법

부동소수점 계산을 하는 수치해석과 밀접한 Computer의 연산 성능 벤치마크 방법은 대표적으로 널리 사용되는 아래와 같은 방법이 있습니다.

FLOW-3D의 CFD 솔버 성능은 CPU의 부동 소수점 성능에 전적으로 좌우되기 때문에 계산 집약적인 프로그램입니다. FlowSight 또한 CPU에 크게 의존합니다. 현재 출시된 사용 가능한 모든 CPU를 벤치마킹할 수는 없지만 상대적인 성능을 합리적으로 비교할 수는 있습니다.

특히, 수치해석 분야에서 주어진 CPU에 대해 FLOW-3D 성능을 추정하거나 여러 CPU 옵션 간의 성능을 비교하기 위한 최상의 옵션은 Standard Performance Evaluation Corporation의 SPEC CPU2017 벤치마크(현재까지 개발된 가장 최신 평가기준임)이며, 특히 SPECspeed 2017 Floating Point 결과가 CFD Solver 성능을 매우 잘 예측합니다.

이는 유료 벤치마크이므로 제공된 결과는 모든 CPU 테스트 결과를 제공하지 않습니다. 보통 제조사가 ASUS, Dell, Lenovo, HP, Huawei 정도의 제품에 대해 RAM이 많은 멀티 소켓 Intel Xeon 기계와 같은 값비싼 구성으로 된 장비 결과들을 제공합니다.

CPU 비교를 위한 또 다른 옵션은 Passmark Software의 CPU 벤치마크입니다. PerformanceTest 제품군은 유료 소프트웨어이지만 무료 평가판을 사용할 수 있습니다. 대부분의 CPU는 저렴한 옵션을 포함하여 나열됩니다. 부동 소수점 성능은 전체 벤치마크의 한 측면에 불과하지만 다양한 워크로드에서 전반적인 성능을 제대로 테스트합니다.

예산을 결정하고 해당 예산에 해당하는 CPU를 선택한 후에는 벤치마크를 사용하여 가격에 가장 적합한 성능을 결정할 수 있습니다.

<참고>

SPEC의 벤치 마크https://www.spec.org/benchmarks.html#cpu )

SPEC CPU 2017 (현재까지 가장 최근에 개발된 CPU 성능측정 기준)

다른 컴퓨터 시스템에서 컴퓨팅 계산에 대한 집약적인 워크로드를 비교하는데 사용할 수 있는 성능 측정을 제공하도록 설계된 SPEC CPU 2017에는 SPECspeed 2017 정수, SPECspeed 2017 부동 소수점, SPECrate 2017 정수 및 SPECrate 2017 부동 소수점의 4 가지 제품군으로 구성된 43 개의 벤치 마크가 포함되어 있습니다. SPEC CPU 2017에는 에너지 소비 측정을 위한 선택적 메트릭도 포함되어 있습니다.

<SPEC CPU 벤치마크 보고서>

벤치마크 결과보고서는 제조사별, 모델별로 테스트한 결과를 아래 사이트에 가면 볼 수 있습니다.

https://www.spec.org/cgi-bin/osgresults

<보고서 샘플>

  • SPEC CPU 2017

Designed to provide performance measurements that can be used to compare compute-intensive workloads on different computer systems, SPEC CPU 2017 contains 43 benchmarks organized into four suites: SPECspeed 2017 Integer, SPECspeed 2017 Floating Point, SPECrate 2017 Integer, and SPECrate 2017 Floating Point. SPEC CPU 2017 also includes an optional metric for measuring energy consumption.

클럭 대 코어

일반적으로 클럭 속도가 높은 칩은 CPU 코어를 더 적게 포함합니다. FLOW-3D는 병렬화가 잘되어 있지만, 디스크 쓰기와 같이 일부 작업은 기본적으로 단일 스레드 방식으로 수행됩니다. 따라서 데이터 출력이 빈번하거나 큰 시뮬레이션은 종종 더 많은 코어가 아닌, 더 높은 클럭 속도를 활용합니다. 마찬가지로 코어 및 소켓의 다중 스레딩은 오버헤드를 발생시키므로 작은 문제의 해석일 경우 사용되는 코어 수를 제한하면 성능이 향상될 수 있습니다.

CPU 아키텍처

CPU 아키텍처는 중요합니다. 최신 CPU는 일반적으로 사이클당 더 많은 기능을 제공합니다. 즉, 현재 세대의 CPU는 일반적으로 동일한 클럭 속도에서 이전 CPU보다 성능이 우수합니다. 또한 전력 효율이 높아져 와트당 성능이 향상될 수 있습니다. Flow Science에는 구형 멀티 소켓 12, 16, 24 코어 Xeon보다 성능이 뛰어난 최근 세대 10~12 Core i9 CPU 시스템을 보유하고 있습니다.

오버클럭

해석용 장비에서는 CPU를 오버클럭 하지 않는 것이 좋습니다. 하드웨어를 다년간의 투자라고 생각한다면, 오버클럭화는 발열을 증가시켜 수명을 단축시킵니다. CPU에 따라 안정성도 저하될 수 있습니다. CPU를 오버클럭 할 때는 세심한 열 관리가 권장됩니다.

하이퍼스레딩

<이미지출처:https://gameabout.com/krum3/4586040>

하이퍼스레딩은 물리적으로 1개의 CPU를 가상으로 2개의 CPU처럼 작동하게 하는 기술로 파이프라인의 단계수가 많고 각 단계의 길이가 짧을때 유리합니다. 다만 수치해석 처럼 모든 코어의 CPU를 100% 사용중인 장시간 수행 시뮬레이션은 일반적으로 Hyper Threading이 비활성화 된 상태에서 더 잘 수행됩니다. FLOW-3D는 100% CPU 사용률이 일반적이므로 새 하드웨어를 구성할 때 Hyper Threading을 비활성화하는 것이 좋습니다. 설정은 시스템의 BIOS 설정에서 수행합니다.

몇 가지 워크로드의 경우에는 Hyper Threading을 사용하여 약간 더 나은 성능을 보이는 경우가 있습니다. 따라서, 최상의 런타임을 위해서는 두 가지 구성중에서 어느 구성이 더 적합한지 시뮬레이션 유형을 테스트하는 것이 좋습니다.

스케일링

여러 코어를 사용할 때 성능은 선형적이지 않습니다. 예를 들어 12 코어 CPU에서 24 코어 CPU로 업그레이드해도 시뮬레이션 런타임이 절반으로 줄어들지 않습니다. 시뮬레이션 유형에 따라 16~32개 이상의 CPU 코어를 선택할 때는 FLOW-3D 및 FLOW-3D CAST의 HPC 버전을 사용하거나 FLOW-3D CLOUD로 이동하는 것을 고려하여야 합니다.

AMD Ryzen 또는 Epyc CPU

AMD는 일부 CPU로 벤치마크 차트를 석권하고 있으며 그 가격은 매우 경쟁력이 있습니다. FLOW SCIENCE, INC. 에서는 소수의 AMD CPU로 FLOW-3D를 테스트했습니다. 현재 Epyc CPU는 이상적이지 않고 Ryzen은 성능이 상당히 우수합니다. 발열은 여전히 신중하게 다뤄져야 할 문제입니다. 현재 32 코어 옵션에 영향을 주는 Windows 버그가 초기 버전에서 성능을 크게 저하시키는 것으로 알려져 있습니다. Bug Fix가 되었는지 업데이트 하여 확인하고, 해결되지 않은 경우 이러한 CPU에는 Linux를 권장됩니다.

<관련 기사>

https://www.techspot.com/news/78122-report-software-fix-can-double-threadripper-2990wx-performance.html

Graphics 고려 사항

FLOW-3D는 OpenGL 드라이버가 만족스럽게 수행되는 최신 그래픽 카드가 필요합니다. 최소한 OpenGL 3.0을 지원하는 것이 좋습니다. FlowSight는 DirectX 11 이상을 지원하는 그래픽 카드에서 가장 잘 작동합니다. 권장 옵션은 엔비디아의 쿼드로 K 시리즈와 AMD의 파이어 프로 W 시리즈입니다.

특히 엔비디아 쿼드로(NVIDIA Quadro)는 엔비디아가 개발한 전문가 용도(워크스테이션)의 그래픽 카드입니다. 일반적으로 지포스 그래픽 카드가 게이밍에 초점이 맞춰져 있지만, 쿼드로는 다양한 산업 분야의 전문가가 필요로 하는 영역에 광범위한 용도로 사용되고 있습니다. 주로 산업계의 그래픽 디자인 분야, 영상 콘텐츠 제작 분야, 엔지니어링 설계 분야, 과학 분야, 의료 분석 분야 등의 전문가 작업용으로 사용되고 있습니다. 따라서 일반적인 소비자를 대상으로 하는 지포스 그래픽 카드와는 다르계 산업계에 포커스 되어 있으며 가격이 매우 비싸서 도입시 예산을 고려해야 합니다.

유의할 점은 엔비디아의 GTX 게이밍 하드웨어는 볼륨 렌더링의 속도가 느리거나 오동작 등 몇 가지 제한 사항이 있습니다. 일반적으로 노트북에 내장된 통합 그래픽 카드보다는 개별 그래픽 카드를 강력하게 추천합니다. 최소한 그래픽 메모리는 512MB 이상을 권장합니다.

PassMark - G3D Mark High End Videocards 2022
PassMark – G3D Mark High End Videocards 2022

출처 : https://www.videocardbenchmark.net/high_end_gpus.html

원격데스크탑 사용시 고려 사항

Flow Science는 nVidia 드라이버 버전이 341.05 이상인 nVidia Quadro K, M 또는 P 시리즈 그래픽 하드웨어를 권장합니다. 이 카드와 드라이버 조합을 사용하면 원격 데스크톱 연결이 완전한 3D 가속 기능을 갖춘 기본 하드웨어에서 자동으로 실행됩니다.

원격 데스크톱 세션에 연결할 때 nVidia Quadro 그래픽 카드가 설치되어 있지 않으면 Windows는 소프트웨어 렌더링을 사용합니다. 이는 FLOW-3D 및 FlowSight 모두 성능에 부정적인 영향을 미칩니다. FLOW-3D 가 소프트웨어 렌더링을 사용하고 있는지 확인하려면 FLOW-3D 도움말 메뉴에서 정보를 선택하십시오. GDI Generic을 소프트웨어 렌더링으로 사용하는 경우 GL_RENDERER 항목에 표시됩니다.

하드웨어 렌더링을 활성화하는 몇 가지 옵션이 있습니다. 쉬운 방법 중 하나는 실제 콘솔에서 FLOW-3D를 시작한 다음 원격 데스크톱 세션을 연결하는 것입니다. Nice Software DCV 와 같은 일부 VNC 소프트웨어는 기본적으로 하드웨어 렌더링을 사용합니다.

RAM 고려 사항

프로세서 코어당 최소 4GB의 RAM은 FLOW-3D의 좋은 출발입니다. FlowSight POST Processor를 사용하여 후처리 작업을 할 경우 상당한 양의 RAM을 사용하는 것이 좋습니다.

현재 주력제품인 DDR4보다 2배 빠른 DDR5가 곧 출시된다는 소식도 있습니다.

일반적으로 FLOW-3D를 이용하여 해석을 할 경우 격자(Mesh)수에 따라 소요되는 적정 메모리 크기는 아래와 같습니다.페이지 보기

  • 초대형 (2억개 이상의 셀) : 최소 128GB
  • 대형 (60 ~ 1억 5천만 셀) : 64 ~ 128GB
  • 중간 (30-60백만 셀) : 32-64GB
  • 작음 (3 천만 셀 이하) : 최소 32GB

HDD 고려 사항

수치해석은 해석결과 파일의 데이터 양이 매우 크기 때문에 읽고 쓰는데, 속도면에서 매우 빠른 SSD를 적용하면 성능면에서 큰 도움이 됩니다. 다만 SSD 가격이 비싸서 가성비 측면을 고려하여 적정수준에서 결정이 필요합니다.

CPU와 저장장치 간 데이터가 오고 가는 통로가 그림과 같이 3가지 방식이 있습니다. 이를 인터페이스라 부르며 SSD는 흔히 PCI-Express 와 SATA 통로를 이용합니다.

흔히 말하는 NVMe는 PCI-Express3.0 지원 SSD의 경우 SSD에 최적화된 NVMe (NonVolatile Memory Express) 전송 프로토콜을 사용합니다. 주의할 점은 MVMe중에서 SATA3 방식도 있기 때문에 잘 구별하여 구입하시기 바랍니다.

그리고 SSD를 선택할 경우에도 SSD 종류 중에서 PCI Express 타입은 매우 빠르고 가격이 고가였지만 최근에는 많이 저렴해졌습니다. 따라서 예산 범위내에서 NVMe SSD등 가장 효과적인 선택을 하는 것이 좋습니다.
( 참고 : 해석용 컴퓨터 SSD 고르기 참조 )

기존의 물리적인 하드 디스크의 경우, 디스크에 기록된 데이터를 읽기 위해서는 데이터를 읽어내는 헤드(바늘)가 물리적으로 데이터가 기록된 위치까지 이동해야 하므로 이동에 일정한 시간이 소요됩니다. (이러한 시간을 지연시간, 혹은 레이턴시 등으로 부름) 따라서 하드 디스크의 경우 데이터를 읽기 위한 요청이 주어진 뒤에 데이터를 실제로 읽기까지 일정한 시간이 소요되는데, 이 시간을 일정한 한계(약 10ms)이하로 줄이는 것이 불가능에 가까우며, 데이터가 플래터에 실제 기록된 위치에 따라서 이러한 데이터에의 접근시간 역시 차이가 나게 됩니다.

하지만 HDD의 최대 강점은 가격대비 용량입니다. 현재 상용화되어 판매하는 대용량 HDD는 12TB ~ 15TB가 공급되고 있으며, 이는 데이터 저장이나 백업용으로 가장 좋은 선택이 됩니다.
결론적으로 데이터를 직접 읽고 쓰는 드라이브는 SSD를 사용하고 보관하는 용도의 드라이브는 기존의 HDD를 사용하는 방법이 효과적인 선택이 될 수 있습니다.

PassMark – Disk Rating High End Drives

PassMark - Disk Rating High End Drives 2022
PassMark – Disk Rating High End Drives 2022

출처 : https://www.harddrivebenchmark.net/high_end_drives.html

상기 벤치마크 테스트는 테스트 조건에 따라 그 성능 곡선이 달라질 수 있기 때문에 조건을 확인할 필요가 있습니다. 예를 들어 Windows7, windows8, windows10 모두에서 테스트한 결과를 평균한 점수와 자신이 사용할 컴퓨터 O/S에서 테스트한 결과는 다를 수 있습니다. 상기 결과에 대한 테스트 환경에 대한 내용은 아래 사이트를 참고하시기 바랍니다.

참고 : 테스트 환경

페이지 보기

Fig. 1. (a) Dimensions of the casting with runners (unit: mm), (b) a melt flow simulation using Flow-3D software together with Reilly's model[44], predicted that a large amount of bifilms (denoted by the black particles) would be contained in the final casting. (c) A solidification simulation using Pro-cast software showed that no shrinkage defect was contained in the final casting.

AZ91 합금 주물 내 연행 결함에 대한 캐리어 가스의 영향

TianLiabJ.M.T.DaviesaXiangzhenZhuc
aUniversity of Birmingham, Birmingham B15 2TT, United Kingdom
bGrainger and Worrall Ltd, Bridgnorth WV15 5HP, United Kingdom
cBrunel Centre for Advanced Solidification Technology, Brunel University London, Kingston Ln, London, Uxbridge UB8 3PH, United Kingdom

Abstract

An entrainment defect (also known as a double oxide film defect or bifilm) acts a void containing an entrapped gas when submerged into a light-alloy melt, thus reducing the quality and reproducibility of the final castings. Previous publications, carried out with Al-alloy castings, reported that this trapped gas could be subsequently consumed by the reaction with the surrounding melt, thus reducing the void volume and negative effect of entrainment defects. Compared with Al-alloys, the entrapped gas within Mg-alloy might be more efficiently consumed due to the relatively high reactivity of magnesium. However, research into the entrainment defects within Mg alloys has been significantly limited. In the present work, AZ91 alloy castings were produced under different carrier gas atmospheres (i.e., SF6/CO2, SF6/air). The evolution processes of the entrainment defects contained in AZ91 alloy were suggested according to the microstructure inspections and thermodynamic calculations. The defects formed in the different atmospheres have a similar sandwich-like structure, but their oxide films contained different combinations of compounds. The use of carrier gases, which were associated with different entrained-gas consumption rates, affected the reproducibility of AZ91 castings.

연행 결함(이중 산화막 결함 또는 이중막이라고도 함)은 경합금 용융물에 잠길 때 갇힌 가스를 포함하는 공극으로 작용하여 최종 주물의 품질과 재현성을 저하시킵니다. Al-합금 주물을 사용하여 수행된 이전 간행물에서는 이 갇힌 가스가 주변 용융물과의 반응에 의해 후속적으로 소모되어 공극 부피와 연행 결함의 부정적인 영향을 줄일 수 있다고 보고했습니다. Al-합금에 비해 마그네슘의 상대적으로 높은 반응성으로 인해 Mg-합금 내에 포집된 가스가 더 효율적으로 소모될 수 있습니다. 그러나 Mg 합금 내 연행 결함에 대한 연구는 상당히 제한적이었습니다. 현재 작업에서 AZ91 합금 주물은 다양한 캐리어 가스 분위기(즉, SF6/CO2, SF6/공기)에서 생산되었습니다. AZ91 합금에 포함된 연행 결함의 진화 과정은 미세 조직 검사 및 열역학 계산에 따라 제안되었습니다. 서로 다른 분위기에서 형성된 결함은 유사한 샌드위치 구조를 갖지만 산화막에는 서로 다른 화합물 조합이 포함되어 있습니다. 다른 동반 가스 소비율과 관련된 운반 가스의 사용은 AZ91 주물의 재현성에 영향을 미쳤습니다.

Keywords

Magnesium alloy, Casting, Oxide film, Bifilm, Entrainment defect, Reproducibility

1. Introduction

As the lightest structural metal available on Earth, magnesium became one of the most attractive light metals over the last few decades. The magnesium industry has consequently experienced a rapid development in the last 20 years [1,2], indicating a large growth in demand for Mg alloys all over the world. Nowadays, the use of Mg alloys can be found in the fields of automobiles, aerospace, electronics and etc.[3,4]. It has been predicted that the global consumption of Mg metals will further increase in the future, especially in the automotive industry, as the energy efficiency requirement of both traditional and electric vehicles further push manufactures lightweight their design [3,5,6].

The sustained growth in demand for Mg alloys motivated a wide interest in the improvement of the quality and mechanical properties of Mg-alloy castings. During a Mg-alloy casting process, surface turbulence of the melt can lead to the entrapment of a doubled-over surface film containing a small quantity of the surrounding atmosphere, thus forming an entrainment defect (also known as a double oxide film defect or bifilm) [7][8][9][10]. The random size, quantity, orientation, and placement of entrainment defects are widely accepted to be significant factors linked to the variation of casting properties [7]. In addition, Peng et al. [11] found that entrained oxides films in AZ91 alloy melt acted as filters to Al8Mn5 particles, trapping them as they settle. Mackie et al. [12] further suggested that entrained oxide films can act to trawl the intermetallic particles, causing them to cluster and form extremely large defects. The clustering of intermetallic compounds made the entrainment defects more detrimental for the casting properties.

Most of the previous studies regarding entrainment defects were carried out on Al-alloys [7,[13][14][15][16][17][18], and a few potential methods have been suggested for diminishing their negative effect on the quality of Al-alloy castings. Nyahumwa et al.,[16] shows that the void volume within entrainment defects could be reduced by a hot isostatic pressing (HIP) process. Campbell [7] suggested the entrained gas within the defects could be consumed due to reaction with the surrounding melt, which was further verified by Raiszedeh and Griffiths [19].The effect of the entrained gas consumption on the mechanical properties of Al-alloy castings has been investigated by [8,9], suggesting that the consumption of the entrained gas promoted the improvement of the casting reproducibility.

Compared with the investigation concerning the defects within Al-alloys, research into the entrainment defects within Mg-alloys has been significantly limited. The existence of entrainment defects has been demonstrated in Mg-alloy castings [20,21], but their behaviour, evolution, as well as entrained gas consumption are still not clear.

In a Mg-alloy casting process, the melt is usually protected by a cover gas to avoid magnesium ignition. The cavities of sand or investment moulds are accordingly required to be flushed with the cover gas prior to the melt pouring [22]. Therefore, the entrained gas within Mg-alloy castings should contain the cover gas used in the casting process, rather than air only, which may complicate the structure and evolution of the corresponding entrainment defects.

SF6 is a typical cover gas widely used for Mg-alloy casting processes [23][24][25]. Although this cover gas has been restricted to use in European Mg-alloy foundries, a commercial report has pointed out that this cover is still popular in global Mg-alloy industry, especially in the countries which dominated the global Mg-alloy production, such as China, Brazil, India, etc. [26]. In addition, a survey in academic publications also showed that this cover gas was widely used in recent Mg-alloy studies [27]. The protective mechanism of SF6 cover gas (i.e., the reaction between liquid Mg-alloy and SF6 cover gas) has been investigated by several previous researchers, but the formation process of the surface oxide film is still not clearly understood, and even some published results are conflicting with each other. In early 1970s, Fruehling [28] found that the surface film formed under SF6 was MgO mainly with traces of fluorides, and suggested that SF6 was absorbed in the Mg-alloy surface film. Couling [29] further noticed that the absorbed SF6 reacted with the Mg-alloy melt to form MgF2. In last 20 years, different structures of the Mg-alloy surface films have been reported, as detailed below.(1)

Single-layered film. Cashion [30,31] used X-ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy (XPS) and Auger Spectroscopy (AES) to identify the surface film as MgO and MgF2. He also found that composition of the film was constant throughout the thickness and the whole experimental holding time. The film observed by Cashion had a single-layered structure created from a holding time from 10 min to 100 min.(2)

Double-layered film. Aarstad et. al [32] reported a doubled-layered surface oxide film in 2003. They observed several well-distributed MgF2 particles attached to the preliminary MgO film and grew until they covered 25–50% of the total surface area. The inward diffusion of F through the outer MgO film was the driving force for the evolution process. This double-layered structure was also supported by Xiong’s group [25,33] and Shih et al. [34].(3)

Triple-layered film. The triple-layered film and its evolution process were reported in 2002 by Pettersen [35]. Pettersen found that the initial surface film was a MgO phase and then gradually evolved to the stable MgF2 phase by the inward diffusion of F. In the final stage, the film has a triple-layered structure with a thin O-rich interlayer between the thick top and bottom MgF2 layers.(4)

Oxide film consisted of discrete particles. Wang et al [36] stirred the Mg-alloy surface film into the melt under a SF6 cover gas, and then inspect the entrained surface film after the solidification. They found that the entrained surface films were not continues as the protective surface films reported by other researchers but composed of discrete particles. The young oxide film was composed of MgO nano-sized oxide particles, while the old oxide films consist of coarse particles (about 1  µm in average size) on one side that contained fluorides and nitrides.

The oxide films of a Mg-alloy melt surface or an entrained gas are both formed due to the reaction between liquid Mg-alloy and the cover gas, thus the above-mentioned research regarding the Mg-alloy surface film gives valuable insights into the evolution of entrainment defects. The protective mechanism of SF6 cover gas (i.e., formation of a Mg-alloy surface film) therefore indicated a potential complicated evolution process of the corresponding entrainment defects.

However, it should be noted that the formation of a surface film on a Mg-alloy melt is in a different situation to the consumption of an entrained gas that is submerged into the melt. For example, a sufficient amount of cover gas was supported during the surface film formation in the studies previously mentioned, which suppressed the depletion of the cover gas. In contrast, the amount of entrained gas within a Mg-alloy melt is finite, and the entrained gas may become fully depleted. Mirak [37] introduced 3.5%SF6/air bubbles into a pure Mg-alloy melt solidifying in a specially designed permanent mould. It was found that the gas bubbles were entirely consumed, and the corresponding oxide film was a mixture of MgO and MgF2. However, the nucleation sites (such as the MgF2 spots observed by Aarstad [32] and Xiong [25,33]) were not observed. Mirak also speculated that the MgF2 formed prior to MgO in the oxide film based on the composition analysis, which was opposite to the surface film formation process reported in previous literatures (i.e., MgO formed prior to MgF2). Mirak’s work indicated that the oxide-film formation of an entrained gas may be quite different from that of surface films, but he did not reveal the structure and evolution of the oxide films.

In addition, the use of carrier gas in the cover gases also influenced the reaction between the cover gas and the liquid Mg-alloy. SF6/air required a higher content of SF6 than did a SF6/CO2 carrier gas [38], to avoid the ignition of molten magnesium, revealing different gas-consumption rates. Liang et.al [39] suggested that carbon was formed in the surface film when CO2 was used as a carrier gas, which was different from the films formed in SF6/air. An investigation into Mg combustion [40] reported a detection of Mg2C3 in the Mg-alloy sample after burning in CO2, which not only supported Liang’s results, but also indicated a potential formation of Mg carbides in double oxide film defects.

The work reported here is an investigation into the behaviour and evolution of entrainment defects formed in AZ91 Mg-alloy castings, protected by different cover gases (i.e., SF6/air and SF6/CO2). These carrier gases have different protectability for liquid Mg alloy, which may be therefore associated with different consumption rates and evolution processes of the corresponding entrained gases. The effect of the entrained-gas consumption on the reproducibility of AZ91 castings was also studied.

2. Experiment

2.1. Melting and casting

Three kilograms AZ91 alloy was melted in a mild steel crucible at 700 ± 5 °C. The composition of the AZ91 alloy has been shown in Table 1. Prior to heating, all oxide scale on the ingot surface was removed by machining. The cover gases used were 0.5%SF6/air or 0.5%SF6/CO2 (vol.%) at a flow rate of 6 L/min for different castings. The melt was degassed by argon with a flow rate of 0.3 L/min for 15 min [41,42], and then poured into sand moulds. Prior to pouring, the sand mould cavity was flushed with the cover gas for 20 min [22]. The residual melt (around 1 kg) was solidified in the crucible.

Table 1. Composition (wt.%) of the AZ91 alloy used in this study.

AlZnMnSiFeNiMg
9.40.610.150.020.0050.0017Residual

Fig. 1(a) shows the dimensions of the casting with runners. A top-filling system was deliberately used to generate entrainment defects in the final castings. Green and Campbell [7,43] suggested that a top-filling system caused more entrainment events (i.e., bifilms) during a casting process, compared with a bottom-filling system. A melt flow simulation (Flow-3D software) of this mould, using Reilly’s model [44] regarding the entrainment events, also predicted that a large amount of bifilms would be contained in the final casting (denoted by the black particles in Fig. 1b).

Fig. 1. (a) Dimensions of the casting with runners (unit: mm), (b) a melt flow simulation using Flow-3D software together with Reilly's model[44], predicted that a large amount of bifilms (denoted by the black particles) would be contained in the final casting. (c) A solidification simulation using Pro-cast software showed that no shrinkage defect was contained in the final casting.

Shrinkage defects also affect the mechanical properties and reproducibility of castings. Since this study focused on the effect of bifilms on the casting quality, the mould has been deliberately designed to avoid generating shrinkage defects. A solidification simulation using ProCAST software showed that no shrinkage defect would be contained in the final casting, as shown in Fig. 1c. The casting soundness has also been confirmed using a real time X-ray prior to the test bar machining.

The sand moulds were made from resin-bonded silica sand, containing 1wt. % PEPSET 5230 resin and 1wt. % PEPSET 5112 catalyst. The sand also contained 2 wt.% Na2SiF6 to act as an inhibitor [45]. The pouring temperature was 700 ± 5 °C. After the solidification, a section of the runner bars was sent to the Sci-Lab Analytical Ltd for a H-content analysis (LECO analysis), and all the H-content measurements were carried out on the 5th day after the casting process. Each of the castings was machined into 40 test bars for a tensile strength test, using a Zwick 1484 tensile test machine with a clip extensometer. The fracture surfaces of the broken test bars were examined using Scanning Electron Microscope (SEM, Philips JEOL7000) with an accelerating voltage of 5–15 kV. The fractured test bars, residual Mg-alloy solidified in the crucible, and the casting runners were then sectioned, polished and also inspected using the same SEM. The cross-section of the oxide film found on the test-bar fracture surface was exposed by the Focused Ion Beam milling technique (FIB), using a CFEI Quanta 3D FEG FIB-SEM. The oxide film required to be analysed was coated with a platinum layer. Then, a gallium ion beam, accelerated to 30 kV, milled the material substrate surrounding the platinum coated area to expose the cross section of the oxide film. EDS analysis of the oxide film’s cross section was carried out using the FIB equipment at accelerating voltage of 30 kV.

2.2. Oxidation cell

As previously mentioned, several past researchers investigated the protective film formed on a Mg-alloy melt surface [38,39,[46][47][48][49][50][51][52]. During these experiments, the amount of cover gas used was sufficient, thus suppressing the depletion of fluorides in the cover gas. The experiment described in this section used a sealed oxidation cell, which limited the supply of cover gas, to study the evolution of the oxide films of entrainment defects. The cover gas contained in the oxidation cell was regarded as large-size “entrained bubble”.

As shown in Fig. 2, the main body of the oxidation cell was a closed-end mild steel tube which had an inner length of 400 mm, and an inner diameter of 32 mm. A water-cooled copper tube was wrapped around the upper section of the cell. When the tube was heated, the cooling system created a temperature difference between the upper and lower sections, causing the interior gas to convect within the tube. The temperature was monitored by a type-K thermocouple located at the top of the crucible. Nie et al. [53] suggested that the SF6 cover gas would react with the steel wall of the holding furnace when they investigated the surface film of a Mg-alloy melt. To avoid this reaction, the interior surface of the steel oxidation cell (shown in Fig. 2) and the upper half section of the thermocouple were coated with boron nitride (the Mg-alloy was not in contact with boron nitride).

Fig. 2. Schematic of the oxidation cell used to study the evolution of the oxide films of the entrainment defects (unit mm).

During the experiment, a block of solid AZ91 alloy was placed in a magnesia crucible located at the bottom of the oxidation cell. The cell was heated to 100 °C in an electric resistance furnace under a gas flow rate of 1 L/min. The cell was held at this temperature for 20 min, to replace the original trapped atmosphere (i.e. air). Then, the oxidation cell was further heated to 700 °C, melting the AZ91 sample. The gas inlet and exit valves were then closed, creating a sealed environment for oxidation under a limited supply of cover gas. The oxidation cell was then held at 700 ± 10 °C for periods of time from 5 min to 30 min in 5-min intervals. At the end of each holding time, the cell was quenched in water. After cooling to room temperature, the oxidised sample was sectioned, polished, and subsequently examined by SEM.

3. Results

3.1. Structure and composition of the entrainment defects formed in SF6/air

The structure and composition of the entrainment defect formed in the AZ91 castings under a cover gas of 0.5%SF6/air was observed by SEM and EDS. The results indicate that there exist two types of entrainment defects which are sketched in Fig. 3: (1) Type A defect whose oxide film has a traditional single-layered structure and (2) Type B defect, whose oxide film has two layers. The details of these defects were introduced in the following. Here it should be noticed that, as the entrainment defects are also known as biofilms or double oxide film, the oxide films of Type B defect were referred to as “multi-layered oxide film” or “multi-layered structure” in the present work to avoid a confusing description such as “the double-layered oxide film of a double oxide film defect”.

Fig. 3. Schematic of the different types of entrainment defects found in AZ91 castings. (a) Type A defect with a single-layered oxide film and (b) Type B defect with two-layered oxide film.

Fig. 4(a-b) shows a Type A defect having a compact single-layered oxide film with about 0.4 µm thickness. Oxygen, fluorine, magnesium and aluminium were detected in this film (Fig. 4c). It is speculated that oxide film is the mixture of fluoride and oxide of magnesium and aluminium. The detection of fluorine revealed that an entrained cover gas was contained in the formation of this defect. That is to say that the pores shown in Fig. 4(a) were not shrinkage defects or hydrogen porosity, but entrainment defects. The detection of aluminium was different with Xiong and Wang’s previous study [47,48], which showed that no aluminium was contained in their surface film of an AZ91 melt protected by a SF6 cover gas. Sulphur could not be clearly recognized in the element map, but there was a S-peak in the corresponding ESD spectrum.

Fig. 4. (a) A Type A entrainment defect formed in SF6/air and having a single-layered oxide film, (b) the oxide film of this defect, (c) SEM-EDS element maps (using Philips JEOL7000) corresponding to the area highlighted in (b).

Fig. 5(a-b) shows a Type B entrainment defect having a multi-layered oxide film. The compact outer layers of the oxide films were enriched with fluorine and oxygen (Fig. 5c), while their relatively porous inner layers were only enriched with oxygen (i.e., poor in fluorine) and partly grew together, thus forming a sandwich-like structure. Therefore, it is speculated that the outer layer is the mixture of fluoride and oxide, while the inner layer is mainly oxide. Sulphur could only be recognized in the EDX spectrum and could not be clearly identified in the element map, which might be due to the small S-content in the cover gas (i.e., 0.5% volume content of SF6 in the cover gas). In this oxide film, aluminium was contained in the outer layer of this oxide film but could not be clearly detected in the inner layer. Moreover, the distribution of Al seems to be uneven. It can be found that, in the right side of the defect, aluminium exists in the film but its concentration can not be identified to be higher than the matrix. However, there is a small area with much higher aluminium concentration in the left side of the defect. Such an uneven distribution of aluminium was also observed in other defects (shown in the following), and it is the result of the formation of some oxide particles in or under the film.

Fig. 5. (a) A Type B entrainment defect formed in SF6/air and having a multi-layered oxide film, (b) the oxide films of this defect have grown together, (c) SEM-EDS element maps (using Philips JEOL7000) corresponding to the area shown in (b).

Figs. 4 and 5 show cross sectional observations of the entrainment defects formed in the AZ91 alloy sample cast under a cover gas of SF6/air. It is not sufficient to characterize the entrainment defects only by the figures observed from the two-dimensional section. To have a further understanding, the surface of the entrainment defects (i.e. the oxide film) was further studied by observing the fracture surface of the test bars.

Fig. 6(a) shows fracture surfaces of an AZ91 alloy tensile test bar produced in SF6/air. Symmetrical dark regions can be seen on both sides of the fracture surfaces. Fig. 6(b) shows boundaries between the dark and bright regions. The bright region consisted of jagged and broken features, while the surface of the dark region was relatively smooth and flat. In addition, the EDS results (Fig. 6c-d and Table 2) show that fluorine, oxygen, sulphur, and nitrogen were only detected in the dark regions, indicating that the dark regions were surface protective films entrained into the melt. Therefore, it could be suggested that the dark regions were an entrainment defect with consideration of their symmetrical nature. Similar defects on fracture surfaces of Al-alloy castings have been previously reported [7]Nitrides were only found in the oxide films on the test-bar fracture surfaces but never detected in the cross-sectional samples shown in Figs. 4 and 5. An underlying reason is that the nitrides contained in these samples may have hydrolysed during the sample polishing process [54].

Fig. 6. (a) A pair of the fracture surfaces of a AZ91 alloy tensile test bar produced under a cover gas of SF6/air. The dimension of the fracture surface is 5 mm × 6 mm, (b) a section of the boundary between the dark and bright regions shown in (a), (c-d) EDS spectrum of the (c) bright regions and (d) dark regions, (e) schematic of an entrainment defect contained in a test bar.

Table 2. EDS results (wt.%) corresponding to the regions shown in Fig. 6 (cover gas: SF6/air).

Empty CellCOMgFAlZnSN
Dark region in Fig. 6(b)3.481.3279.130.4713.630.570.080.73
Bright region in Fig. 6(b)3.5884.4811.250.68

In conjunction with the cross-sectional observation of the defects shown in Figs. 4 and 5, the structure of an entrainment defect contained in a tensile test bar was sketched as shown in Fig. 6(e). The defect contained an entrained gas enclosed by its oxide film, creating a void section inside the test bar. When the tensile force applied on the defect during the fracture process, the crack was initiated at the void section and propagated along the entrainment defect, since cracks would be propagated along the weakest path [55]. Therefore, when the test bar was finally fractured, the oxide films of entrainment defect appeared on both fracture surfaces of the test bar, as shown in Fig. 6(a).

3.2. Structure and composition of the entrainment defects formed in SF6/CO2

Similar to the entrainment defect formed in SF6/air, the defects formed under a cover gas of 0.5%SF6/CO2 also had two types of oxide films (i.e., single-layered and multi-layered types). Fig. 7(a) shows an example of the entrainment defects containing a multi-layered oxide film. A magnified observation to the defect (Fig. 7b) shows that the inner layers of the oxide films had grown together, presenting a sandwich-like structure, which was similar to the defects formed in an atmosphere of SF6/air (Fig. 5b). An EDS spectrum (Fig. 7c) revealed that the joint area (inner layer) of this sandwich-like structure mainly contained magnesium oxides. Peaks of fluorine, sulphur, and aluminium were recognized in this EDS spectrum, but their amount was relatively small. In contrast, the outer layers of the oxide films were compact and composed of a mixture of fluorides and oxides (Fig. 7d-e).

Fig. 7. (a) An example of entrainment defects formed in SF6/CO2 and having a multi-layered oxide film, (b) magnified observation of the defect, showing the inner layer of the oxide films has grown together, (c) EDS spectrum of the point denoted in (b), (d) outer layer of the oxide film, (e) SEM-EDS element maps (using Philips JEOL7000) corresponding to the area shown in (d).

Fig. 8(a) shows an entrainment defect on the fracture surfaces of an AZ91 alloy tensile test bar, which was produced in an atmosphere of 0.5%SF6/CO2. The corresponding EDS results (Table 3) showed that oxide film contained fluorides and oxides. Sulphur and nitrogen were not detected. Besides, a magnified observation (Fig. 8b) indicated spots on the oxide film surface. The diameter of the spots ranged from hundreds of nanometres to a few micron meters.

Fig. 8. (a) A pair of the fracture surfaces of a AZ91 alloy tensile test bar, produced in an atmosphere of SF6/CO2. The dimension of the fracture surface is 5 mm × 6 mm, (b) surface appearance of the oxide films on the fracture surfaces, showing spots on the film surface.

To further reveal the structure and composition of the oxide film clearly, the cross-section of the oxide film on a test-bar fracture surface was onsite exposed using the FIB technique (Fig. 9). As shown in Fig. 9a, a continuous oxide film was found between the platinum coating layer and the Mg-Al alloy substrate. Fig. 9 (b-c) shows a magnified observation to oxide films, indicating a multi-layered structure (denoted by the red box in Fig. 9c). The bottom layer was enriched with fluorine and oxygen and should be the mixture of fluoride and oxide, which was similar to the “outer layer” shown in Figs. 5 and 7, while the only-oxygen-enriched top layer was similar to the “inner layer” shown in Figs. 5 and 7.

Fig. 9. (a) A cross-sectional observation of the oxide film on the fracture surface of the AZ91 casting produced in SF6/CO2, exposed by FIB, (b) a magnified observation of area highlighted in (a), and (c) SEM-EDS elements map of the area shown in (b), obtained by CFEI Quanta 3D FEG FIB-SEM.

Except the continuous film, some individual particles were also observed in or below the continuous film, as shown in Fig. 9. An Al-enriched particle was detected in the left side of the oxide film shown in Fig. 9b and might be speculated to be spinel Mg2AlO4 because it also contains abundant magnesium and oxygen elements. The existing of such Mg2AlO4 particles is responsible for the high concentration of aluminium in small areas of the observed film and the uneven distribution of aluminium, as shown in Fig. 5(c). Here it should be emphasized that, although the other part of the bottom layer of the continuous oxide film contains less aluminium than this Al-enriched particle, the Fig. 9c indicated that the amount of aluminium in this bottom layer was still non-negligible, especially when comparing with the outer layer of the film. Below the right side of the oxide film shown in Fig. 9b, a particle was detected and speculated to be MgO because it is rich in Mg and O. According to Wang’s result [56], lots of discrete MgO particles can be formed on the surface of the Mg melt by the oxidation of Mg melt and Mg vapor. The MgO particles observed in our present work may be formed due to the same reasons. While, due to the differences in experimental conditions, less Mg melt can be vapored or react with O2, thus only a few of MgO particles formed in our work. An enrichment of carbon was also found in the film, revealing that CO2 was able to react with the melt, thus forming carbon or carbides. This carbon concentration was consistent with the relatively high carbon content of the oxide film shown in Table 3 (i.e., the dark region). In the area next to the oxide film.

Table 3. EDS results (wt.%) corresponding to the regions shown in Fig. 8 (cover gas: SF6/ CO2).

Empty CellCOMgFAlZnSN
Dark region in Fig. 8(a)7.253.6469.823.827.030.86
Bright region in Fig. 8(a)2.100.4482.8313.261.36

This cross-sectional observation of the oxide film on a test bar fracture surface (Fig. 9) further verified the schematic of the entrainment defect shown in Fig. 6(e). The entrainment defects formed in different atmospheres of SF6/CO2 and SF6/air had similar structures, but their compositions were different.

3.3. Evolution of the oxide films in the oxidation cell

The results in Section 3.1 and 3.2 have shown the structures and compositions of entrainment defects formed in AZ91 castings under cover gases of SF6/air and SF6/CO2. Different stages of the oxidation reaction may lead to the different structures and compositions of entrainment defects. Although Campbell has conjectured that an entrained gas may react with the surrounding melt, it is rarely reported that the reaction occurring between the Mg-alloy melt and entrapped cover gas. Previous researchers normally focus on the reaction between a Mg-alloy melt and the cover gas in an open environment [38,39,[46][47][48][49][50][51][52], which was different from the situation of a cover gas trapped into the melt. To further understand the formation of the entrainment defect in an AZ91 alloy, the evolution process of oxide films of the entrainment defect was further studied using an oxidation cell.

Fig. 10 (a and d) shows a surface film held for 5 min in the oxidation cell, protected by 0.5%SF6/air. There was only one single layer consisting of fluoride and oxide (MgF2 and MgO). In this surface film. Sulphur was detected in the EDS spectrum, but its amount was too small to be recognized in the element map. The structure and composition of this oxide film was similar to the single-layered films of entrainment defects shown in Fig. 4.

Fig. 10. Oxide films formed in the oxidation cell under a cover gas of 0.5%SF6/air and held at 700 °C for (a) 5 min; (b) 10 min; (c) 30 min, and (d-f) the SEM-EDS element maps (using Philips JEOL7000) corresponding to the oxide film shown in (a-c) respectively, (d) 5 min; (e) 10 min; (f) 30 min. The red points in (c and f) are the location references, denoting the boundary of the F-enriched layer in different element maps.

After a holding time of 10 min, a thin (O, S)-enriched top layer (around 700 nm) appeared upon the preliminary F-enriched film, forming a multi-layered structure, as shown in Fig. 10(b and e). The thickness of the (O, S)-enriched top layer increased with increased holding time. As shown in Fig. 10(c and f), the oxide film held for 30 min also had a multi-layered structure, but the thickness of its (O, S)-enriched top layer (around 2.5 µm) was higher than the that of the 10-min oxide film. The multi-layered oxide films shown in Fig. 10(b-c) presented a similar appearance to the films of the sandwich-like defect shown in Fig. 5.

The different structures of the oxide films shown in Fig. 10 indicated that fluorides in the cover gas would be preferentially consumed due to the reaction with the AZ91 alloy melt. After the depletion of fluorides, the residual cover gas reacted further with the liquid AZ91 alloy, forming the top (O, S)-enriched layer in the oxide film. Therefore, the different structures and compositions of entrainment defects shown in Figs. 4 and 5 may be due to an ongoing oxidation reaction between melt and entrapped cover gas.

This multi-layered structure has not been reported in previous publications concerning the protective surface film formed on a Mg-alloy melt [38,[46][47][48][49][50][51]. This may be due to the fact that previous researchers carried out their experiments with an un-limited amount of cover gas, creating a situation where the fluorides in the cover gas were not able to become depleted. Therefore, the oxide film of an entrainment defect had behaviour traits similar to the oxide films shown in Fig. 10, but different from the oxide films formed on the Mg-alloy melt surface reported in [38,[46][47][48][49][50][51].

Similar with the oxide films held in SF6/air, the oxide films formed in SF6/CO2 also had different structures with different holding times in the oxidation cell. Fig. 11(a) shows an oxide film, held on an AZ91 melt surface under a cover gas of 0.5%SF6/CO2 for 5 min. This film had a single-layered structure consisting of MgF2. The existence of MgO could not be confirmed in this film. After the holding time of 30 min, the film had a multi-layered structure; the inner layer was of a compact and uniform appearance and composed of MgF2, while the outer layer is the mixture of MgF2 and MgO. Sulphur was not detected in this film, which was different from the surface film formed in 0.5%SF6/air. Therefore, fluorides in the cover gas of 0.5%SF6/CO2 were also preferentially consumed at an early stage of the film growth process. Compared with the film formed in SF6/air, the MgO in film formed in SF6/CO2 appeared later and sulphide did not appear within 30 min. It may mean that the formation and evolution of film in SF6/air is faster than SF6/CO2. CO2 may have subsequently reacted with the melt to form MgO, while sulphur-containing compounds accumulated in the cover gas and reacted to form sulphide in very late stage (may after 30 min in oxidation cell).

Fig. 11. Oxide films formed in the oxidation cell under a cover gas of 0.5%SF6/CO2, and their SEM-EDS element maps (using Philips JEOL7000). They were held at 700 °C for (a) 5 min; (b) 30 min. The red points in (b) are the location references, denoting the boundary between the top and bottom layers in the oxide film.

4. Discussion

4.1. Evolution of entrainment defects formed in SF6/air

HSC software from Outokumpu HSC Chemistry for Windows (http://www.hsc-chemistry.net/) was used to carry out thermodynamic calculations needed to explore the reactions which might occur between the trapped gases and liquid AZ91 alloy. The solutions to the calculations suggest which products are most likely to form in the reaction process between a small amount of cover gas (i.e., the amount within a trapped bubble) and the AZ91-alloy melt.

In the trials, the pressure was set to 1 atm, and the temperature set to 700 °C. The amount of the cover gas was assumed to be 7 × 10−7 kg, with a volume of approximately 0.57 cm3 (3.14 × 10−8 kmol) for 0.5%SF6/air, and 0.35 cm3 (3.12 × 10−8 kmol) for 0.5%SF6/CO2. The amount of the AZ91 alloy melt in contact with the trapped gas was assumed to be sufficient to complete all reactions. The decomposition products of SF6 were SF5, SF4, SF3, SF2, F2, S(g), S2(g) and F(g) [57][58][59][60].

Fig. 12 shows the equilibrium diagram of the thermodynamic calculation of the reaction between the AZ91 alloy and 0.5%SF6/air. In the diagram, the reactants and products with less than 10−15 kmol have not been shown, as this was 5 orders of magnitude less than the amount of SF6 present (≈ 1.57 × 10−10 kmol) and therefore would not affect the observed process in a practical way.

Fig. 12. An equilibrium diagram for the reaction between 7e-7 kg 0.5%SF6/air and a sufficient amount of AZ91 alloy. The X axis is the amount of AZ91 alloy melt having reacted with the entrained gas, and the vertical Y-axis is the amount of the reactants and products.

This reaction process could be divided into 3 stages.

Stage 1: The formation of fluorides. the AZ91 melt preferentially reacted with SF6 and its decomposition products, producing MgF2, AlF3, and ZnF2. However, the amount of ZnF2 may have been too small to be detected practically (1.25 × 10−12 kmol of ZnF2 compared with 3 × 10−10 kmol of MgF2), which may be the reason why Zn was not detected in any the oxide films shown in Sections 3.13.3. Meanwhile, sulphur accumulated in the residual gas as SO2.

Stage 2: The formation of oxides. After the liquid AZ91 alloy had depleted all the available fluorides in the entrapped gas, the amount of AlF3 and ZnF2 quickly reduced due to a reaction with Mg. O2(g) and SO2 reacted with the AZ91 melt, forming MgO, Al2O3, MgAl2O4, ZnO, ZnSO4 and MgSO4. However, the amount of ZnO and ZnSO4 would have been too small to be found practically by EDS (e.g. 9.5 × 10−12 kmol of ZnO,1.38 × 10−14 kmol of ZnSO4, in contrast to 4.68 × 10−10 kmol of MgF2, when the amount of AZ91 on the X-axis is 2.5 × 10−9 kmol). In the experimental cases, the concentration of F in the cover gas is very low, whole the concentration f O is much higher. Therefore, the stage 1 and 2, i.e, the formation of fluoride and oxide may happen simultaneously at the beginning of the reaction, resulting in the formation of a singer-layered mixture of fluoride and oxide, as shown in Figs. 4 and 10(a). While an inner layer consisted of oxides but fluorides could form after the complete depletion of F element in the cover gas.

Stages 1- 2 theoretically verified the formation process of the multi-layered structure shown in Fig. 10.

The amount of MgAl2O4 and Al2O3 in the oxide film was of a sufficient amount to be detected, which was consistent with the oxide films shown in Fig. 4. However, the existence of aluminium could not be recognized in the oxide films grown in the oxidation cell, as shown in Fig. 10. This absence of Al may be due to the following reactions between the surface film and AZ91 alloy melt:(1)

Al2O3 + 3Mg + = 3MgO + 2Al, △G(700 °C) = -119.82 kJ/mol(2)

Mg + MgAl2O4 = MgO + Al, △G(700 °C) =-106.34 kJ/molwhich could not be simulated by the HSC software since the thermodynamic calculation was carried out under an assumption that the reactants were in full contact with each other. However, in a practical process, the AZ91 melt and the cover gas would not be able to be in contact with each other completely, due to the existence of the protective surface film.

Stage 3: The formation of Sulphide and nitride. After a holding time of 30 min, the gas-phase fluorides and oxides in the oxidation cell had become depleted, allowing the melt reaction with the residual gas, forming an additional sulphur-enriched layer upon the initial F-enriched or (F, O)-enriched surface film, thus resulting in the observed multi-layered structure shown in Fig. 10 (b and c). Besides, nitrogen reacted with the AZ91 melt until all reactions were completed. The oxide film shown in Fig. 6 may correspond to this reaction stage due to its nitride content. However, the results shows that the nitrides were not detected in the polished samples shown in Figs. 4 and 5, but only found on the test bar fracture surfaces. The nitrides may have hydrolysed during the sample preparation process, as follows [54]:(3)

Mg3N2 + 6H2O =3Mg(OH)2 + 2NH3↑(4)

AlN+ 3H2O =Al(OH)3 + NH3

In addition, Schmidt et al. [61] found that Mg3N2 and AlN could react to form ternary nitrides (Mg3AlnNn+2, n= 1, 2, 3…). HSC software did not contain the database of ternary nitrides, and it could not be added into the calculation. The oxide films in this stage may also contain ternary nitrides.

4.2. Evolution of entrainment defects formed in SF6/CO2

Fig. 13 shows the results of the thermodynamic calculation between AZ91 alloy and 0.5%SF6/CO2. This reaction processes can also be divided into three stages.

Fig. 13. An equilibrium diagram for the reaction between 7e-7 kg 0.5%SF6/CO2 and a sufficient amount of AZ91 alloy. The X axis denotes the amount of Mg alloy melt having reacted with the entrained gas, and the vertical Y-axis denotes the amounts of the reactants and products.

Stage 1: The formation of fluorides. SF6 and its decomposition products were consumed by the AZ91 melt, forming MgF2, AlF3, and ZnF2. As in the reaction of AZ91 in 0.5%SF6/air, the amount of ZnF2 was too small to be detected practically (1.51 × 10−13 kmol of ZnF2 compared with 2.67 × 10−10 kmol of MgF2). Sulphur accumulated in the residual trapped gas as S2(g) and a portion of the S2(g) reacted with CO2, to form SO2 and CO. The products in this reaction stage were consistent with the film shown in Fig. 11(a), which had a single layer structure that contained fluorides only.

Stage 2: The formation of oxides. AlF3 and ZnF2 reacted with the Mg in the AZ91 melt, forming MgF2, Al and Zn. The SO2 began to be consumed, producing oxides in the surface film and S2(g) in the cover gas. Meanwhile, the CO2 directly reacted with the AZ91 melt, forming CO, MgO, ZnO, and Al2O3. The oxide films shown in Figs. 9 and 11(b) may correspond to this reaction stage due to their oxygen-enriched layer and multi-layered structure.

The CO in the cover gas could further react with the AZ91 melt, producing C. This carbon may further react with Mg to form Mg carbides, when the temperature reduced (during solidification period) [62]. This may be the reason for the high carbon content in the oxide film shown in Figs. 89. Liang et al. [39] also reported carbon-detection in an AZ91 alloy surface film protected by SO2/CO2. The produced Al2O3 may be further combined with MgO, forming MgAl2O4 [63]. As discussed in Section 4.1, the alumina and spinel can react with Mg, causing an absence of aluminium in the surface films, as shown in Fig. 11.

Stage 3: The formation of Sulphide. the AZ91 melt began to consume S2(g) in the residual entrapped gas, forming ZnS and MgS. These reactions did not occur until the last stage of the reaction process, which could be the reason why the S-content in the defect shown Fig. 7(c) was small.

In summary, thermodynamic calculations indicate that the AZ91 melt will react with the cover gas to form fluorides firstly, then oxides and sulphides in the last. The oxide film in the different reaction stages would have different structures and compositions.

4.3. Effect of the carrier gases on consumption of the entrained gas and the reproducibility of AZ91 castings

The evolution processes of entrainment defects, formed in SF6/air and SF6/CO2, have been suggested in Sections 4.1 and 4.2. The theoretical calculations were verified with respect to the corresponding oxide films found in practical samples. The atmosphere within an entrainment defect could be efficiently consumed due to the reaction with liquid Mg-alloy, in a scenario dissimilar to the Al-alloy system (i.e., nitrogen in an entrained air bubble would not efficiently react with Al-alloy melt [64,65], however, nitrogen would be more readily consumed in liquid Mg alloys, commonly referred to as “nitrogen burning” [66]).

The reaction between the entrained gas and the surrounding liquid Mg-alloy converted the entrained gas into solid compounds (e.g. MgO) within the oxide film, thus reducing the void volume of the entrainment defect and hence probably causing a collapse of the defect (e.g., if an entrained gas of air was depleted by the surrounding liquid Mg-alloy, under an assumption that the melt temperature is 700 °C and the depth of liquid Mg-alloy is 10 cm, the total volume of the final solid products would be 0.044% of the initial volume taken by the entrapped air).

The relationship between the void volume reduction of entrainment defects and the corresponding casting properties has been widely studied in Al-alloy castings. Nyahumwa and Campbell [16] reported that the Hot Isostatic Pressing (HIP) process caused the entrainment defects in Al-alloy castings to collapse and their oxide surfaces forced into contact. The fatigue lives of their castings were improved after HIP. Nyahumwa and Campbell [16] also suggested a potential bonding of the double oxide films that were in contact with each other, but there was no direct evidence to support this. This binding phenomenon was further investigated by Aryafar et.al.[8], who re-melted two Al-alloy bars with oxide skins in a steel tube and then carried out a tensile strength test on the solidified sample. They found that the oxide skins of the Al-alloy bars strongly bonded with each other and became even stronger with an extension of the melt holding time, indicating a potential “healing” phenomenon due to the consumption of the entrained gas within the double oxide film structure. In addition, Raidszadeh and Griffiths [9,19] successfully reduced the negative effect of entrainment defects on the reproducibility of Al-alloy castings, by extending the melt holding time before solidification, which allowed the entrained gas to have a longer time to react with the surrounding melt.

With consideration of the previous work mentioned, the consumption of the entrained gas in Mg-alloy castings may diminish the negative effect of entrainment defects in the following two ways.

(1) Bonding phenomenon of the double oxide films. The sandwich-like structure shown in Fig. 5 and 7 indicated a potential bonding of the double oxide film structure. However, more evidence is required to quantify the increase in strength due to the bonding of the oxide films.

(2) Void volume reduction of entrainment defects. The positive effect of void-volume reduction on the quality of castings has been widely demonstrated by the HIP process [67]. As the evolution processes discussed in Section 4.14.2, the oxide films of entrainment defects can grow together due to an ongoing reaction between the entrained gas and surrounding AZ91 alloy melt. The volume of the final solid products was significant small compared with the entrained gas (i.e., 0.044% as previously mentioned).

Therefore, the consumption rate of the entrained gas (i.e., the growth rate of oxide films) may be a critical parameter for improving the quality of AZ91 alloy castings. The oxide film growth rate in the oxidization cell was accordingly further investigated.

Fig. 14 shows a comparison of the surface film growth rates in different cover gases (i.e., 0.5%SF6/air and 0.5%SF6/CO2). 15 random points on each sample were selected for film thickness measurements. The 95% confidence interval (95%CI) was computed under an assumption that the variation of the film thickness followed a Gaussian distribution. It can be seen that all the surface films formed in 0.5%SF6/air grew faster than those formed in 0.5%SF6/CO2. The different growth rates suggested that the entrained-gas consumption rate of 0.5%SF6/air was higher than that of 0.5%SF6/CO2, which was more beneficial for the consumption of the entrained gas.

Fig. 14. A comparison of the AZ91 alloy oxide film growth rates in 0.5%SF6/air and 0.5%SF6/CO2

It should be noted that, in the oxidation cell, the contact area of liquid AZ91 alloy and cover gas (i.e. the size of the crucible) was relatively small with consideration of the large volume of melt and gas. Consequently, the holding time for the oxide film growth within the oxidation cell was comparatively long (i.e., 5–30 min). However, the entrainment defects contained in a real casting are comparatively very small (i.e., a few microns size as shown in Figs. 36, and [7]), and the entrained gas is fully enclosed by the surrounding melt, creating a relatively large contact area. Hence the reaction time for cover gas and the AZ91 alloy melt may be comparatively short. In addition, the solidification time of real Mg-alloy sand castings can be a few minutes (e.g. Guo [68] reported that a Mg-alloy sand casting with 60 mm diameter required 4 min to be solidified). Therefore, it can be expected that an entrained gas trapped during an Mg-alloy melt pouring process will be readily consumed by the surrounding melt, especially for sand castings and large-size castings, where solidification times are long.

Therefore, the different cover gases (0.5%SF6/air and 0.5%SF6/CO2) associated with different consumption rates of the entrained gases may affect the reproducibility of the final castings. To verify this assumption, the AZ91 castings produced in 0.5%SF6/air and 0.5%SF6/CO2 were machined into test bars for mechanical evaluation. A Weibull analysis was carried out using both linear least square (LLS) method and non-linear least square (non-LLS) method [69].

Fig. 15(a-b) shows a traditional 2-p linearized Weibull plot of the UTS and elongation of the AZ91 alloy castings, obtained by the LLS method. The estimator used is P= (i-0.5)/N, which was suggested to cause the lowest bias among all the popular estimators [69,70]. The casting produced in SF6/air has an UTS Weibull moduli of 16.9, and an elongation Weibull moduli of 5.0. In contrast, the UTS and elongation Weibull modulus of the casting produced in SF6/CO2 are 7.7 and 2.7 respectively, suggesting that the reproducibility of the casting protected by SF6/CO2 were much lower than that produced in SF6/air.

Fig. 15. The Weibull modulus of AZ91 castings produced in different atmospheres, estimated by (a-b) the linear least square method, (c-d) the non-linear least square method, where SSR is the sum of residual squares.

In addition, the author’s previous publication [69] demonstrated a shortcoming of the linearized Weibull plots, which may cause a higher bias and incorrect R2 interruption of the Weibull estimation. A Non-LLS Weibull estimation was therefore carried out, as shown in Fig. 15 (c-d). The UTS Weibull modulus of the SF6/air casting was 20.8, while the casting produced under SF6/CO2 had a lower UTS Weibull modulus of 11.4, showing a clear difference in their reproducibility. In addition, the SF6/air elongation (El%) dataset also had a Weibull modulus (shape = 5.8) higher than the elongation dataset of SF6/CO2 (shape = 3.1). Therefore, both the LLS and Non-LLS estimations suggested that the SF6/air casting has a higher reproducibility than the SF6/CO2 casting. It supports the method that the use of air instead of CO2 contributes to a quicker consumption of the entrained gas, which may reduce the void volume within the defects. Therefore, the use of 0.5%SF6/air instead of 0.5%SF6/CO2 (which increased the consumption rate of the entrained gas) improved the reproducibility of the AZ91 castings.

However, it should be noted that not all the Mg-alloy foundries followed the casting process used in present work. The Mg-alloy melt in present work was degassed, thus reducing the effect of hydrogen on the consumption of the entrained gas (i.e., hydrogen could diffuse into the entrained gas, potentially suppressing the depletion of the entrained gas [7,71,72]). In contrast, in Mg-alloy foundries, the Mg-alloy melt is not normally degassed, since it was widely believed that there is not a ‘gas problem’ when casting magnesium and hence no significant change in tensile properties [73]. Although studies have shown the negative effect of hydrogen on the mechanical properties of Mg-alloy castings [41,42,73], a degassing process is still not very popular in Mg-alloy foundries.

Moreover, in present work, the sand mould cavity was flushed with the SF6 cover gas prior to pouring [22]. However, not all the Mg-alloy foundries flushed the mould cavity in this way. For example, the Stone Foundry Ltd (UK) used sulphur powder instead of the cover-gas flushing. The entrained gas within their castings may be SO2/air, rather than the protective gas.

Therefore, although the results in present work have shown that using air instead of CO2 improved the reproducibility of the final casting, it still requires further investigations to confirm the effect of carrier gases with respect to different industrial Mg-alloy casting processes.

7. Conclusion

Entrainment defects formed in an AZ91 alloy were observed. Their oxide films had two types of structure: single-layered and multi-layered. The multi-layered oxide film can grow together forming a sandwich-like structure in the final casting.2.

Both the experimental results and the theoretical thermodynamic calculations demonstrated that fluorides in the trapped gas were depleted prior to the consumption of sulphur. A three-stage evolution process of the double oxide film defects has been suggested. The oxide films contained different combinations of compounds, depending on the evolution stage. The defects formed in SF6/air had a similar structure to those formed in SF6/CO2, but the compositions of their oxide films were different. The oxide-film formation and evolution process of the entrainment defects were different from that of the Mg-alloy surface films previous reported (i.e., MgO formed prior to MgF2).3.

The growth rate of the oxide film was demonstrated to be greater under SF6/air than SF6/CO2, contributing to a quicker consumption of the damaging entrapped gas. The reproducibility of an AZ91 alloy casting improved when using SF6/air instead of SF6/CO2.

Acknowledgements

The authors acknowledge funding from the EPSRC LiME grant EP/H026177/1, and the help from Dr W.D. Griffiths and Mr. Adrian Carden (University of Birmingham). The casting work was carried out in University of Birmingham.

Reference

[1]

M.K. McNutt, SALAZAR K.

Magnesium, Compounds & Metal, U.S. Geological Survey and U.S. Department of the Interior

Reston, Virginia (2013)

Google Scholar[2]

Magnesium

Compounds & Metal, U.S. Geological Survey and U.S. Department of the Interior

(1996)

Google Scholar[3]

I. Ostrovsky, Y. Henn

ASTEC’07 International Conference-New Challenges in Aeronautics, Moscow (2007), pp. 1-5

Aug 19-22

View Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[4]

Y. Wan, B. Tang, Y. Gao, L. Tang, G. Sha, B. Zhang, N. Liang, C. Liu, S. Jiang, Z. Chen, X. Guo, Y. Zhao

Acta Mater., 200 (2020), pp. 274-286

ArticleDownload PDFView Record in Scopus[5]

J.T.J. Burd, E.A. Moore, H. Ezzat, R. Kirchain, R. Roth

Appl. Energy, 283 (2021), Article 116269

ArticleDownload PDFView Record in Scopus[6]

A.M. Lewis, J.C. Kelly, G.A. Keoleian

Appl. Energy, 126 (2014), pp. 13-20

ArticleDownload PDFView Record in Scopus[7]

J. Campbell

Castings

Butterworth-Heinemann, Oxford (2004)

Google Scholar[8]

M. Aryafar, R. Raiszadeh, A. Shalbafzadeh

J. Mater. Sci., 45 (2010), pp. 3041-3051 View PDF

CrossRefView Record in Scopus[9]

R. Raiszadeh, W.D. Griffiths

Metall. Mater. Trans. B-Process Metall. Mater. Process. Sci., 42 (2011), pp. 133-143 View PDF

CrossRefView Record in Scopus[10]

R. Raiszadeh, W.D. Griffiths

J. Alloy. Compd., 491 (2010), pp. 575-580

ArticleDownload PDFView Record in Scopus[11]

L. Peng, G. Zeng, T.C. Su, H. Yasuda, K. Nogita, C.M. Gourlay

JOM, 71 (2019), pp. 2235-2244 View PDF

CrossRefView Record in Scopus[12]

S. Ganguly, A.K. Mondal, S. Sarkar, A. Basu, S. Kumar, C. Blawert

Corros. Sci., 166 (2020)[13]

G.E. Bozchaloei, N. Varahram, P. Davami, S.K. Kim

Mater. Sci. Eng. A-Struct. Mater. Prop. Microstruct. Process., 548 (2012), pp. 99-105

View Record in Scopus[14]

S. Fox, J. Campbell

Scr. Mater., 43 (2000), pp. 881-886

ArticleDownload PDFView Record in Scopus[15]

M. Cox, R.A. Harding, J. Campbell

Mater. Sci. Technol., 19 (2003), pp. 613-625

View Record in Scopus[16]

C. Nyahumwa, N.R. Green, J. Campbell

Metall. Mater. Trans. A-Phys. Metall. Mater. Sci., 32 (2001), pp. 349-358

View Record in Scopus[17]

A. Ardekhani, R. Raiszadeh

J. Mater. Eng. Perform., 21 (2012), pp. 1352-1362 View PDF

CrossRefView Record in Scopus[18]

X. Dai, X. Yang, J. Campbell, J. Wood

Mater. Sci. Technol., 20 (2004), pp. 505-513

View Record in Scopus[19]

E.M. Elgallad, M.F. Ibrahim, H.W. Doty, F.H. Samuel

Philos. Mag., 98 (2018), pp. 1337-1359 View PDF

CrossRefView Record in Scopus[20]

W.D. Griffiths, N.W. Lai

Metall. Mater. Trans. A-Phys. Metall. Mater. Sci., 38A (2007), pp. 190-196 View PDF

CrossRefView Record in Scopus[21]

A.R. Mirak, M. Divandari, S.M.A. Boutorabi, J. Campbell

Int. J. Cast Met. Res., 20 (2007), pp. 215-220 View PDF

CrossRefView Record in Scopus[22]

C. Cingi

Laboratory of Foundry Engineering

Helsinki University of Technology, Espoo, Finland (2006)

Google Scholar[23]

Y. Jia, J. Hou, H. Wang, Q. Le, Q. Lan, X. Chen, L. Bao

J. Mater. Process. Technol., 278 (2020), Article 116542

ArticleDownload PDFView Record in Scopus[24]

S. Ouyang, G. Yang, H. Qin, S. Luo, L. Xiao, W. Jie

Mater. Sci. Eng. A, 780 (2020), Article 139138

ArticleDownload PDFView Record in Scopus[25]

S.-m. Xiong, X.-F. Wang

Trans. Nonferrous Met. Soc. China, 20 (2010), pp. 1228-1234

ArticleDownload PDFView Record in Scopus[26]

G.V. Research

Grand View Research

(2018)

USA

Google Scholar[27]

T. Li, J. Davies

Metall. Mater. Trans. A, 51 (2020), pp. 5389-5400 View PDF

CrossRefView Record in Scopus[28]J.F. Fruehling, The University of Michigan, 1970.

Google Scholar[29]

S. Couling

36th Annual World Conference on Magnesium, Norway (1979), pp. 54-57

View Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[30]

S. Cashion, N. Ricketts, P. Hayes

J. Light Met., 2 (2002), pp. 43-47

ArticleDownload PDFView Record in Scopus[31]

S. Cashion, N. Ricketts, P. Hayes

J. Light Met., 2 (2002), pp. 37-42

ArticleDownload PDFView Record in Scopus[32]

K. Aarstad, G. Tranell, G. Pettersen, T.A. Engh

Various Techniques to Study the Surface of Magnesium Protected by SF6

TMS (2003)

Google Scholar[33]

S.-M. Xiong, X.-L. Liu

Metall. Mater. Trans. A, 38 (2007), pp. 428-434 View PDF

CrossRefView Record in Scopus[34]

T.-S. Shih, J.-B. Liu, P.-S. Wei

Mater. Chem. Phys., 104 (2007), pp. 497-504

ArticleDownload PDFView Record in Scopus[35]

G. Pettersen, E. Øvrelid, G. Tranell, J. Fenstad, H. Gjestland

Mater. Sci. Eng. A, 332 (2002), pp. 285-294

ArticleDownload PDFView Record in Scopus[36]

H. Bo, L.B. Liu, Z.P. Jin

J. Alloy. Compd., 490 (2010), pp. 318-325

ArticleDownload PDFView Record in Scopus[37]

A. Mirak, C. Davidson, J. Taylor

Corros. Sci., 52 (2010), pp. 1992-2000

ArticleDownload PDFView Record in Scopus[38]

B.D. Lee, U.H. Beak, K.W. Lee, G.S. Han, J.W. Han

Mater. Trans., 54 (2013), pp. 66-73 View PDF

View Record in Scopus[39]

W.Z. Liang, Q. Gao, F. Chen, H.H. Liu, Z.H. Zhao

China Foundry, 9 (2012), pp. 226-230 View PDF

CrossRef[40]

U.I. Gol’dshleger, E.Y. Shafirovich

Combust. Explos. Shock Waves, 35 (1999), pp. 637-644[41]

A. Elsayed, S.L. Sin, E. Vandersluis, J. Hill, S. Ahmad, C. Ravindran, S. Amer Foundry

Trans. Am. Foundry Soc., 120 (2012), pp. 423-429[42]

E. Zhang, G.J. Wang, Z.C. Hu

Mater. Sci. Technol., 26 (2010), pp. 1253-1258

View Record in Scopus[43]

N.R. Green, J. Campbell

Mater. Sci. Eng. A-Struct. Mater. Prop. Microstruct. Process., 173 (1993), pp. 261-266

ArticleDownload PDFView Record in Scopus[44]

C Reilly, MR Jolly, NR Green

Proceedings of MCWASP XII – 12th Modelling of Casting, Welding and Advanced Solidifcation Processes, Vancouver, Canada (2009)

Google Scholar[45]H.E. Friedrich, B.L. Mordike, Springer, Germany, 2006.

Google Scholar[46]

C. Zheng, B.R. Qin, X.B. Lou

Proceedings of the 2010 International Conference on Mechanical, Industrial, and Manufacturing Technologies, ASME (2010), pp. 383-388

Mimt 2010 View PDF

CrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[47]

S.M. Xiong, X.F. Wang

Trans. Nonferrous Met. Soc. China, 20 (2010), pp. 1228-1234

ArticleDownload PDFView Record in Scopus[48]

S.M. Xiong, X.L. Liu

Metall. Mater. Trans. A-Phys. Metall. Mater. Sci., 38A (2007), pp. 428-434 View PDF

CrossRefView Record in Scopus[49]

T.S. Shih, J.B. Liu, P.S. Wei

Mater. Chem. Phys., 104 (2007), pp. 497-504

ArticleDownload PDFView Record in Scopus[50]

K. Aarstad, G. Tranell, G. Pettersen, T.A. Engh

Magn. Technol. (2003), pp. 5-10[51]

G. Pettersen, E. Ovrelid, G. Tranell, J. Fenstad, H. Gjestland

Mater. Sci. Eng. A-Struct. Mater. Prop. Microstruct. Process., 332 (2002), pp. 285-294

ArticleDownload PDFView Record in Scopus[52]

X.F. Wang, S.M. Xiong

Corros. Sci., 66 (2013), pp. 300-307

ArticleDownload PDFView Record in Scopus[53]

S.H. Nie, S.M. Xiong, B.C. Liu

Mater. Sci. Eng. A-Struct. Mater. Prop. Microstruct. Process., 422 (2006), pp. 346-351

ArticleDownload PDFView Record in Scopus[54]

C. Bauer, A. Mogessie, U. Galovsky

Zeitschrift Fur Metallkunde, 97 (2006), pp. 164-168 View PDF

CrossRef[55]

Q.G. Wang, D. Apelian, D.A. Lados

J. Light Met., 1 (2001), pp. 73-84

ArticleDownload PDFView Record in Scopus[56]

S. Wang, Y. Wang, Q. Ramasse, Z. Fan

Metall. Mater. Trans. A, 51 (2020), pp. 2957-2974[57]

S. Hayashi, W. Minami, T. Oguchi, H.J. Kim

Kag. Kog. Ronbunshu, 35 (2009), pp. 411-415 View PDF

CrossRefView Record in Scopus[58]

K. Aarstad

Norwegian University of Science and Technology

(2004)

Google Scholar[59]

R.L. Wilkins

J. Chem. Phys., 51 (1969), p. 853

-&

View Record in Scopus[60]

O. Kubaschewski, K. Hesselemam

Thermo-Chemical Properties of Inorganic Substances

Springer-Verlag, Belin (1991)

Google Scholar[61]

R. Schmidt, M. Strobele, K. Eichele, H.J. Meyer

Eur. J. Inorg. Chem. (2017), pp. 2727-2735 View PDF

CrossRefView Record in Scopus[62]

B. Hu, Y. Du, H. Xu, W. Sun, W.W. Zhang, D. Zhao

J. Min. Metall. Sect. B-Metall., 46 (2010), pp. 97-103

View Record in Scopus[63]

O. Salas, H. Ni, V. Jayaram, K.C. Vlach, C.G. Levi, R. Mehrabian

J. Mater. Res., 6 (1991), pp. 1964-1981

View Record in Scopus[64]

S.S.S. Kumari, U.T.S. Pillai, B.C. Pai

J. Alloy. Compd., 509 (2011), pp. 2503-2509

ArticleDownload PDFView Record in Scopus[65]

H. Scholz, P. Greil

J. Mater. Sci., 26 (1991), pp. 669-677

View Record in Scopus[66]

P. Biedenkopf, A. Karger, M. Laukotter, W. Schneider

Magn. Technol., 2005 (2005), pp. 39-42

View Record in Scopus[67]

H.V. Atkinson, S. Davies

Metall. Mater. Trans. A, 31 (2000), pp. 2981-3000 View PDF

CrossRefView Record in Scopus[68]

E.J. Guo, L. Wang, Y.C. Feng, L.P. Wang, Y.H. Chen

J. Therm. Anal. Calorim., 135 (2019), pp. 2001-2008 View PDF

CrossRefView Record in Scopus[69]

T. Li, W.D. Griffiths, J. Chen

Metall. Mater. Trans. A-Phys. Metall. Mater. Sci., 48A (2017), pp. 5516-5528 View PDF

CrossRefView Record in Scopus[70]

M. Tiryakioglu, D. Hudak

J. Mater. Sci., 42 (2007), pp. 10173-10179 View PDF

CrossRefView Record in Scopus[71]

Y. Yue, W.D. Griffiths, J.L. Fife, N.R. Green

Proceedings of the 1st International Conference on 3d Materials Science (2012), pp. 131-136 View PDF

CrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[72]

R. Raiszadeh, W.D. Griffiths

Metall. Mater. Trans. B-Process Metall. Mater. Process. Sci., 37 (2006), pp. 865-871

View Record in Scopus[73]

Z.C. Hu, E.L. Zhang, S.Y. Zeng

Mater. Sci. Technol., 24 (2008), pp. 1304-1308 View PDF

CrossRefView Record in Scopus

Fig. 8. Variation of water surface profile (a) α = 0.1; (b) α = 0.3; (c) α = 0.5; (d) α = 0.7.

Numerical study of the dam-break waves and Favre waves down sloped wet rigid-bed at laboratory scale

WenjunLiuaBoWangaYakunGuobaState Key Laboratory of Hydraulics and Mountain River Engineering, College of Water Resource and Hydropower, Sichuan University, Chengdu 610065, ChinabFaculty of Engineering & Informatics, University of Bradford, BD7 1DP, UK

Highlights

경사진 습윤층에서 댐파괴유동과 FFavre 파를 수치적으로 조사하였다.
수직 대 수평 속도의 비율이 먼저 정량화됩니다.
유동 상태는 유상 경사가 큰 후기 단계에서 크게 변경됩니다.
Favre 파도는 수직 속도와 수직 가속도에 큰 영향을 미칩니다.
베드 전단응력의 변화는 베드 기울기와 꼬리물의 영향을 받습니다.

Abstract

The bed slope and the tailwater depth are two important ones among the factors that affect the propagation of the dam-break flood and Favre waves. Most previous studies have only focused on the macroscopic characteristics of the dam-break flows or Favre waves under the condition of horizontal bed, rather than the internal movement characteristics in sloped channel. The present study applies two numerical models, namely, large eddy simulation (LES) and shallow water equations (SWEs) models embedded in the CFD software package FLOW-3D to analyze the internal movement characteristics of the dam-break flows and Favre waves, such as water level, the velocity distribution, the fluid particles acceleration and the bed shear stress, under the different bed slopes and water depth ratios. The results under the conditions considered in this study show that there is a flow state transition in the flow evolution for the steep bed slope even in water depth ratio α = 0.1 (α is the ratio of the tailwater depth to the reservoir water depth). The flow state transition shows that the wavefront changes from a breaking state to undular. Such flow transition is not observed for the horizontal slope and mild bed slope. The existence of the Favre waves leads to a significant increase of the vertical velocity and the vertical acceleration. In this situation, the SWEs model has poor prediction. Analysis reveals that the variation of the maximum bed shear stress is affected by both the bed slope and tailwater depth. Under the same bed slope (e.g., S0 = 0.02), the maximum bed shear stress position develops downstream of the dam when α = 0.1, while it develops towards the end of the reservoir when α = 0.7. For the same water depth ratio (e.g., α = 0.7), the maximum bed shear stress position always locates within the reservoir at S0 = 0.02, while it appears in the downstream of the dam for S0 = 0 and 0.003 after the flow evolves for a while. The comparison between the numerical simulation and experimental measurements shows that the LES model can predict the internal movement characteristics with satisfactory accuracy. This study improves the understanding of the effect of both the bed slope and the tailwater depth on the internal movement characteristics of the dam-break flows and Favre waves, which also provides a valuable reference for determining the flood embankment height and designing the channel bed anti-scouring facility.

Fig. 1. Sketch of related variables involved in shallow water model.
Fig. 1. Sketch of related variables involved in shallow water model.
Fig. 2. Flume model in numerical simulation.
Fig. 2. Flume model in numerical simulation.
Fig. 3. Grid sensitivity analysis (a) water surface profile; (b) velocity profile.
Fig. 3. Grid sensitivity analysis (a) water surface profile; (b) velocity profile.
Fig. 4. Sketch of experimental set-up for validating the velocity profile.
Fig. 4. Sketch of experimental set-up for validating the velocity profile.
Fig. 5. Sketch of experimental set-up for validating the bed shear stress.
Fig. 5. Sketch of experimental set-up for validating the bed shear stress.
Fig. 6. Model validation results (a) variation of the velocity profile; (b) error value of the velocity profile; (c) variation of the bed shear stress; (d) error value of the bed shear stress.
Fig. 6. Model validation results (a) variation of the velocity profile; (b) error value of the velocity profile; (c) variation of the bed shear stress; (d) error value of the bed shear stress.
Fig. 7. Schematic diagram of regional division.
Fig. 7. Schematic diagram of regional division.
Fig. 8. Variation of water surface profile (a) α = 0.1; (b) α = 0.3; (c) α = 0.5; (d) α = 0.7.
Fig. 8. Variation of water surface profile (a) α = 0.1; (b) α = 0.3; (c) α = 0.5; (d) α = 0.7.
Fig. 8. (continued).
Fig. 8. (continued).
Fig. 8. (continued).
Fig. 8. (continued).
Fig. 8. (continued).
Fig. 8. (continued).
Fig. 9. Froude number for α = 0.1 (a) variation with time; (b) variation with wavefront position.
Fig. 9. Froude number for α = 0.1 (a) variation with time; (b) variation with wavefront position.
Fig. 10. Characteristics of velocity distribution (a) α = 0.1; (b) α = 0.3; (c) α = 0.5; (d) α = 0.7.
Fig. 10. Characteristics of velocity distribution (a) α = 0.1; (b) α = 0.3; (c) α = 0.5; (d) α = 0.7.
Fig. 11. Average proportion of the vertical velocity (a) α = 0.1; (b) α = 0.3; (c) α = 0.5; (d) α = 0.7.
Fig. 11. Average proportion of the vertical velocity (a) α = 0.1; (b) α = 0.3; (c) α = 0.5; (d) α = 0.7.
Fig. 12. Bed shear stress distribution (a) α = 0.1; (b) α = 0.3; (c) α = 0.5; (d) α = 0.7.
Fig. 12. Bed shear stress distribution (a) α = 0.1; (b) α = 0.3; (c) α = 0.5; (d) α = 0.7.
Fig. 12. (continued).
Fig. 12. (continued).
Fig. 13. Variation of the maximum bed shear stress position with time (a) α = 0.1; (b) α = 0.3; (c) α = 0.5; (d) α = 0.7.
Fig. 13. Variation of the maximum bed shear stress position with time (a) α = 0.1; (b) α = 0.3; (c) α = 0.5; (d) α = 0.7.
Fig. 14. Time when the maximum bed shear stress appears at different positions (a) α = 0.1; (b) α = 0.3; (c) α = 0.5; (d) α = 0.7.
Fig. 14. Time when the maximum bed shear stress appears at different positions (a) α = 0.1; (b) α = 0.3; (c) α = 0.5; (d) α = 0.7.
Fig. 15. Movement characteristics of the fluid particles (a) α = 0.1; (b) α = 0.3; (c) α = 0.5; (d) α = 0.7.
Fig. 15. Movement characteristics of the fluid particles (a) α = 0.1; (b) α = 0.3; (c) α = 0.5; (d) α = 0.7.
Fig. 15. (continued).
Fig. 15. (continued).

Keywords

Dam-break flow, Bed slope, Wet bed, Velocity profile, Bed shear stress, Large eddy simulation

References

Barnes, M.P., Baldock, T.E. 2006. Bed shear stress measurements in dam break and swash
flows. Proceedings of International Conference on Civil and Environmental
Engineering. Hiroshima University, Japan, 28–29 September.
Biscarini, C., Francesco, S.D., Manciola, P., 2010. CFD modelling approach for dam break
flow studies. Hydrol. Earth Syst. Sc. 14, 705–718. https://doi.org/10.5194/hess-14-
705-2010.
Fig. 15. (continued).
W. Liu et al.
Journal of Hydrology 602 (2021) 126752
19
Bristeau, M.-O., Goutal, N., Sainte-Marie, J., 2011. Numerical simulations of a nonhydrostatic shallow water model. Comput. Fluids. 47 (1), 51–64. https://doi.org/
10.1016/j.compfluid.2011.02.013.
Bung, D.B., Hildebrandt, A., Oertel, M., Schlenkhoff, A., Schlurmann, T. 2008. Bore
propagation over a submerged horizontal plate by physical and numerical
simulation. Proc. 31st Intl.Conf. Coastal Eng., Hamburg, Germany, 3542–3553.
Cantero-Chinchilla, F.N., Castro-Orgaz, O., Dey, S., Ayuso, J.L., 2016. Nonhydrostatic
dam break flows. I: physical equations and numerical schemes. J. Hydraul. Eng. 142
(12), 04016068. https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)HY.1943-7900.0001205.
Castro-Orgaz, O., Chanson, H., 2020. Undular and broken surges in dam-break flows: A
review of wave breaking strategies in a boussinesq-type framework. Environ. Fluid
Mech. 154 https://doi.org/10.1007/s10652-020-09749-3.
Chang, T.-J., Kao, H.-M., Chang, K.-H., Hsu, M.-H., 2011. Numerical simulation of
shallow-water dam break flows in open channels using smoothed particle
hydrodynamics. J. Hydrol. 408 (1-2), 78–90. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.
jhydrol.2011.07.023.
Chen, H., Xu, W., Deng, J., Xue, Y., Li, J., 2009. Experimental investigation of pressure
load exerted on a downstream dam by dam-break flow. J. Hydraul. Eng. 140,
199–207. https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)HY.1943-7900.0000743.
Favre H. 1935. Etude th´eorique et exp´erimentale des ondes de translation dans les
canaux d´ecouverts. Dunod, Paris. (in French).
Flow Science Inc. 2016. Flow-3D User’s Manuals. Santa Fe NM.
Fraccarollo, L., Toro, E.F., 1995. Experimental and numerical assessment of the shallow
water model for two-dimensional dam-break type problems. J. Hydraul. Res. 33 (6),
843–864. https://doi.org/10.1080/00221689509498555.
Guo, Y., Wu, X., Pan, C., Zhang, J., 2012. Numerical simulation of the tidal flow and
suspended sediment transport in the qiantang estuary. J Waterw. Port Coastal. 138
(3), 192–202. https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)WW.1943-5460.0000118.
Guo, Y., Zhang, Z., Shi, B., 2014. Numerical simulation of gravity current descending a
slope into a linearly stratified environment. J. Hydraulic Eng. 140 (12), 04014061.
https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)HY.1943-7900.0000936.
Khosronejad, A., Kang, S., Flora, K., 2019. Fully coupled free-surface flow and sediment
transport modelling of flash floods in a desert stream in the mojave desert, california.
Hydrol. Process 33 (21), 2772–2791. https://doi.org/10.1002/hyp.v33.2110.1002/
hyp.13527.
Khosronejad, A., Arabi, M.G., Angelidis, D., Bagherizadeh, E., Flora, K., Farhadzadeh, A.,
2020a. A comparative study of rigid-lid and level-set methods for LES of openchannel flows: morphodynamics. Environ. Fluid Mech. 20 (1), 145–164. https://doi.
org/10.1007/s10652-019-09703-y.
Khosronejad, A., Flora, K., Zhang, Z.X., Kang, S., 2020b. Large-eddy simulation of flash
flood propagation and sediment transport in a dry-bed desert stream. Int. J.
Sediment Res. 35 (6), 576–586. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijsrc.2020.02.002.
Khoshkonesh, A., Nsom, B., Gohari, S., Banejad, H., 2019. A comprehensive study of dam
break over the dry and wet beds. Ocean Eng. 188, 106279.1–106279.18. https://doi.
org/10.1016/j.oceaneng.2019.106279.
Kocaman, S., Ozmen-Cagatay, H., 2012. The effect of lateral channel contraction on dam
break flows: laboratory experiment. J. Hydrol. 432–433, 145–153. https://doi.org/
10.1016/j.jhydrol.2012.02.035.
Kocaman, S., Ozmen-Cagatay, H., 2015. Investigation of dam-break induced shock waves
impact on a vertical wall. J. Hydrol. 525, 1–12. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.
jhydrol.2015.03.040.
LaRocque, L.A., Imran, J., Chaudhry, M.H., 2013a. Experimental and numerical
investigations of two-dimensional dam-break flows. J. Hydraul. Eng. 139 (6),
569–579. https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)HY.1943-7900.0000705.
Larocque, L.A., Imran, J., Chaudhry, M.H., 2013b. 3D numerical simulation of partial
breach dam-break flow using the LES and k-ε turbulence models. J. Hydraul. Res. 51,
145–157. https://doi.org/10.1080/00221686.2012.734862.
Lauber, G., Hager, W.H., 1998a. Experiments to dam break wave: Horizontal channel.
J. Hydraul. Res. 36 (3), 291–307. https://doi.org/10.1080/00221689809498620.
Lauber, G., Hager, W.H., 1998b. Experiments to dam break wave: Sloping channel.
J. Hydraul. Res. 36 (5), 761–773. https://doi.org/10.1080/00221689809498601.
Leal, J.G., Ferreira, R.M., Cardoso, A.H., 2006. Dam-break wave-front celerity.
J. Hydraul. Eng. 132 (1), 69–76. https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)0733-9429(2006)
132:1(69).
Liu, W., Wang, B., Guo, Y., Zhang, J., Chen, Y., 2020. Experimental investigation on the
effects of bed slope and tailwater on dam-break flows. J. Hydrol. 590, 125256.
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jhydrol.2020.125256.
Marche, C., Beauchemin P. EL Kayloubi, A. 1995. Etude num´erique et exp´erimentale des
ondes secondaires de Favre cons´ecutives a la rupture d’un harrage. Can. J. Civil Eng.
22, 793–801, (in French). https://doi.org/10.1139/l95-089.
Marra, D., Earl, T., Ancey, C. 2011. Experimental investigations of dam break flows down
an inclined channel. Proceedings of the 34th World Congress of the International
Association for Hydro-Environment Research and Engineering: 33rd Hydrology and
Water Resources Symposium and 10th Conference on Hydraulics in Water
Engineering, Brisbane, Australia.
Marsooli, R., Wu, W., 2014. 3-D finite-volume model of dam-break flow over uneven
beds based on vof method. Adv. Water Resour. 70, 104–117. https://doi.org/
10.1016/j.advwatres.2014.04.020.
Miller, S., Chaudhry, M.H., 1989. Dam-break flows in curved channel. J. Hydraul. Eng.
115 (11), 1465–1478. https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)0733-9429(1989)115:11
(1465).
Mohapatra, P.K., Chaudhry, M.H., 2004. Numerical solution of Boussinesq equations to
simulate dam-break flows. J. Hydraul. Eng. 130 (2), 156–159. https://doi.org/
10.1061/(ASCE)0733-9429(2004)130:2(156).
Oertel, M., Bung, D.B., 2012. Initial stage of two-dimensional dam-break waves:
laboratory versus VOF. J. Hydraul. Res. 50 (1), 89–97. https://doi.org/10.1080/
00221686.2011.639981.
Ozmen-Cagatay, H., Kocaman, S., 2012. Investigation of dam-break flow over abruptly
contracting channel with trapezoidal-shaped lateral obstacles. J. Fluids Eng. 134,
081204 https://doi.org/10.1115/1.4007154.
Ozmen-Cagatay, H., Kocaman, S., Guzel, H., 2014. Investigation of dam-break flood
waves in a dry channel with a hump. J. Hydro-environ. Res. 8 (3), 304–315. https://
doi.org/10.1016/j.jher.2014.01.005.
Park, I.R., Kim, K.S., Kim, J., Van, S.H., 2012. Numerical investigation of the effects of
turbulence intensity on dam-break flows. Ocean Eng. 42, 176–187. https://doi.org/
10.1016/j.oceaneng.2012.01.005.
Peregrine, D.H., 1966. Calculations of the development of an undular bore. J. Fluid
Mech. 25 (2), 321–330. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0022112066001678.
Savic, L.j., Holly, F.M., 1993. Dam break flood waves computed by modified Godunov
method. J. Hydraul. Res. 31 (2), 187–204. https://doi.org/10.1080/
00221689309498844.
Shigematsu, T., Liu, P., Oda, K., 2004. Numerical modeling of the initial stages of dambreak waves. J. Hydraul. Res. 42 (2), 183–195. https://doi.org/10.1080/
00221686.2004.9628303.
Smagorinsky, J., 1963. General circulation experiments with the primitive equations.
Part I: the basic experiment. Mon. Weather Rev. 91, 99–164. https://doi.org/
10.1126/science.27.693.594.
Soares-Frazao, S., Zech, Y., 2002. Undular bores and secondary waves – Experiments and
hybrid finite-volume modeling. J. Hydraul. Res. 40, 33–43. https://doi.org/
10.1080/00221680209499871.
Stansby, P.K., Chegini, A., Barnes, T.C.D., 1998. The initial stages of dam-break flow.
J. Fluid Mech. 370, 203–220. https://doi.org/10.1017/022112098001918.
Treske, A., 1994. Undular bores (favre-waves) in open channels – experimental studies.
J. Hydraul. Res. 32 (3), 355–370. https://doi.org/10.1080/00221689409498738.
Wang, B., Chen, Y., Wu, C., Dong, J., Ma, X., Song, J., 2016. A semi-analytical approach
for predicting peak discharge of floods caused by embankment dam failures. Hydrol.
Process 30 (20), 3682–3691. https://doi.org/10.1002/hyp.v30.2010.1002/
hyp.10896.
Wang, B., Chen, Y., Wu, C., Peng, Y., Ma, X., Song, J., 2017. Analytical solution of dambreak flood wave propagation in a dry sloped channel with an irregular-shaped
cross-section. J. Hydro-environ. Res. 14, 93–104. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.
jher.2016.11.003.
Wang, B., Chen, Y., Wu, C., Peng, Y., Song, J., Liu, W., Liu, X., 2018. Empirical and semianalytical models for predicting peak outflows caused by embankment dam failures.
J. Hydrol. 562, 692–702. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jhydrol.2018.05.049.
Wang, B., Zhang, J., Chen, Y., Peng, Y., Liu, X., Liu, W., 2019. Comparison of measured
dam-break flood waves in triangular and rectangular channels. J. Hydrol. 575,
690–703. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jhydrol.2019.05.081.
Wang, B., Liu, W., Zhang, J., Chen, Y., Wu, C., Peng, Y., Wu, Z., Liu, X., Yang, S., 2020a.
Enhancement of semi-theoretical models for predicting peak discharges in breached
embankment dams. Environ. Fluid Mech. 20 (4), 885–904. https://doi.org/10.1007/
s10652-019-09730-9.
Wang, B., Chen, Y., Peng, Y., Zhang, J., Guo, Y., 2020b. Analytical solution of shallow
water equations for ideal dam-break flood along a wet bed slope. J. Hydraul. Eng.
146 (2), 06019020. https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)HY.1943-7900.0001683.
Wang, B., Liu, W., Wang, W., Zhang, J., Chen, Y., Peng, Y., Liu, X., Yang, S., 2020c.
Experimental and numerical investigations of similarity for dam-break flows on wet
bed. J. Hydrol. 583, 124598. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jhydrol.2020.124598.
Wang, B., Liu, X., Zhang, J., Guo, Y., Chen, Y., Peng, Y., Liu, W., Yang, S., Zhang, F.,
2020d. Analytical and experimental investigations of dam-break flows in triangular
channels with wet-bed conditions. J. Hydraul. Eng. 146 (10), 04020070. https://doi.
org/10.1061/(ASCE)HY.1943-7900.0001808.
Wu, W., Wang, S., 2007. One-dimensional modeling of dam-break flow over movable
beds. J. Hydraul. Eng. 133 (1), 48–58. https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)0733-9429
(2007)133:1(48).
Xia, J., Lin, B., Falconer, R.A., Wang, G., 2010. Modelling dam-break flows over mobile
beds using a 2d coupled approach. Adv. Water Resour. 33 (2), 171–183. https://doi.
org/10.1016/j.advwatres.2009.11.004.
Yang, S., Yang, W., Qin, S., Li, Q., Yang, B., 2018a. Numerical study on characteristics of
dam-break wave. Ocean Eng. 159, 358–371. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.
oceaneng.2018.04.011.
Yang, S., Yang, W., Qin, S., Li, Q., 2018b. Comparative study on calculation methods of
dam-break wave. J. Hydraul. Res. 57 (5), 702–714. https://doi.org/10.1080/
00221686.2018.1494057.

Figure 3. Comparison of water surface profiles over porous media with 12 mm particle diameter in laboratory measurements (symbols) and numerical results (lines).

다공층에 대한 돌발 댐 붕괴의 3차원 유동 수치해석 시뮬레이션

A. Safarzadeh1*, P. Mohsenzadeh2, S. Abbasi3
1 Professor of Civil Eng., Water Engineering and Mineral Waters Research Center, Univ. of Mohaghegh Ardabili,Ardabil, Iran
2 M.Sc., Graduated of Civil-Hydraulic Structures Eng., Faculty of Eng., Univ. of Mohaghegh Ardabili, Ardabil, Iran
3 M.Sc., Graduated of Civil -Hydraulic Structures Eng., Faculty of Eng., Univ. of Mohaghegh Ardabili, Ardabil, Iran Safarzadeh@uma.ac.ir

Highlights

유체 이동에 의해 생성된 RBF는 Ls-Dyna에서 Fluent, ICFD ALE 및 SPH 방법으로 시뮬레이션되었습니다.
RBF의 과예측은 유체가 메인 도메인에서 고속으로 분리될 때 발생합니다.
이 과잉 예측은 요소 크기, 시간 단계 크기 및 유체 모델에 따라 다릅니다.
유체 성능을 검증하려면 최대 RBF보다 임펄스가 권장됩니다.

Abstract

Dam break is a very important problem due to its effects on economy, security, human casualties and environmental consequences. In this study, 3D flow due to dam break over the porous substrate is numerically simulated and the effect of porosity, permeability and thickness of the porous bed and the water depth in the porous substrate are investigated. Classic models of dam break over a rigid bed and water infiltration through porous media were studied and results of the numerical simulations are compared with existing laboratory data. Validation of the results is performed by comparing the water surface profiles and wave front position with dam break on rigid and porous bed. Results showed that, due to the effect of dynamic wave in the initial stage of dam break, a local peak occurs in the flood hydrograph. The presence of porous bed reduces the acceleration of the flood wave relative to the flow over the solid bed and it decreases with the increase of the permeability of the bed. By increasing the permeability of the bed, the slope of the ascending limb of the flood hydrograph and the peak discharge drops. Furthermore, if the depth and permeability of the bed is such that the intrusive flow reaches the rigid substrate under the porous bed, saturation of the porous bed, results in a sharp increase in the slope of the flood hydrograph. The maximum values of the peak discharge at the end of the channel with porous bed occurred in saturated porous bed conditions.

댐 붕괴는 경제, 보안, 인명 피해 및 환경적 영향으로 인해 매우 중요한 문제입니다. 본 연구에서는 다공성 기재에 대한 댐 파괴로 인한 3차원 유동을 수치적으로 시뮬레이션하고 다공성 기재의 다공성, 투과도 및 다공성 층의 두께 및 수심의 영향을 조사합니다. 단단한 바닥에 대한 댐 파괴 및 다공성 매체를 통한 물 침투의 고전 모델을 연구하고 수치 시뮬레이션 결과를 기존 실험실 데이터와 비교합니다. 결과 검증은 강체 및 다공성 베드에서 댐 파단과 수면 프로파일 및 파면 위치를 비교하여 수행됩니다. 그 결과 댐파괴 초기의 동적파동의 영향으로 홍수수문곡선에서 국부첨두가 발생하는 것으로 나타났다. 다공성 베드의 존재는 고체 베드 위의 유동에 대한 홍수파의 가속을 감소시키고 베드의 투과성이 증가함에 따라 감소합니다. 베드의 투수성을 증가시켜 홍수 수문곡선의 오름차순 경사와 첨두방류량이 감소한다. 더욱이, 만약 층의 깊이와 투과성이 관입 유동이 다공성 층 아래의 단단한 기질에 도달하는 정도라면, 다공성 층의 포화는 홍수 수문곡선의 기울기의 급격한 증가를 초래합니다. 다공층이 있는 채널의 끝단에서 최대 방전 피크값은 포화 다공층 조건에서 발생하였다.

Keywords

Keywords: Dams Break, 3D modeling, Porous Bed, Permeability, Flood wave

Reference

[1] D.L. Fread, In: Maidment, D.R. (Ed.), Flow Routing in Handbook of Hydrology, McGraw-Hill Inc., New York, USA, pp. 10(1) (1993) 1-36.
[2] M. Morris, CADAM: Concerted Action on Dambreak Modeling – Final Report, Rep. SR 571. HR Wallingford, 2000.
[3] H. Chanson, The Hydraulics of Open Channel Flows: an Introduction, ButterworthHeinemann, Oxford, 2004.
[4] A. Ritter, Die Fortpflanzung der Wasserwellen (The Propagation of Water Waves), Zeitschrift Verein Deutscher Ingenieure, 36 (33) (1892) 947–954 [in German].
[5] B. Ghimire, Hydraulic Analysis of Free-Surface Flows into Highly Permeable Porous Media and its Applications, Phd. Thesis, Kyoto University, 2009.
[6] R. Dressler, Hydraulic Resistance Effect Upon the Dam-Break Function, Journal of Research of the National Bureau of Standards, 49 (3) 1952.
[7] G. Lauber, and W.H. Hager, Experiments to Dambreak Wave: horizontal channel, Journal of Hydraulic Research. 36 (3) (1998) 291–307.
[8] L.W. Tan, and V.H. Chu, Lagrangian Block Hydrodynamics of Macro Resistance in a River-Flow Model,
[9] L. Tan, V.H. Lauber and Hager’s Dam-Break Wave Data for Numerical Model Validation, Journal of Hydraulic Research, 47 (4) (2009) 524-528.
[10] S. Mambretti, E.D. Larcan, and D. Wrachien, 1D Modelling of Dam-Break Surges with Floating Debris, J. of Biosystems engineering, 100 (2) (2008) 297-308.
[11] M. Pilotti, M. Tomirotti, G. Valerio, and B. Bacchi, Simplified Method for the Characterization of the Hydrograph Following a Sudden Partial Dam Break, Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, 136 (10) (2010) 693-704.
[12] T.J. Chang, H.M. Kao, K.H. Chang, and Mi.H. Hsu, Numerical Simulation of ShallowWater Dam Break Flows in Open Channels Using Smoothed Particle Hydrodynamics, J. Hydraul. Eng., 408 (78–90) 2011.
[13] T. Tawatchai, and W. Rattanapitikon, 2-D Modelling of Dambreak Wave Propagation on Initially Dry Bed, Thammasat Int. J. Sc. 4 (3) 1999.
[14] Y.F. Le, Experimental Study of landslide Dam-Break Flood over Erodible Bed in open Channels. Journal of Hydrodynamics, Ser. B, 21 (5) 2006.
[15] O. Castro-Orgaz, & H. Chanson, Ritter’s Dry-Bed Dam-Break Flows: Positive and Negative Wave Dynamics, J. of Environmental Fluid Mechanics, 17 (4) (2017) 665-694.
[16] A. Jozdani, A.R. Kabiri-Samani, Application of Image Processing Method to Analysis of Flood Behavior Due to Dam Break, 9th Iranian Hydraulic Conference. Univ. of Tarbiat Moddares, 2011.(in persian)
[17] A. Safarzadeh, Three Dimensional Hydrodynamics of Sudden Dam Break in Curved Channels, Journal of Modares Civil Engineering, 17(3) (2017) 77-86. (in persian)
[18] P. C. Carman, Fluid Flow Through Granular Beds, Transactions, Institution of Chem. Eng. Res. Des. 75 (Dec): S32–S48, London, 15, (1937) 150-166.
[19] P. Forchheimer, Wasserbewegung Durch Boden. Z. Ver. Deutsch. Ing. 45 (1901) 1782– 1788.
[20] S. Ergun, Fluid Flow through Packed Columns. Chemical Engineering Progress, 48(2) (1952) 89-93.
[21] A. Parsaei, S. Dehdar-Behbahani, Numerical Modeling of Cavitation on Spillway’s Flip Bucket, Frontiers of Structural and Civil Engineering, 10 (4) (2016) 438-444.
[22] S. Dehdar-Behbahani, A. Parsaei, Numerical Modeling of Flow Pattern in Dam Spillway’s Guide Wall. Case study: Balaroud dam, Iran, Alexandria Engineering Journal, 55(1) (2016) 467-473.
[23] A. Parsaei, AH. Haghiabi, A. Moradnejad, CFD Modeling of Flow Pattern in Spillway’s ACCEPTED MANUSCRIPT 19 Approach Channel, Sustainable Water Resources Management, 1(3) (2015) 245-251.
[24] SH. Najafian, H. Yonesi, A. Parsaei, PH. Torabi, Physical and Numerical Modeling of Flow in Heterogeneous Roughness Non-Prismatic Compound Open Channel, Irrigation and Drainage Structures Engineering Research, 17(66) (2016) 87-104.
[25] SH. Najafian, H. Yonesi, A. Parsaei, PH. Torabi, Physical and Numerical Modeling of Flow Properties in Prismatic Compound Open Channel with Heterogeneous Roughness, Irrigation and Drainage Structures Engineering Research, 18(68) (2017) 1-16.
[26] A. Safarzadeh, S.H. Mohajeri, Hydrodynamics of Rectangular Broad-Crested Porous Weirs, Journal of Irrig. & Drain. Eng., 144(10) (2018) 1-12.
[27] M. Fathi-moghaddam, M.T. Sadrabadi, M, Rahamnshahi, Numerical Simulation of the Hydraulic Performance of Triangular and Trapezoidal Gabion Weirs in Free Flow Condition, Journal of Flow Measurement & Instrumentation, 62 (2018) 93-104.
[28] A. Parsaei, A. Moradnejad, Numerical Modeling of Flow Pattern in Spillway Approach Channel, Jordan Journal of Civil Engineering, 12(1) (2018) 1-9.

Fig. 9 Test facility a plan view, b the bottom elevation of the reservoir to the channel (Bell et al. 1992)

2-D Dam-Break Flow Modeling Based on Weighted Average Flux Method

Iranian Journal of Science and Technology, Transactions of Civil Engineering volume 46, pages1515–1525 (2022)Cite this article

Abstract

천해 방정식을 기반으로 하는 2차원 흐름 모델은 댐 붕괴 흐름을 모델링하기 위해 개발되었습니다. 공간 이산화는 유한 체적 셀 중심 유형 방법에 의해 얻어집니다.

수치 시스템은 명시적인 방식으로 해결됩니다. 플럭스 모델링은 시간과 공간 모두에서 2차 정확도로 TVD WAF 방식으로 배포되었습니다. 로컬 리만 문제는 셀 인터페이스에서 HLLC 방법으로 해결됩니다. 수치 모델은 모델 결과와 해석 솔루션을 비교하여 검증합니다.

그런 다음 수치 모델의 결과는 90° 및 180° 편차 각도를 갖는 수로 및 삼각형 바텀 씰 위의 직선 수로에서 사용 가능한 실험 데이터와 비교됩니다. 결과는 댐 파괴파를 예측하는 현재 모델의 합리적인 성능을 확인합니다.

A two-dimensional flow model based on shallow water equations is developed for modeling dam-break flows. The spatial discretization is obtained by the finite volume cell centered type method. The numerical system is solved in explicit way. The flux modeling has been deployed by TVD WAF scheme with a second-order accuracy in both time and space. The local Riemann problem is solved by the HLLC method in the interface of the cells. The numerical model is verified by comparison of model results and analytical solutions. Then the results of numerical model are compared with available experimental data of dam-break waves in a channel with 90° and 180° deviation angle and in a straight channel over a triangular bottom sill. The results confirm the reasonable performance of the present model in predicting dam-break waves.

This is a preview of subscription content, access via your institution.

Keywords

  • Finite volume
  • Shallow water equations
  • Dam-break
  • HLLC
  • TVD
  • WAF
Fig. 2 Generic control volume and notations
Fig. 2 Generic control volume and notations
Fig. 1 The generated grid for a channel with a 180° bend
Fig. 1 The generated grid for a channel with a 180° bend
Fig. 4 a Water surface profle and b velocity profle of dam-break problem with left dry bed
Fig. 4 a Water surface profle and b velocity profle of dam-break problem with left dry bed
Fig. 5 a Water surface profle and b velocity profle of appearance dry region
Fig. 5 a Water surface profle and b velocity profle of appearance dry region
Fig. 6 Comparison of the present model results and exact solution for transcritical fow over a bump with a shock
Fig. 6 Comparison of the present model results and exact solution for transcritical fow over a bump with a shock
Fig. 7 Geometry of the reservoir and L-shaped channel: plan view (Soares-Frazao et al. 2019)
Fig. 7 Geometry of the reservoir and L-shaped channel: plan view (Soares-Frazao et al. 2019)
Fig. 9 Test facility a plan view, b the bottom elevation of the reservoir to the channel (Bell et al. 1992)
Fig. 9 Test facility a plan view, b the bottom elevation of the reservoir to the channel (Bell et al. 1992)

References

  • Ata R, Pavan S, Khelladi S, Toro EF (2013) A Weighted Average Flux (WAF) scheme applied to shallow water equations for real-life applications. Adv Water Resour 62:155–172Article Google Scholar 
  • Aureli F, Maranzoni A, Mignosa P, Ziveri C (2008) A weighted surface-depth gradient method for the numerical integration of the 2D shallow water equations with topography. Adv Water Resour 31(7):962–974Article Google Scholar 
  • Bell SW, Elliot RC, Hanif Chaudhry M (1992) Experimental results of two-dimensional dam-break flows. J Hydraul Res 30(2):225–252Article Google Scholar 
  • Benkhaldoun F, Sari S, Seaid M (2015) Projection finite volume method for shallow water flows. Math Comput Simul 118:87–101MathSciNet Article Google Scholar 
  • Chung TJ (2010) Computational fluid dynamics. Cambridge University PressBook Google Scholar 
  • Einfeldt B, Munz CD, Roe PL, Sjögreen B (1991) On Godunov-type methods near low densities. J Comput Phys 92(2):273–295MathSciNet Article Google Scholar 
  • Erduran KS, Kutija V, Hewett CJM (2002) Performance of finite volume solutions to the shallow water equations with shock-capturing schemes. Int J Numer Meth Fluids 40(10):1237–1273MathSciNet Article Google Scholar 
  • Gallardo JM, Schneider KA, Castro MJ (2019) On a class of two-dimensional incomplete Riemann solvers. J Comput Phys 386:541–567MathSciNet Article Google Scholar 
  • Fraccarollo L, Toro EF (1995) Experimental and numerical assessment of the shallow water model for two-dimensional dam-break type problems. J Hydraul Res 33(6):843–864Article Google Scholar 
  • Gupta SC (2019) Numerical grid generation and parallel computations. J Aerosp Eng Technol 5(1):11–22Google Scholar 
  • Hosseinzadeh-Tabrizi A, Ghaeini-Hessaroeyeh M (2015) Coupled dam-break flow and bed load modelling using HLLC-WAF scheme. Water Sci Technol 72(7):1155–1167Article Google Scholar 
  • Kocaman S, Ozmen-Cagatay H (2015) Investigation of dam-break induced shock waves impact on a vertical wall. J Hydrol 525:1–12Article Google Scholar 
  • Liang Q, Borthwick AGL, Stelling G (2004) Simulation of dam-and dyke-break hydrodynamics on dynamically adaptive quadtree grids. Int J Numer Meth Fluids 46(2):127–162Article Google Scholar 
  • Liang D, Lin B, Falconer RA (2007) Simulation of rapidly varying flow using an efficient TVD–MacCormack scheme. Int J Numer Meth Fluids 53(5):811–826Article Google Scholar 
  • Munoz DH, Constantinescu G (2020) 3-D dam break flow simulations in simplified and complex domains. Adv Water Resour 103510
  • Muscat L, Puigt G, Montagnac M, Brenner P (2019) A coupled implicit-explicit time integration method for compressible unsteady flows. J Comput Phys 398:183MathSciNet Article Google Scholar 
  • Ozmen-Cagatay H, Kocaman S (2010) Dam-break flows during initial stage using SWE and RANS approaches. J Hydraul Res 48(5):603–611Article Google Scholar 
  • Ozmen-Cagatay H, Kocaman S, Guzel H (2014) Investigation of dam-break flood waves in a dry channel with a hump. J Hydro Environ Res 8(3):304–315Article Google Scholar 
  • Pongsanguansin T, Maleewong M, Mekchay K (2015) Consistent weighted average flux of well-balanced TVD-RK discontinuous galerkin method for shallow water flows. Modelling and simulation in Engineering, pp. 591282
  • Pongsanguansin T, Maleewong M, Mekchay K (2016) Shallow-water simulations by a well-balanced WAF finite volume method: a case study to the great flood in 2011. Thailand Comput Geosci 20(6):1269–1285MathSciNet Article Google Scholar 
  • Soares-Frazão S (2007) Experiments of dam-break wave over a triangular bottom sill. J Hydraul Res 45(sup1):19–26MathSciNet Article Google Scholar 
  • Soares Frazao S, Abbeels S, Messens M (2019) Dam-break flow in a channel with a 90° bend and mobile bed: experimental and numerical simulations. In: 38th IAHR world congress
  • Toro EF (1992) Riemann problems and the WAF method for solving the two-dimensional shallow water equations. Philos Trans Roy Soc Lond Ser A Phys Eng Sci 338(1649):43–68MathSciNet MATH Google Scholar 
  • Toro EF, Spruce M, Speares W (1994) Restoration of the contact surface in the HLL-Riemann solver. Shock Waves 4(1):25–34Article Google Scholar 
  • Toro EF (2001) Shock-capturing methods for free-surface shallow flows, vol 868. Wiley, New YorkMATH Google Scholar 
  • Toro EF, Garcia-Navarro P (2007) Godunov-type methods for free-surface shallow flows: a review. J Hydraul Res 45(6):736–751Article Google Scholar 
  • Toro, E.F., 2013. Riemann solvers and numerical methods for fluid dynamics: a practical introduction. Springer Science & Business Media.
  • Valiani A, Caleffi V, Zanni A (2002) Case study: Malpasset dam-break simulation using a two-dimensional finite volume method. J Hydraul Eng 128(5):460–472Article Google Scholar 
  • Xia J, Lin B, Falconer RA, Wang G (2010) Modelling dam-break flows over mobile beds using a 2-D coupled approach. Adv Water Resour 33(2):171–183Article Google Scholar 
  • Zia A, Banihashemi MA (2008) Simple efficient algorithm (SEA) for shallow flows with shock wave on dry and irregular beds. Int J Numer Meth Fluids 56(11):2021–2043MathSciNet Article Google Scholar 
  • Zoppou C, Roberts S (2003) Explicit schemes for dam-break simulations. J Hydraul Eng 129(1):11–34Article Google Scholar 
  • Zhou JG, Causon DM, Ingram DM, Mingham CG (2002) Numerical solutions of the shallow water equations with discontinuous bed topography. Int J Numer Meth Fluids 38(8):769–788Article Google Scholar 
Figure 2.1: Types of Landslides[2]

Landslide flow path modelling
A Case Study on Aranayaka
Landslide

산사태 유로 모델링 : Aranayaka 산사태 사례 연구

Authors:

Malithi De Silva at University of Kelaniya

Malithi De Silva : University of Kelaniya

N.M.T De Silva
University of Colombo School of Computing
2018

Abstract

산사태가 발생하기 쉬운 구릉 지역 근처에서 발생하는 최근 인구 증가 및 개발은 취약성을 증가시킵니다. 기후 변화의 영향은 산사태 위험의 가능성을 더욱 높입니다. 따라서 인명 및 재산 피해를 방지하기 위해서는 불안정한 경사면 거동에 대한 적절한 관찰과 분석이 중요합니다.

산사태 흐름 경로 예측은 산사태 흐름 경로를 결정하는 데 중요하며 위험 매핑의 필수 요소입니다. 그러나 현상의 복잡한 특성과 관련 매개변수의 불확실성으로 인해 흐름 경로 예측은 어려운 작업입니다. 이 작업에서는 Kegalle 지역의 Aranayaka 지역의 주요 산사태 사고를 흐름 경로를 모델링하기 위한 사례 연구로 사용합니다.

위치에서 디지털 고도 모델을 기반으로 잠재적 소스 영역이 식별되었습니다. 확산 영역 평가는 D8 및 다중 방향 흐름 알고리즘이라는 두 가지 흐름 방향 알고리즘을 기반으로 했습니다. 이 프로토타입 모델을 사용하여 사용자는 슬라이드의 최대 너비, 런아웃 거리 및 슬립 표면적과 같은 산사태 관련 통계를 대화식으로 얻을 수 있습니다.

모델에서 얻은 결과는 실제 Aranayaka 산사태 데이터 세트와 해당 지역의 산사태 위험 지도와 비교되었습니다. D8 알고리즘을 사용하여 구현된 도구에서 생성된 산사태 흐름 경로는 65% 이상의 일치를 나타내고 다중 방향 흐름 알고리즘은 실제 흐름 경로 및 기타 관련 통계와 69% 이상의 일치를 나타냅니다.

또한, 생성된 유동 경로 방향과 예상되는 산사태 시작 지점이 실제 산사태 경계 내부에 잘 일치합니다.

Recent population growth and developments taking place close to landslides prone
hilly areas increase their vulnerability. Climate change impacts further raise the
potential of landslide hazard. Therefore, to prevent loss of lives and damage to
property, proper observation and analysis of unstable slope behavior is crucial.
Landslide flow path forecasting is important for determining a landslide flow route and
it is an essential element in hazard mapping. However, due to the complex nature of
the phenomenon and the uncertainties of associated parameters flow path prediction is
a challenging task.
In this work, the major landslide incident at Aranayaka area in Kegalle district is taken
as the case study to model the flow path. At the location, potential source areas were
identified on the basis of the Digital Elevation Model. Spreading area assessment was
based on two flow directional algorithms namely D8 and Multiple Direction Flow
Algorithm. Using this prototype model, a user can interactively get landslide specific
statistics such as the maximum width of the slide, runout distance, and slip surface area.
Results obtained by the model were compared with the actual Aranayaka landslide data
set the landslide hazard map of the area.
Landslide flow paths generated from the implemented tool using D8 algorithm shows
more than 65% agreement and Multiple Direction Flow Algorithm shows more than
69% agreement with the actual flow paths and other related statistics. Also, the
generated flow path directions and predicted possible landslide initiation points fit
inside the actual landslide boundary with good agreement.

Figure 2.1: Types of Landslides[2]
Figure 2.1: Types of Landslides[2]
Figure 2.2: Landslide Glossary [2]
Figure 2.2: Landslide Glossary [2]

References

[1] na, “Landslides 101,” [Online]. Available: https://landslides.usgs.gov/learn/ls101.php.
[Accessed 20 01 2017].
[2] U.S. Department of the Interior, “Landslide Types and Processes,” July 2004. [Online].
Available: https://pubs.usgs.gov/fs/2004/3072/fs-2004-3072.html. [Accessed 20 July 2017].
[3] “Department of conservation,” 2016. [Online]. Available:
http://www.conservation.ca.gov/cgs/geologic_hazards/landslides/Pages/LandslideTypes.aspx.
[Accessed 20 July 2017].
[4] 22nd May 2016, Aerial Survey report on inundation damages and sediment disasters, 2016.
[5] Peter V. Gorsevski, Paul Gessler and Randy B. Foltz, “Spatial Prediction of Landslide
Hazard Using Discriminant Analysis and GIS,” in GIS in the Rockies 2000 Conference and
Workshop Applications for the 21st Century, Denver, Colorado. , 2000.
[6] M. Casadei, W. E. Dietrich and N. L. Miller, “Testing A Model For Predicting The Timing
And Location Of Shallow Landslide Initiation In Soil-Mantled Landscapes,” Earth Surface
Processes and Landforms, vol. 28, p. 925–950, 2003.
[7] Roberto Arnaldo Trancoso Gomes, Renato Fontes, Osmar Abílio de Carvalho Júnior, Nelson
Ferreira and Eurípedes Vargas do Amaral, “Combining Spatial Models for Shallow
Landslides and Debris-Flows Prediction,” Remote Sensing, no. 5, pp. 2219-2237, 2013.
[8] P. Bertolo and G. F. Wieczorek, “Calibration of numerical models for small debris flow in
Yosemite Valley, California, USA,” Documentation and monitoring of landslides and debris
flows for mathematical modelling and design of mitigation measures, 13 December 2005.
[9] T. A. Gebreslassie, “Dynamic simulations of landslide runout in cohesive Soils,” Oslo, 2015.
[10] P. Tarolli and D. G. Tarboton, “A new method for determination of most likely landslide
initiation points and the evaluation of digital terrain model scale in terrain stability mapping,”
Hydrology and Earth System Sciences, no. 10, p. 663–677, 2006.
[11] G.-B. Kim, “Numerical Simulation Of Three-Dimensional Tsunami Generation By Subaerial
Landslides,” 2013.

[12] Giuseppe Formetta, Giovanna Capparelli, and Pasqua, “Evaluating performance of simplified
physically based models for shallow landslide susceptibility,” Hydrol. Earth System, no. 20,
p. 4585–4603, 2016.
[13] F. Dai and C. Lee, “Landslide characteristics and slope instability modeling using GIS,
Lantau Island, Hong Kong,” 2001.
[14] S. McDougall, “Landslide runout analysis — current practice and challenges,” Canadian
Geotechnical Colloquium, vol. 57, pp. 605-620, 2017.
[15] P. Quinn, K. Beven, P. Chevallier And O. Planchon, “The Prediction Of Hillslope Flow Paths
For Distributed Hydrological Modelling Using Digital Terrain Models,” Hydrological
Processes, Vol. Vol. 5, Pp. 59-79, 1991.
[16] V. B., “Comparison of Single and Multiple Flow Direction Algorithm for Computing
Topographic Parameters in Topmodel,” 2000.
[17] J.-f. G. P. T. K. T. Guang-ju ZHAO, “Comparison of two different methods for determining
flow direction in catchment hydrological modeling,” Water Science and Engineering, vol. 2,
no. 4, pp. 1-15, 2009.
[18] D. G. Tarboton, “A New Method For The Determination Of Flow Directions And Upslope
Areas In Grid Digital Elevation Models,” Water Resources Research, Vol. 33, No. 2, P. 33,
309-319.
[19] V. Baumann, “Debris flow susceptibility mapping at a regional scale along the National Road
N7, Argentina,” in CGS Geotechnical Conference, Argentina, 2011.
[20] Q. Z. Petter Pilesjö, “Theoretical Estimation Of Flow Accumulation From A Grid-Based
Digital Elevation Model,” In Proceedings Of Gis Am/Fm Asia’97 And Geoinformatics’97
Conference, Taipei, 1997.
[21] G. A. D. Y. a. C. S. L. John P. WILSON, “Water in the Landscape: A Review of
Contemporary Flow Routing Algorithms,” pp. 213-236.
[22] “MathWorks,” The MathWorks, Inc., [Online]. Available: https://in.mathworks.com/.
[Accessed 1 10 2017].
[23] “What is GIS?,” Esri, [Online]. Available: http://www.esri.com/what-is-gis. [Accessed 12 11
2017].
[24] P. Barrett, “Paul Barrett,” Wikimedia Foundation, Inc, [Online]. Available:
http://www.pbarrett.net/techpapers/euclid.pdf. [Accessed 05 01 2018].

[25] S. S. Gruber, Land-surface parameters and objects in hydrology., Elsevier, 2009.
[26] “Landscape Evolution Modeling with CHILD,” Community Surface Dynamics Modeling
System, [Online]. Available:
http://csdms.colorado.edu/wiki/Labs_Landscape_Evolution_Modeling_With_Child_Part_2.
[Accessed 13 01 2018].
[27] M. Cooper, “Depth Recovery through Linear Algebra,” in Line Drawing Interpretation,
Springer Science & Business Media., p. 118.
[28] A. P. Nicholas, “Cellular modelling in fluvial geomorphology,” in Earth Surface Processes
and Landforms, 2005, p. 645–649.
[29] “Making Successful Maps,” DroneDeploy, [Online]. Available:
https://support.dronedeploy.com/v1.0/docs/making-successful-maps. [Accessed 15 10 2017].
[30] “M_Map:A mapping package for Matlab,” rich@eos.ubc.ca, [Online]. Available:
https://www.eoas.ubc.ca/~rich/map.html. [Accessed 15 01 2018].
[31] P. Dulanjalee, “Landslide Flow Path Assessment for Susceptibility Mapping at a Regional
Scale,” in ‘Investing in Disaster Risk Reduction for Resilience’’- NBRO holds 8th Annual
Symposium, Colombo, 2017.
[32] L. K. a. D. M. E. Boyagoda, ” Subsurface Geotechnical Characterization,” in International
Symposium, NBRO, Colombo, Sri Lanka, 2016.
[33] E. E. Duncan and A. A. Rahman, “An Amalgamation Of 3d Spatial Data Model For Surface
And Subsurface Spatial Objects.,” in Knowing To Manage The Territory, Protect The
Environment, Evaluate The Cultural Heritage, Rome, Italy, 2012.

Fig. 1. Model geometry with the computational domain, extrusion nozzle, toolpath, and boundary conditions. The model is presented while printing the fifth layer.

재료 압출 적층 제조에서 증착된 층의 안정성 및 변형

Md Tusher Mollah Raphaël 사령관 Marcin P. Serdeczny David B. Pedersen Jon Spangenberg덴마크 공과 대학 기계 공학과, Kgs. 덴마크 링비

2020년 12월 22일 접수, 2021년 5월 1일 수정, 2021년 7월 15일 수락, 2021년 7월 21일 온라인 사용 가능, 기록 버전 2021년 8월 17일 .

Abstract

이 문서는 재료 압출 적층 제조 에서 여러 레이어를 인쇄하는 동안 증착 흐름의 전산 유체 역학 시뮬레이션 을 제공합니다 개발된 모델은 증착된 레이어의 형태를 예측하고 점소성 재료 를 인쇄하는 동안 레이어 변형을 캡처합니다 . 물리학은 일반화된 뉴턴 유체 로 공식화된 Bingham 구성 모델의 연속성 및 운동량 방정식에 의해 제어됩니다. . 증착된 층의 단면 모양이 예측되고 재료의 다양한 구성 매개변수에 대해 층의 변형이 연구됩니다. 층의 변형은 인쇄물의 정수압과 압출시 압출압력으로 인한 것임을 알 수 있다. 시뮬레이션에 따르면 항복 응력이 높을수록 변형이 적은 인쇄물이 생성되는 반면 플라스틱 점도 가 높을수록 증착된 레이어에서변형이 커 집니다 . 또한, 인쇄 속도, 압출 속도 의 영향, 층 높이 및 인쇄된 층의 변형에 대한 노즐 직경을 조사합니다. 마지막으로, 이 모델은 후속 인쇄된 레이어의 정수압 및 압출 압력을 지원하기 위해 증착 후 점소성 재료가 요구하는 항복 응력의 필요한 증가에 대한 보수적인 추정치를 제공합니다.

This paper presents computational fluid dynamics simulations of the deposition flow during printing of multiple layers in material extrusion additive manufacturing. The developed model predicts the morphology of the deposited layers and captures the layer deformations during the printing of viscoplastic materials. The physics is governed by the continuity and momentum equations with the Bingham constitutive model, formulated as a generalized Newtonian fluid. The cross-sectional shapes of the deposited layers are predicted, and the deformation of layers is studied for different constitutive parameters of the material. It is shown that the deformation of layers is due to the hydrostatic pressure of the printed material, as well as the extrusion pressure during the extrusion. The simulations show that a higher yield stress results in prints with less deformations, while a higher plastic viscosity leads to larger deformations in the deposited layers. Moreover, the influence of the printing speed, extrusion speed, layer height, and nozzle diameter on the deformation of the printed layers is investigated. Finally, the model provides a conservative estimate of the required increase in yield stress that a viscoplastic material demands after deposition in order to support the hydrostatic and extrusion pressure of the subsequently printed layers.

Fig. 1. Model geometry with the computational domain, extrusion nozzle, toolpath, and boundary conditions. The model is presented while printing the fifth layer.
Fig. 1. Model geometry with the computational domain, extrusion nozzle, toolpath, and boundary conditions. The model is presented while printing the fifth layer.

키워드

점성 플라스틱 재료, 재료 압출 적층 제조(MEX-AM), 다층 증착, 전산유체역학(CFD), 변형 제어
Viscoplastic Materials, Material Extrusion Additive Manufacturing (MEX-AM), Multiple-Layers Deposition, Computational Fluid Dynamics (CFD), Deformation Control

Introduction

Three-dimensional printing of viscoplastic materials has grown in popularity over the recent years, due to the success of Material Extrusion Additive Manufacturing (MEX-AM) [1]. Viscoplastic materials, such as ceramic pastes [2,3], hydrogels [4], thermosets [5], and concrete [6], behave like solids when the applied load is below their yield stress, and like a fluid when the applied load exceeds their yield stress [7]. Viscoplastic materials are typically used in MEX-AM techniques such as Robocasting [8], and 3D concrete printing [9,10]. The differences between these technologies lie in the processing of the material before the extrusion and in the printing scale (from microscale to big area additive manufacturing). In these extrusion-based technologies, the structure is fabricated in a layer-by-layer approach onto a solid surface/support [11, 12]. During the process, the material is typically deposited on top of the previously printed layers that may be already solidified (wet-on-dry printing) or still deformable (wet-on-wet printing) [1]. In wet-on-wet printing, control over the deformation of layers is important for the stability and geometrical accuracy of the prints. If the material is too liquid after the deposition, it cannot support the pressure of the subsequently deposited layers. On the other hand, the material flowability is a necessity during extrusion through the nozzle. Several experimental studies have been performed to analyze the physics of the extrusion and deposition of viscoplastic materials, as reviewed in Refs. [13–16]. The experimental measurements can be supplemented with Computational Fluid Dynamics (CFD) simulations to gain a more complete picture of MEX-AM. A review of the CFD studies within the material processing and deposition in 3D concrete printing was presented by Roussel et al. [17]. Wolfs et al. [18] predicted numerically the failure-deformation of a cylindrical structure due to the self-weight by calculating the stiffness and strength of the individual layers. It was found that the deformations can take place in all layers, however the most critical deformation occurs in the bottom layer. Comminal et al. [19,20] presented three-dimensional simulations of the material deposition in MEX-AM, where the fluid was approximated as Newtonian. Subsequently, the model was experimentally validated in Ref. [21] for polymer-based MEX-AM, and extended to simulate the deposition of multiple layers in Ref. [22], where the previously printed material was assumed solid. Xia et al. [23] simulated the influence of the viscoelastic effects on the shape of deposited layers in MEX-AM. A numerical model for simulating the deposition of a viscoplastic material was recently presented and experimentally validated in Refs. [24] and [25]. These studies focused on predicting the cross-sectional shape of a single printed layer for different processing conditions (relative printing speed, and layer height). Despite these research efforts, a limited number of studies have focused on investigating the material deformations in wet-on-wet printing when multiple layers are deposited on top of each other. This paper presents CFD simulations of the extrusion-deposition flow of a viscoplastic material for several subsequent layers (viz. three- and five-layers). The material is continuously printed one layer over another on a fixed solid surface. The rheology of the viscoplastic material is approximated by the Bingham constitutive equation that is formulated using the Generalized Newtonian Fluid (GNF) model. The CFD model is used to predict the cross-sectional shapes of the layers and their deformations while printing the next layers on top. Moreover, the simulations are used to quantify the extrusion pressure applied by the deposited material on the substrate, and the previously printed layers. Numerically, it is investigated how the process parameters (i.e., the extrusion speed, printing speed, nozzle diameter, and layer height) and the material rheology affect the deformations of the deposited layers. Section 2 describes the methodology of the study. Section 3 presents and discusses the results. The study is summarized and concluded in Section 4.

References

[1] R.A. Buswell, W.R. Leal De Silva, S.Z. Jones, J. Dirrenberger, 3D printing using
concrete extrusion: a roadmap for research, Cem. Concr. Res. 112 (2018) 37–49.
[2] Z. Chen, Z. Li, J. Li, C. Liu, C. Lao, Y. Fu, C. Liu, Y. Li, P. Wang, Y. He, 3D printing of
ceramics: a review, J. Eur. Ceram. Soc. 39 (4) (2019) 661–687.
[3] A. Bellini, L. Shor, S.I. Guceri, New developments in fused deposition modeling of
ceramics, Rapid Prototyp. J. 11 (4) (2005) 214–220.
[4] S. Aktas, D.M. Kalyon, B.M. Marín-Santib´
anez, ˜ J. P´erez-Gonzalez, ´ Shear viscosity
and wall slip behavior of a viscoplastic hydrogel, J. Rheol. 58 (2) (2014) 513–535.
[5] J. Lindahl, A. Hassen, S. Romberg, B. Hedger, P. Hedger Jr., M. Walch, T. Deluca,
W. Morrison, P. Kim, A. Roschli, D. Nuttall, Large-scale Additive Manufacturing
with Reactive Polymers, Oak Ridge National Lab.(ORNL), Oak Ridge, TN (United
States), 2018.
[6] V.N. Nerella, V. Mechtcherine, Studying the printability of fresh concrete for
formwork-free Concrete onsite 3D Printing Technology (CONPrint3D), 3D Concr.
Print. Technol. (2019) 333–347.
[7] C. Tiu, J. Guo, P.H.T. Uhlherr, Yielding behaviour of viscoplastic materials, J. Ind.
Eng. Chem. 12 (5) (2006) 653–662.
[8] B. Dietemann, F. Bosna, M. Lorenz, N. Travitzky, H. Kruggel-Emden, T. Kraft,
C. Bierwisch, Modeling robocasting with smoothed particle hydrodynamics:
printing gapspanning filaments, Addit. Manuf. 36 (2020), 101488.
[9] B. Khoshnevis, R. Russell, H. Kwon, S. Bukkapatnam, Contour crafting – a layered
fabrication, Spec. Issue IEEE Robot. Autom. Mag. 8 (3) (2001) 33–42.
[10] D. Asprone, F. Auricchio, C. Menna, V. Mercuri, 3D printing of reinforced concrete
elements: technology and design approach, Constr. Build. Mater. 165 (2018)
218–231.
[11] J. Jiang, Y. Ma, Path planning strategies to optimize accuracy, quality, build time
and material use in additive manufacturing: a review, Micromachines 11 (7)
(2020) 633.
[12] J. Jiang, A novel fabrication strategy for additive manufacturing processes,
J. Clean. Prod. 272 (2020), 122916.
[13] F. Bos, R. Wolfs, Z. Ahmed, T. Salet, Additive manufacturing of concrete in
construction: potentials and challenges, Virtual Phys. Prototyp. 11 (3) (2016)
209–225.
[14] P. Wu, J. Wang, X. Wang, A critical review of the use of 3-D printing in the
construction industry, Autom. Constr. 68 (2016) 21–31.
[15] T.D. Ngo, A. Kashani, G. Imbalzano, K.T. Nguyen, D. Hui, Additive manufacturing
(3D printing): a review of materials, methods, applications and challenges,
Compos. Part B: Eng. 143 (2018) 172–196.
[16] M. Valente, A. Sibai, M. Sambucci, Extrusion-based additive manufacturing of
concrete products: revolutionizing and remodeling the construction industry,
J. Compos. Sci. 3 (3) (2019) 88.
[17] N. Roussel, J. Spangenberg, J. Wallevik, R. Wolfs, Numerical simulations of
concrete processing: from standard formative casting to additive manufacturing,
Cem. Concr. Res. 135 (2020), 106075.
[18] R.J.M. Wolfs, F.P. Bos, T.A.M. Salet, Early age mechanical behaviour of 3D printed
concrete: numerical modelling and experimental testing, Cem. Concr. Res. 106
(2018) 103–116.
[19] R. Comminal, M.P. Serdeczny, D.B. Pedersen, J. Spangenberg, Numerical modeling
of the strand deposition flow in extrusion-based additive manufacturing, Addit.
Manuf. 20 (2018) 68–76.
[20] R. Comminal, M.P. Serdeczny, D.B. Pedersen, J. Spangenberg, Numerical modeling
of the material deposition and contouring precision in fused deposition modeling,
in Proceedings of the 29th Annual International Solid Freeform Fabrication
Symposium, Austin, TX, USA, 2018, pp. 1855–1864.
[21] M.P. Serdeczny, R. Comminal, D.B. Pedersen, J. Spangenberg, Experimental
validation of a numerical model for the strand shape in material extrusion additive
manufacturing, Addit. Manuf. 24 (2018) 145–153.
[22] M.P. Serdeczny, R. Comminal, D.B. Pedersen, J. Spangenberg, Numerical
simulations of the mesostructure formation in material extrusion additive
manufacturing, Addit. Manuf. 28 (2019) 419–429.
[23] H. Xia, J. Lu, G. Tryggvason, A numerical study of the effect of viscoelastic stresses
in fused filament fabrication, Comput. Methods Appl. Mech. Eng. 346 (2019)
242–259.
[24] R. Comminal, W.R.L. da Silva, T.J. Andersen, H. Stang, J. Spangenberg, Influence
of processing parameters on the layer geometry in 3D concrete printing:
experiments and modelling, in: Proceedings of the Second RILEM International
Conference on Concrete and Digital Fabrication, vol. 28, 2020, pp. 852–862.
[25] R. Comminal, W.R.L. da Silva, T.J. Andersen, H. Stang, J. Spangenberg, Modelling
of 3D concrete printing based on computational fluid dynamics, Cem. Concr. Res.
38 (2020), 106256.
[26] E.C. Bingham, An investigation of the laws of plastic flow, US Bur. Stand. Bull. 13
(1916) 309–352.
[27] N. Casson, A flow equation for pigment-oil suspensions of the printing ink type,
Rheol. Disperse Syst. (1959) 84–104.
[28] W.H. Herschel, R. Bulkley, Konsistenzmessungen von Gummi-Benzollosungen, ¨
Kolloid Z. 39 (1926) 291–300.
[29] “FLOW-3D | We solve The World’s Toughest CFD Problems,” FLOW SCIENCE.
〈https://www.flow3d.com/〉. (Accessed 27 June 2020).
[30] S. Jacobsen, R. Cepuritis, Y. Peng, M.R. Geiker, J. Spangenberg, Visualizing and
simulating flow conditions in concrete form filling using pigments, Constr. Build.
Mater. 49 (2013) 328–342.
[31] E.J. O’Donovan, R.I. Tanner, Numerical study of the Bingham squeeze film
problem, J. Non-Newton. Fluid Mech. 15 (1) (1984) 75–83.
[32] C.W. Hirt, B.D. Nichols, Volume of fluid (VOF) method for the dynamics of free
boundaries, J. Comput. Phys. 39 (1) (1981) 201–225.
[33] R. Comminal, J. Spangenberg, J.H. Hattel, Cellwise conservative unsplit advection
for the volume of fluid method, J. Comput. Phys. 283 (2015) 582–608.
[34] A. Negar, S. Nazarian, N.A. Meisel, J.P. Duarte, Experimental prediction of material
deformation in large-scale additive manufacturing of concrete, Addit. Manuf. 37
(2021), 101656.

하류하천의 영향 최소화를 위한 보조 여수로 최적 활용방안 검토

The Optimal Operation on Auxiliary Spillway to Minimize the Flood Damage in Downstream River with Various Outflow Conditions

하류하천의 영향 최소화를 위한 보조 여수로 최적 활용방안 검토

Hyung Ju Yoo1, Sung Sik Joo2, Beom Jae Kwon3, Seung Oh Lee4*

유 형주1, 주 성식2, 권 범재3, 이 승오4*

1Ph.D Student, Dept. of Civil & Environmental Engineering, Hongik University
2Director, Water Resources & Environment Department, HECOREA
3Director, Water Resources Department, ISAN
4Professor, Dept. of Civil & Environmental Engineering, Hongik University

1홍익대학교 건설환경공학과 박사과정
2㈜헥코리아 수자원환경사업부 이사
3㈜이산 수자원부 이사
4홍익대학교 건설환경공학과 교수

ABSTRACT

최근 기후변화로 인해 강우강도 및 빈도의 증가에 따른 집중호우의 영향 및 기존 여수로의 노후화에 대비하여 홍수 시 하류 하천의 영향을 최소화할 수 있는 보조 여수로 활용방안 구축이 필요한 실정이다. 이를 위해, 수리모형 실험 및 수치모형 실험을 통하여 보조 여수로 운영에 따른 흐름특성 변화 검토에 관한 연구가 많이 진행되어 왔다. 그러나 대부분의 연구는 여수로에서의 흐름특성 및 기능성에 대한 검토를 수행하였을 뿐 보조 여수로의 활용방안에 따른 하류하천 영향 검토 및 호안 안정성 검토에 관한 연구는 미비한 실정이다. 이에 본 연구에서는 기존 여수로 및 보조 여수로 방류 조건에 따른 하류영향 분석 및 호안 안정성 측면에서 최적 방류 시나리오 검토를 3차원 수치모형인 FLOW-3D를 사용하여 검토하였다. 또한 FLOW-3D 수치모의 수행을 통한 유속, 수위 결과와 소류력 산정 결과를 호안 설계허용 기준과 비교하였다. 수문 완전 개도 조건으로 가정하고 계획홍수량 유입 시 다양한 보조 여수로 활용방안에 대하여 수치모의를 수행한 결과, 보조 여수로 단독 운영 시 기존 여수로 단독운영에 비하여 최대유속 및 최대 수위의 감소효과를 확인하였다. 다만 계획홍수량의 45% 이하 방류 조건에서 대안부의 호안 안정성을 확보하였고 해당 방류량 초과 경우에는 처오름 현상이 발생하여 월류에 대한 위험성 증가를 확인하였다. 따라서 기존 여수로와의 동시 운영 방안 도출이 중요하다고 판단하였다. 여수로의 배분 비율 및 총 허용 방류량에 대하여 검토한 결과 보조 여수로의 방류량이 기존 여수로의 방류량보다 큰 경우 하류하천의 흐름이 중심으로 집중되어 대안부의 유속 저감 및 수위 감소를 확인하였고, 계획 홍수량의 77% 이하의 조건에서 호안의 허용 유속 및 허용 소류력 조건을 만족하였다. 이를 통하여 본 연구에서 제안한 보조 여수로 활용방안으로는 기존 여수로와 동시 운영 시 총 방류량에 대하여 보조 여수로의 배분량이 기존 여수로의 배분량보다 크게 설정하는 것이 하류하천의 영향을 최소화 할 수 있는 것으로 나타났다. 그러나 본 연구는 여수로 방류에 따른 대안부에서의 영향에 대해서만 검토하였고 수문 전면 개도 조건에서 검토하였다는 한계점은 분명히 있다. 이에 향후에는 다양한 수문 개도 조건 및 방류 시나리오를 적용 및 검토한다면 보다 효율적이고, 효과적인 보조 여수로 활용방안을 도출이 가능할 것으로 기대 된다.

키워드 : 보조 여수로, FLOW-3D, 수치모의, 호안 안정성, 소류력

1. 서 론

최근 기후변화로 인한 집중호우의 영향으로 홍수 시 댐으로 유입되는 홍수량이 설계 홍수량보다 증가하여 댐 안정성 확보가 필요한 실정이다(Office for Government Policy Coordination, 2003). MOLIT & K-water(2004)에서는 기존댐의 수문학적 안정성 검토를 수행하였으며 이상홍수 발생 시 24개 댐에서 월류 등으로 인한 붕괴위험으로 댐 하류지역의 극심한 피해를 예상하여 보조여수로 신설 및 기존여수로 확장 등 치수능력 증대 기본계획을 수립하였고 이를 통하여 극한홍수 발생 시 홍수량 배제능력을 증대하여 기존댐의 안전성 확보 및 하류지역의 피해를 방지하고자 하였다. 여기서 보조 여수로는 기존 여수로와 동시 또는 별도 운영하는 여수로로써 비상상황 시 방류 기능을 포함하고 있고(K-water, 2021), 최근에는 기존 여수로의 노후화에 따라 보조여수로의 활용방안에 대한 관심이 증가하고 있다. 따라서 본 연구에서는 3차원 수치해석을 수행하여 기존 및 보조 여수로의 방류량 조합에 따른 하류 영향을 분석하고 하류 호안 안정성 측면에서 최적 방류 시나리오를 검토하고자 한다.

기존의 댐 여수로 검토에 관한 연구는 주로 수리실험을 통하여 방류조건 별 흐름특성을 검토하였으나 최근에는 수치모형 실험결과가 수리모형실험과 비교하여 근사한 것을 확인하는 등 점차 수치모형실험을 수리모형실험의 대안으로 활용하고 있다(Jeon et al., 2006Kim, 2007Kim et al., 2008). 국내의 경우, Jeon et al.(2006)은 수리모형 실험과 수치모의를 이용하여 임하댐 바상여수로의 기본설계안을 도출하였고, Kim et al.(2008)은 가능최대홍수량 유입 시 비상여수로 방류에 따른 수리학적 안정성과 기능성을 3차원 수치모형인 FLOW-3D를 활용하여 검토하였다. 또한 Kim and Kim(2013)은 충주댐의 홍수조절 효과 검토 및 방류량 변화에 따른 상·하류의 수위 변화를 수치모형을 통하여 검토하였다. 국외의 경우 Zeng et al.(2017)은 3차원 수치모형인 Fluent를 활용한 여수로 방류에 따른 흐름특성 결과와 측정결과를 비교하여 수치모형 결과의 신뢰성을 검토하였다. Li et al.(2011)은 가능 최대 홍수량(Probable Maximum Flood, PMF)조건에서 기존 여수로와 신규 보조 여수로 유입부 주변의 흐름특성에 대하여 3차원 수치모형 Fluent를 활용하여 검토하였고, Lee et al.(2019)는 서로 근접해있는 기존 여수로와 보조여수로 동시 운영 시 방류능 검토를 수리모형 실험 및 수치모형 실험(FLOW-3D)을 통하여 수행하였으며 기존 여수로와 보조 여수로를 동시운영하게 되면 배수로 간섭으로 인하여 총 방류량이 7.6%까지 감소되어 댐의 방류능력이 감소하였음을 확인하였다.

그러나 대부분의 여수로 검토에 대한 연구는 여수로 내에서의 흐름특성 및 기능성에 대한 검토를 수행하였고. 이에 기존 여수로와 보조 여수로 방류운영에 따른 하류하천의 흐름특성 변화 및 호안 안정성 평가에 관한 추가적인 검토가 필요한 실정이다. 따라서 본 연구에서는 기존 여수로 및 보조 여수로 방류 조건에 따른 하류하천의 흐름특성 및 호안 안정성분석을 3차원 수치모형인 FLOW-3D를 이용하여 검토하였다. 또한 다양한 방류 배분 비율 및 허용 방류량 조건 변화에 따른 하류하천의 흐름특성 및 소류력 분석결과를 호안 설계 허용유속 및 허용 소류력 기준과 비교하여 하류하천의 영향을 최소화 할 수 있는 최적의 보조 여수로 활용방안을 도출하고자 한다.

2. 본 론

2.1 이론적 배경

2.1.1 3차원 수치모형의 기본이론

FLOW-3D는 미국 Flow Science, Inc에서 개발한 범용 유체역학 프로그램(CFD, Computational Fluid Dynamics)으로 자유 수면을 갖는 흐름모의에 사용되는 3차원 수치해석 모형이다. 난류모형을 통해 난류 해석이 가능하고, 댐 방류에 따른 하류 하천의 흐름 해석에도 많이 사용되어 왔다(Flow Science, 2011). 본 연구에서는 FLOW-3D(version 12.0)을 이용하여 홍수 시 기존 여수로의 노후화에 대비하여 보조 여수로의 활용방안에 대한 검토를 하류하천의 호안 안정성 측면에서 검토하였다.

2.1.2 유동해석의 지배방정식

1) 연속 방정식(Continuity Equation)

FLOW-3D는 비압축성 유체에 대하여 연속방정식을 사용하며, 밀도는 상수항으로 적용된다. 연속 방정식은 Eqs. (1)(2)와 같다.

(1)

∇·v=0

(2)

∂∂x(uAx)+∂∂y(vAy)+∂∂z(wAz)=RSORρ

여기서, ρ는 유체 밀도(kg/m3), u, v, w는 x, y, z방향의 유속(m/s), Ax, Ay, Az는 각 방향의 요소면적(m2), RSOR는 질량 생성/소멸(mass source/sink)항을 의미한다.

2) 운동량 방정식(Momentum Equation)

각 방향 속도성분 u, v, w에 대한 운동방정식은 Navier-Stokes 방정식으로 다음 Eqs. (3)(4)(5)와 같다.

(3)

∂u∂t+1VF(uAx∂u∂x+vAy∂v∂y+wAz∂w∂z)=-1ρ∂p∂x+Gx+fx-bx-RSORρVFu

(4)

∂v∂t+1VF(uAx∂u∂x+vAy∂v∂y+wAz∂w∂z)=-1ρ∂p∂y+Gy+fy-by-RSORρVFv

(5)

∂w∂t+1VF(uAx∂u∂x+vAy∂v∂y+wAz∂w∂z)=-1ρ∂p∂z+Gz+fz-bz-RSORρVFw

여기서, Gx, Gy, Gz는 체적력에 의한 가속항, fx, fy, fz는 점성에 의한 가속항, bx, by, bz는 다공성 매체에서의 흐름손실을 의미한다.

2.1.3 소류력 산정

호안설계 시 제방사면 호안의 안정성 확보를 위해서는 하천의 흐름에 의하여 호안에 작용하는 소류력에 저항할 수 있는 재료 및 공법 선택이 필요하다. 국내의 경우 하천공사설계실무요령(MOLIT, 2016)에서 계획홍수량 유하 시 소류력 산정 방법을 제시하고 있다. 소류력은 하천의 평균유속을 이용하여 산정할 수 있으며, 소류력 산정식은 Eqs. (6)(7)과 같다.

1) Schoklitsch 공식

Schoklitsch(1934)는 Chezy 유속계수를 적용하여 소류력을 산정하였다.

(6)

τ=γRI=γC2V2

여기서, τ는 소류력(N/m2), R은 동수반경(m), γ는 물의 단위중량(10.0 kN/m3), I는 에너지경사, C는 Chezy 유속계수, V는 평균유속(m/s)을 의미한다.

2) Manning 조도계수를 고려한 공식

Chezy 유속계수를 대신하여 Manning의 조도계수를 고려하여 소류력을 산정할 수 있다.

(7)

τ=γn2V2R1/3

여기서, τ는 소류력(N/m2), R은 동수반경(m), γ는 물의 단위중량(10.0 kN/m3), n은 Manning의 조도계수, V는 평균유속(m/s)을 의미한다.

FLOW-3D 수치모의 수행을 통하여 하천의 바닥 유속을 도출할 수 있으며, 본 연구에서는 Maning 조도계수롤 고려하여 소류력을 산정하고자 한다. 소류력을 산정하기 위해서 여수로 방류에 따른 대안부의 바닥유속 변화를 검토하여 최대 유속 값을 이용하였다. 최종적으로 산정한 소류력과 호안의 재료 및 공법에 따른 허용 소류력과 비교하여 제방사면 호안의 안정성 검토를 수행하게 된다.

2.2 하천호안 설계기준

하천 호안은 계획홍수위 이하의 유수작용에 대하여 안정성이 확보되도록 계획하여야 하며, 호안의 설계 시에는 사용재료의 확보용이성, 시공상의 용이성, 세굴에 대한 굴요성(flexibility) 등을 고려하여 호안의 형태, 시공방법 등을 결정한다(MOLIT, 2019). 국내의 경우, 하천공사설계실무요령(MOLIT, 2016)에서는 다양한 호안공법에 대하여 비탈경사에 따라 설계 유속을 비교하거나, 허용 소류력을 비교함으로써 호안의 안정성을 평가한다. 호안에 대한 국외의 설계기준으로 미국의 경우, ASTM(미국재료시험학회)에서 호안블록 및 식생매트 시험방법을 제시하였고 제품별로 ASTM 시험에 의한 허용유속 및 허용 소류력을 제시하였다. 일본의 경우, 호안 블록에 대한 축소실험을 통하여 항력을 측정하고 이를 통해서 호안 블록에 대한 항력계수를 제시하고 있다. 설계 시에는 항력계수에 의한 블록의 안정성을 평가하고 있으나, 최근에는 세굴의 영향을 고려할 수 있는 호안 안정성 평가의 필요성을 제기하고 있다(MOLIT, 2019). 관련된 국내·외의 하천호안 설계기준은 Table 1에 정리하여 제시하였고, 본 연구에서 하천 호안 안정성 평가 시 하천공사설계실무요령(MOLIT, 2016)과 ASTM 시험에서 제시한 허용소류력 및 허용유속 기준을 비교하여 각각 0.28 kN/m2, 5.0 m/s 미만일 경우 호안 안정성을 확보하였다고 판단하였다.

Table 1.

Standard of Permissible Velocity and Shear on Revetment

Country (Reference)MaterialPermissible velocity (Vp, m/s)Permissible Shear (τp, kN/m2)
KoreaRiver Construction Design Practice Guidelines
(MOLIT, 2016)
Vegetated5.00.50
Stone5.00.80
USAASTM D’6460Vegetated6.10.81
Unvegetated5.00.28
JAPANDynamic Design Method of Revetment5.0

2.3. 보조여수로 운영에 따른 하류하천 영향 분석

2.3.1 모형의 구축 및 경계조건

본 연구에서는 기존 여수로의 노후화에 대비하여 홍수 시 보조여수로의 활용방안에 따른 하류하천의 흐름특성 및 호안안정성 평가를 수행하기 위해 FLOW-3D 모형을 이용하였다. 기존 여수로 및 보조 여수로는 치수능력 증대사업(MOLIT & K-water, 2004)을 통하여 완공된 ○○댐의 제원을 이용하여 구축하였다. ○○댐은 설계빈도(100년) 및 200년빈도 까지는 계획홍수위 이내로 기존 여수로를 통하여 운영이 가능하나 그 이상 홍수조절은 보조여수로를 통하여 조절해야 하며, 또한 2011년 기존 여수로 정밀안전진단 결과 사면의 표층 유실 및 옹벽 밀림현상 등이 확인되어 노후화에 따른 보수·보강이 필요한 상태이다. 이에 보조여수로의 활용방안 검토가 필요한 것으로 판단하여 본 연구의 대상댐으로 선정하였다. 하류 하천의 흐름특성을 예측하기 위하여 격자간격을 0.99 ~ 8.16 m의 크기로 하여 총 격자수는 49,102,500개로 구성하였으며, 여수로 방류에 따른 하류하천의 흐름해석을 위한 경계조건으로 상류는 유입유량(inflow), 바닥은 벽면(wall), 하류는 수위(water surface elevation)조건으로 적용하도록 하였다(Table 2Fig. 1 참조). FLOW-3D 난류모형에는 혼합길이 모형, 난류에너지 모형, k-ϵ모형, RNG(Renormalized Group Theory) k-ϵ모형, LES 모형 등이 있으며, 본 연구에서는 여수로 방류에 따른 복잡한 난류 흐름 및 높은 전단흐름을 정확하게 모의(Flow Science, 2011)할 수 있는 RNG k-ϵ모형을 사용하였고, 하류하천 호안의 안정성 측면에서 보조여수로의 활용방안을 검토하기 위하여 방류시나리오는 Table 3에 제시된 것 같이 설정하였다. Case 1 및 Case 2를 통하여 계획홍수량에 대하여 기존 여수로와 보조 여수로의 단독 운영이 하류하천에 미치는 영향을 확인하였고 보조 여수로의 방류량 조절을 통하여 호안 안정성 측면에서 보조 여수로 방류능 검토를 수행하였다(Case 3 ~ Case 6). 또한 기존 여수로와 보조 여수로의 방류량 배분에 따른 하류하천의 영향 검토(Case 7 ~ Case 10) 및 방류 배분에 따른 허용 방류량을 호안 안정성 측면에서 검토를 수행하였다(Case 11 ~ Case 14).

수문은 완전개도 조건으로 가정하였으며 하류하천의 계획홍수량에 대한 기존 여수로와 보조여수로의 배분량을 조절하여 모의를 수행하였다. 여수로는 콘크리트의 조도계수 값(Chow, 1959)을 채택하였고, 댐 하류하천의 조도계수는 하천기본계획(Busan Construction and Management Administration, 2009) 제시된 조도계수 값을 채택하였으며 FLOW-3D의 적용을 위하여 Manning-Strickler 공식(Vanoni, 2006)을 이용하여 조도계수를 조고값으로 변환하여 사용하였다. Manning-Strickler 공식은 Eq. (8)과 같으며, FLOW-3D에 적용한 조도계수 및 조고는 Table 4와 같다.

(8)

n=ks1/68.1g1/2

여기서, kS는 조고 (m), n은 Manning의 조도계수, g는 중력가속도(m/s2)를 의미한다.

시간에 따라 동일한 유량이 일정하게 유입되도록 모의를 수행하였으며, 시간간격(Time Step)은 0.0001초로 설정(CFL number < 1.0) 하였다. 또한 여수로 수문을 통한 유량의 변동 값이 1.0%이내일 경우는 연속방정식을 만족하고 있다고 가정하였다. 이는, 유량의 변동 값이 1.0%이내일 경우 유속의 변동 값 역시 1.0%이내이며, 수치모의 결과 1.0%의 유속변동은 호안의 유속설계기준에 크게 영향을 미치지 않는다고 판단하였다. 그 결과 모든 수치모의 Case에서 2400초 이내에 결과 값이 수렴하는 것을 확인하였다.

Table 2.

Mesh sizes and numerical conditions

MeshNumbers49,102,500 EA
Increment (m)DirectionExisting SpillwayAuxiliary Spillway
∆X0.99 ~ 4.301.00 ~ 4.30
∆Y0.99 ~ 8.161.00 ~ 5.90
∆Z0.50 ~ 1.220.50 ~ 2.00
Boundary ConditionsXmin / YmaxInflow / Water Surface Elevation
Xmax, Ymin, Zmin / ZmaxWall / Symmetry
Turbulence ModelRNG model
Table 3.

Case of numerical simulation (Qp : Design flood discharge)

CaseExisting Spillway (Qe, m3/s)Auxiliary Spillway (Qa, m3/s)Remarks
1Qp0Reference case
20Qp
300.58QpReview of discharge capacity on
auxiliary spillway
400.48Qp
500.45Qp
600.32Qp
70.50Qp0.50QpDetermination of optimal division
ratio on Spillways
80.61Qp0.39Qp
90.39Qp0.61Qp
100.42Qp0.58Qp
110.32Qp0.45QpDetermination of permissible
division on Spillways
120.35Qp0.48Qp
130.38Qp0.53Qp
140.41Qp0.56Qp
Table 4.

Roughness coefficient and roughness height

CriteriaRoughness coefficient (n)Roughness height (ks, m)
Structure (Concrete)0.0140.00061
River0.0330.10496
/media/sites/ksds/2021-014-02/N0240140207/images/ksds_14_02_07_F1.jpg
Fig. 1

Layout of spillway and river in this study

2.3.2 보조 여수로의 방류능 검토

본 연구에서는 기존 여수로와 보조 여수로의 방류량 배분에 따른 하류하천 대안부의 유속분포 및 수위분포를 검토하기 위해 수치모의 Case 별 다음과 같이 관심구역을 설정하였다(Fig. 2 참조). 관심구역(대안부)의 길이(L)는 총 1.3 km로 10 m 등 간격으로 나누어 검토하였으며, Section 1(0 < X/L < 0.27)은 기존 여수로 방류에 따른 영향이 지배적인 구간, Section 2(0.27 < X/L < 1.00)는 보조 여수로 방류에 따른 영향이 지배적인 구간으로 각 구간에서의 수위, 유속, 수심결과를 확인하였다. 기존 여수로의 노후화에 따른 보조 여수로의 방류능 검토를 위하여 Case 1 – Case 6까지의 결과를 비교하였다.

보조 여수로의 단독 운영 시 기존 여수로 운영 시 보다 하류하천의 대안부의 최대 유속(Vmax)은 약 3% 감소하였으며, 이는 보조 여수로의 하천 유입각이 기존 여수로 보다 7°작으며 유입하천의 폭이 증가하여 유속이 감소한 것으로 판단된다. 대안부의 최대 유속 발생위치는 하류 쪽으로 이동하였으며 교량으로 인한 단면의 축소로 최대유속이 발생하는 것으로 판단된다. 또한 보조 여수로의 배분량(Qa)이 증가함에 따라 하류하천 대안부의 최대 유속이 증가하였다. 하천호안 설계기준에서 제시하고 있는 허용유속(Vp)과 비교한 결과, 계획홍수량(Qp)의 45% 이하(Case 5 & 6)를 보조 여수로에서 방류하게 되면 허용 유속(5.0 m/s)조건을 만족하여 호안안정성을 확보하였다(Fig. 3 참조). 허용유속 외에도 대안부에서의 소류력을 산정하여 하천호안 설계기준에서 제시한 허용 소류력(τp)과 비교한 결과, 유속과 동일하게 보조 여수로의 방류량이 계획홍수량의 45% 이하일 경우 허용소류력(0.28 kN/m2) 조건을 만족하였다(Fig. 4 참조). 각 Case 별 호안설계조건과 비교한 결과는 Table 5에 제시하였다.

하류하천의 수위도 기존 여수로 운영 시 보다 보조 여수로 단독 운영 시 최대 수위(ηmax)가 약 2% 감소하는 효과를 보였으며 최대 수위 발생위치는 수충부로 여수로 방류시 처오름에 의한 수위 상승으로 판단된다. 기존 여수로의 단독운영(Case 1)의 수위(ηref)를 기준으로 보조 여수로의 방류량이 증가함에 따라 수위는 증가하였으나 계획홍수량의 58%까지 방류할 경우 월류에 대한 안정성(ηmax/ηref<0.97(=기설제방고))은 확보되었다(Fig. 5 참조). 그러나 계획홍수량 조건에서는 월류에 대한 위험성이 존재하기 때문에 기존여수로와 보조여수로의 적절한 방류량 배분 조합을 도출하는 것이 중요하다고 판단되어 진다.

/media/sites/ksds/2021-014-02/N0240140207/images/ksds_14_02_07_F2.jpg
Fig. 2

Region of interest in this study

/media/sites/ksds/2021-014-02/N0240140207/images/ksds_14_02_07_F3.jpg
Fig. 3

Maximum velocity and location of Vmax according to Qa

/media/sites/ksds/2021-014-02/N0240140207/images/ksds_14_02_07_F4.jpg
Fig. 4

Maximum shear according to Qa

/media/sites/ksds/2021-014-02/N0240140207/images/ksds_14_02_07_F5.jpg
Fig. 5

Maximum water surface elevation and location of ηmax according to Qa

Table 5.

Numerical results for each cases (Case 1 ~ Case 6)

CaseMaximum Velocity
(Vmax, m/s)
Maximum Shear
(τmax, kN/m2)
Evaluation
in terms of Vp
Evaluation
in terms of τp
1
(Qa = 0)
9.150.54No GoodNo Good
2
(Qa = Qp)
8.870.56No GoodNo Good
3
(Qa = 0.58Qp)
6.530.40No GoodNo Good
4
(Qa = 0.48Qp)
6.220.36No GoodNo Good
5
(Qa = 0.45Qp)
4.220.12AccpetAccpet
6
(Qa = 0.32Qp)
4.040.14AccpetAccpet

2.3.3 기존 여수로와 보조 여수로 방류량 배분 검토

기존 여수로 및 보조 여수로 단독운영에 따른 하류하천 및 호안의 안정성 평가를 수행한 결과 계획홍수량 방류 시 하류하천 대안부에서 호안 설계 조건(허용유속 및 허용 소류력)을 초과하였으며, 처오름에 의한 수위 상승으로 월류에 대한 위험성 증가를 확인하였다. 따라서 계획 홍수량 조건에서 기존 여수로와 보조 여수로의 방류량 배분을 통하여 호안 안정성을 확보하고 하류하천에 방류로 인한 피해를 최소화할 수 있는 배분조합(Case 7 ~ Case 10)을 검토하였다. Case 7은 기존 여수로와 보조여수로의 배분 비율을 균등하게 적용한 경우이고, Case 8은 기존 여수로의 배분량이 보조 여수로에 비하여 많은 경우, Case 9는 보조 여수로의 배분량이 기존 여수로에 비하여 많은 경우를 의미한다. 최대유속을 비교한 결과 보조 여수로의 배분 비율이 큰 경우 기존 여수로의 배분량에 의하여 흐름이 하천 중심에 집중되어 대안부의 유속을 저감하는 효과를 확인하였다. 보조여수로의 방류량 배분 비율이 증가할수록 기존 여수로 대안부 측(0.00<X/L<0.27, Section 1) 유속 분포는 감소하였으나, 신규여수로 대안부 측(0.27<X/L<1.00, Section 2) 유속은 증가하는 것을 확인하였다(Fig. 6 참조). 그러나 유속 저감 효과에도 대안부 전구간에서 설계 허용유속 조건을 초과하여 제방의 안정성을 확보하지는 못하였다. 소류력 산정 결과 유속과 동일하게 보조 여수로의 방류량이 기존 여수로의 방류량 보다 크면 감소하는 것을 확인하였고 일부 구간에서는 허용 소류력 조건을 만족하는 것을 확인하였다(Fig. 7 참조).

따라서 유속 저감효과가 있는 배분 비율 조건(Qa>Qe)에서 Section 2에 유속 저감에 영향을 미치는 기존 여수로 방류량 배분 비율을 증가시켜 추가 검토(Case 10)를 수행하였다. 단독운영과 비교 시 하류하천에 유입되는 유량은 증가하였음에도 불구하고 기존 여수로 방류량에 의해 흐름이 하천 중심으로 집중되는 현상에 따라 대안부의 유속은 단독 운영에 비하여 감소하는 것을 확인하였고(Fig. 8 참조), 호안 설계 허용유속 및 허용 소류력 조건을 만족하는 구간이 발생하여 호안 안정성도 확보한 것으로 판단되었다. 최종적으로 각 Case 별 수위 결과의 경우 여수로 동시 운영을 수행하게 되면 대안부 전 구간에서 월류에 대한 안정성(ηmax/ηref<0.97(=기설제방고))은 확보하였다(Fig. 9 참조). 각 Case 별 대안부에서 최대 유속결과 및 산정한 소류력은 Table 6에 제시하였다.

/media/sites/ksds/2021-014-02/N0240140207/images/ksds_14_02_07_F6.jpg
Fig. 6

Maximum velocity on section 1 & 2 according to Qa

/media/sites/ksds/2021-014-02/N0240140207/images/ksds_14_02_07_F7.jpg
Fig. 7

Maximum shear on section 1 & 2 according to Qa

/media/sites/ksds/2021-014-02/N0240140207/images/ksds_14_02_07_F8.jpg
Fig. 8

Velocity results of FLOW-3D (a: auxiliary spillway operation only , b : simultaneous operation of spillways)

/media/sites/ksds/2021-014-02/N0240140207/images/ksds_14_02_07_F9.jpg
Fig. 9

Maximum water surface elevation on section 1 & 2 according to Qa

Table 6.

Numerical results for each cases (Case 7 ~ Case 10)

Case (Qe &amp; Qa)Maximum Velocity (Vmax, m/s)Maximum Shear
(τmax, kN/m2)
Evaluation in terms of VpEvaluation in terms of τp
Section 1Section 2Section 1Section 2Section 1Section 2Section 1Section 2
7
Qe : 0.50QpQa : 0.50Qp
8.106.230.640.30No GoodNo GoodNo GoodNo Good
8
Qe : 0.61QpQa : 0.39Qp
8.886.410.610.34No GoodNo GoodNo GoodNo Good
9
Qe : 0.39QpQa : 0.61Qp
6.227.330.240.35No GoodNo GoodAcceptNo Good
10
Qe : 0.42QpQa : 0.58Qp
6.394.790.300.19No GoodAcceptNo GoodAccept

2.3.4 방류량 배분 비율의 허용 방류량 검토

계획 홍수량 방류 시 기존 여수로와 보조 여수로의 배분 비율 검토 결과 Case 10(Qe = 0.42Qp, Qa = 0.58Qp)에서 방류에 따른 하류 하천의 피해를 최소화시킬 수 있는 것을 확인하였다. 그러나 대안부 전 구간에 대하여 호안 설계조건을 만족하지 못하였다. 따라서 기존 여수로와 보조 여수로의 방류 배분 비율을 고정시킨 후 총 방류량을 조절하여 허용 방류량을 검토하였다(Case 11 ~ Case 14).

호안 안정성 측면에서 검토한 결과 계획홍수량 대비 총 방류량이 감소하면 최대 유속 및 최대 소류력이 감소하고 최종적으로 계획 홍수량의 77%를 방류할 경우 하류하천의 대안부에서 호안 설계조건을 모두 만족하는 것을 확인하였다(Fig. 10Fig. 11 참조). 각 Case 별 대안부에서 최대 유속결과 및 산정한 소류력은 Table 7에 제시하였다. 또한 Case 별 수위 검토 결과 처오름으로 인한 대안부 전 구간에서 월류에 대한 안정성(ηmax/ηref<0.97(=기설제방고))은 확보하였다(Fig. 12 참조).

Table 7.

Numerical results for each cases (Case 11 ~ Case 14)

Case (Qe &amp; Qa)Maximum Velocity
(Vmax, m/s)
Maximum Shear
(τmax, kN/m2)
Evaluation in terms of VpEvaluation in terms of τp
Section 1Section 2Section 1Section 2Section 1Section 2Section 1Section 2
11
Qe : 0.32QpQa : 0.45Qp
3.634.530.090.26AcceptAcceptAcceptAccept
12
Qe : 0.35QpQa : 0.48Qp
5.745.180.230.22No GoodNo GoodAcceptAccept
13
Qe : 0.38QpQa : 0.53Qp
6.704.210.280.11No GoodAcceptAcceptAccept
14
Qe : 0.41QpQa : 0.56Qp
6.545.240.280.24No GoodNo GoodAcceptAccept
/media/sites/ksds/2021-014-02/N0240140207/images/ksds_14_02_07_F10.jpg
Fig. 10

Maximum velocity on section 1 & 2 according to total outflow

/media/sites/ksds/2021-014-02/N0240140207/images/ksds_14_02_07_F11.jpg
Fig. 11

Maximum shear on section 1 & 2 according to total outflow

/media/sites/ksds/2021-014-02/N0240140207/images/ksds_14_02_07_F12.jpg
Fig. 12

Maximum water surface elevation on section 1 & 2 according to total outflow

3. 결 론

본 연구에서는 홍수 시 기존 여수로의 노후화로 인한 보조 여수로의 활용방안에 대하여 하류하천의 호안 안정성 측면에서 검토하였다. 여수로 방류로 인한 하류하천의 흐름특성을 검토하기 위하여 3차원 수치모형인 FLOW-3D를 활용하였고, 여수로 지형은 치수능력 증대사업을 통하여 완공된 ○○댐의 제원을 이용하였다. 하류하천 조도 계수 및 여수로 방류량은 하천기본계획을 참고하여 적용하였다. 최종적으로 여수로 방류로 인한 하류하천의 피해를 최소화 시킬 수 있는 적절한 보조 여수로의 활용방안을 도출하기 위하여 보조 여수로 단독 운영과 기존 여수로와의 동시 운영에 따른 하류 하천의 흐름특성 및 소류력의 변화를 검토하였다.

수문은 완전 개도 상태에서 방류한다는 가정으로 계획 홍수량 조건에서 보조 여수로 단독 운영 시 하류하천 대안부의 유속 및 수위를 검토한 결과 기존 여수로 단독운영에 비하여 최대 유속 및 최대 수위가 감소하는 것을 확인할 수 있었으며, 이는 보조 여수로 단독 운영 시 하류하천으로 유입각도가 작아지고, 유입되는 하천의 폭이 증가되기 때문이다. 그러나 계획 홍수량 조건에서 하천호안 설계기준에서 제시한 허용 유속(5.0 m/s)과 허용 소류력(0.28 kN/m2)과 비교하였을 때 호안 안정성을 확보하지 못하였으며, 계획홍수량의 45% 이하 방류 시에 대안부의 호안 안정성을 확보하였다. 수위의 경우 여수로 방류에 따른 대안부에서 처오름 현상이 발생하여 월류에 대한 위험성을 확인하였고 이를 통하여 기존 여수로와의 동시 운영 방안을 도출하는 것이 중요하다고 판단된다. 따라서 기존 여수로와의 동시 운영 측면에서 기존 여수로와 보조 여수로의 배분 비율 및 총 방류량을 변화시켜가며 하류 하천의 흐름특성 및 소류력의 변화를 검토하였다. 배분 비율의 경우 기존 여수로와 보조 여수로의 균등 배분(Case 7) 및 편중 배분(Case 8 & Case 9)을 검토하여 보조 여수로의 방류량이 기존 여수로의 방류량보다 큰 경우 하류하천의 중심부로 집중되어 대안부의 최대유속, 최대소류력 및 최대수위가 감소하는 것을 확인하였다. 이를 근거로 기존 여수로의 방류 비율을 증가(Qe=0.42Qp, Qa=0.58Qp)시켜 검토한 결과 대안부 일부 구간에서 허용 유속 및 허용소류력 조건을 만족하는 것을 확인하였다. 이를 통하여 기존 여수로와 보조 여수로의 동시 운영을 통하여 적절한 방류량 배분 비율을 도출하는 것이 방류로 인한 하류하천의 피해를 저감하는데 효과적인 것으로 판단된다. 그러나 설계홍수량 방류 시 전 구간에서 허용 유속 및 소류력 조건을 만족하지 못하였다. 최종적으로 전체 방류량에서 기존 여수로의 방류 비율을 42%, 보조 여수로의 방류 비율을 58%로 설정하여 허용방류량을 검토한 결과, 계획홍수량의 77%이하로 방류 시 대안부의 최대유속은 기존여수로 방류의 지배영향구간(section 1)에서 3.63 m/s, 기존 여수로와 보조 여수로 방류의 영향구간(section 2)에서 4.53 m/s로 허용유속 조건을 만족하였고, 산정한 소류력도 각각 0.09 kN/m2 및 0.26 kN/m2로 허용 소류력 조건을 만족하여 대안부 호안의 안정성을 확보하였다고 판단된다.

본 연구 결과는 기후변화 및 기존여수로의 노후화로 인하여 홍수 시 기존여수로의 단독운영으로 하류하천의 피해가 발생할 수 있는 현시점에서 치수증대 사업으로 완공된 보조 여수로의 활용방안에 대한 기초자료로 활용될 수 있고, 향후 계획 홍수량 유입 시 최적의 배분 비율 및 허용 방류량 도출에 이용할 수 있다. 다만 본 연구는 여수로 방류에 따른 제방에 작용하는 수충력은 검토하지 못하고, 허용 유속 및 허용소류력은 제방과 유수의 방향이 일정한 구간에 대하여 검토하였다. 또한 여수로 방류에 따른 대안부에서의 영향에 대해서만 검토하였고 수문 전면 개도 조건에서 검토하였다는 한계점은 분명히 있다. 이에 향후에는 다양한 수문 개도 조건 및 방류 시나리오를 적용 및 검토하여 보다 효율적이고, 효과적인 보조 여수로 활용방안을 도출하고자 한다.

Acknowledgements

본 결과물은 K-water에서 수행한 기존 및 신규 여수로 효율적 연계운영 방안 마련(2021-WR-GP-76-149)의 지원을 받아 연구되었습니다.

References

1 Busan Construction and Management Administration (2009). Nakdonggang River Master Plan. Busan: BCMA.

2 Chow, V. T. (1959). Open-channel Hydraulics. McGraw-Hill. New York.

3 Flow Science (2011). Flow3D User Manual. Santa Fe: NM.

4 Jeon, T. M., Kim, H. I., Park, H. S., and Baek, U. I. (2006). Design of Emergency Spillway Using Hydraulic and Numerical Model-ImHa Multipurpose Dam. Proceedings of the Korea Water Resources Association Conference. 1726-1731.

5 Kim, D. G., Park, S. J., Lee, Y. S., and Hwang, J. H. (2008). Spillway Design by Using Numerical Model Experiment – Case Study of AnDong Multipurpose Dam. Proceedings of the Korea Water Resources Association Conference. 1604-1608.

6 Kim, J. S. (2007). Comparison of Hydraulic Experiment and Numerical Model on Spillway. Water for Future. 40(4): 74-81.

7 Kim, S. H. and Kim, J. S. (2013). Effect of Chungju Dam Operation for Flood Control in the Upper Han River. Journal of the Korean Society of Civil Engineers. 33(2): 537-548. 10.12652/Ksce.2013.33.2.537

8 K-water (2021). Regulations of Dam Management. Daejeon: K-water.

9 K-water and MOLIT (2004). Report on the Establishment of Basic Plan for the Increasing Flood Capacity and Review of Hydrological Stability of Dams. Sejong: K-water and MOLIT.

10 Lee, J. H., Julien, P. Y., and Thornton, C. I. (2019). Interference of Dual Spillways Operations. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering. 145(5): 1-13. 10.1061/(ASCE)HY.1943-7900.0001593

11 Li, S., Cain, S., Wosnik, M., Miller, C., Kocahan, H., and Wyckoff, R. (2011). Numerical Modeling of Probable Maximum Flood Flowing through a System of Spillways. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering. 137(1): 66-74. 10.1061/(ASCE)HY.1943-7900.0000279

12 MOLIT (2016). Practice Guidelines of River Construction Design. Sejong: MOLIT.

13 MOLIT (2019). Standards of River Design. Sejong: MOLIT.

14 Prime Minister’s Secretariat (2003). White Book on Flood Damage Prevention Measures. Sejong: PMS.

15 Schoklitsch, A. (1934). Der Geschiebetrieb und Die Geschiebefracht. Wasserkraft Wasserwirtschaft. 4: 1-7.

16 Vanoni, V. A. (Ed.). (2006). Sedimentation Engineering. American Society of Civil Engineers. Virginia: ASCE. 10.1061/9780784408230

17 Zeng, J., Zhang, L., Ansar, M., Damisse, E., and González-Castro, J. A. (2017). Applications of Computational Fluid Dynamics to Flow Ratings at Prototype Spillways and Weirs. I: Data Generation and Validation. Journal of Irrigation and Drainage Engineering. 143(1): 1-13. 10.1061/(ASCE)IR.1943-4774.0001112

Korean References Translated from the English

1 건설교통부·한국수자원공사 (2004). 댐의 수문학적 안정성 검토 및 치수능력증대방안 기본계획 수립 보고서. 세종: 국토교통부.

2 국무총리실 수해방지대책단 (2003). 수해방지대책 백서. 세종: 국무총리실.

3 국토교통부 (2016). 하천공사 설계실무요령. 세종: 국토교통부.

4 국토교통부 (2019). 하천설계기준해설. 세종: 국토교통부.

5 김대근, 박선중, 이영식, 황종훈 (2008). 수치모형실험을 이용한 여수로 설계 – 안동다목적댐. 한국수자원학회 학술발표회. 1604-1608.

6 김상호, 김지성 (2013). 충주댐 방류에 따른 댐 상하류 홍수위 영향 분석. 대한토목학회논문집. 33(2): 537-548. 10.12652/Ksce.2013.33.2.537

7 김주성 (2007). 댐 여수로부 수리 및 수치모형실험 비교 고찰. Water for Future. 40(4): 74-81.

8 부산국토관리청 (2009). 낙동강수계 하천기본계획(변경). 부산: 부산국토관리청.

9 전태명, 김형일, 박형섭, 백운일 (2006). 수리모형실험과 수치모의를 이용한 비상여수로 설계-임하댐. 한국수자원학회 학술발표회. 1726-1731.

10 한국수자원공사 (2021). 댐관리 규정. 대전: 한국수자원공사.

Gating System Design Based on Numerical Simulation and Production Experiment Verification of Aluminum Alloy Bracket Fabricated by Semi-solid Rheo-Die Casting Process

Gating System Design Based on Numerical Simulation and Production Experiment Verification of Aluminum Alloy Bracket Fabricated by Semi-solid Rheo-Die Casting Process

반고체 레오 다이 캐스팅 공정으로 제작된 알루미늄 합금 브래킷의 수치 시뮬레이션 및 생산 실험 검증을 기반으로 한 게이팅 시스템 설계

International Journal of Metalcasting volume 16, pages878–893 (2022)Cite this article

Abstract

In this study a gating system including sprue, runner and overflows for semi-solid rheocasting of aluminum alloy was designed by means of numerical simulations with a commercial software. The effects of pouring temperature, mold temperature and injection speed on the filling process performance of semi-solid die casting were studied. Based on orthogonal test analysis, the optimal die casting process parameters were selected, which were metal pouring temperature 590 °C, mold temperature 260 °C and injection velocity 0.5 m/s. Semi-solid slurry preparation process of Swirled Enthalpy Equilibration Device (SEED) was used for die casting production experiment. Aluminum alloy semi-solid bracket components were successfully produced with the key die casting process parameters selected, which was consistent with the simulation result. The design of semi-solid gating system was further verified by observing and analyzing the microstructure of different zones of the casting. The characteristic parameters, particle size and shape factor of microstructure of the produced semi-solid casting showed that the semi-solid aluminum alloy components are of good quality.

이 연구에서 알루미늄 합금의 반고체 레오캐스팅을 위한 스프루, 러너 및 오버플로를 포함하는 게이팅 시스템은 상용 소프트웨어를 사용한 수치 시뮬레이션을 통해 설계되었습니다. 주입 온도, 금형 온도 및 사출 속도가 반고체 다이캐스팅의 충전 공정 성능에 미치는 영향을 연구했습니다. 직교 테스트 분석을 기반으로 금속 주입 온도 590°C, 금형 온도 260°C 및 사출 속도 0.5m/s인 최적의 다이 캐스팅 공정 매개변수가 선택되었습니다. Swirled Enthalpy Equilibration Device(SEED)의 반고체 슬러리 제조 공정을 다이캐스팅 생산 실험에 사용하였다. 알루미늄 합금 반고체 브래킷 구성 요소는 시뮬레이션 결과와 일치하는 주요 다이 캐스팅 공정 매개변수를 선택하여 성공적으로 생산되었습니다. 반고체 게이팅 시스템의 설계는 주조의 다른 영역의 미세 구조를 관찰하고 분석하여 추가로 검증되었습니다. 생산된 반고체 주조물의 특성 매개변수, 입자 크기 및 미세 구조의 형상 계수는 반고체 알루미늄 합금 부품의 품질이 양호함을 보여주었습니다.

Gating System Design Based on Numerical Simulation and Production Experiment Verification of Aluminum Alloy Bracket Fabricated by Semi-solid Rheo-Die Casting Process
Gating System Design Based on Numerical Simulation and Production Experiment Verification of Aluminum Alloy Bracket Fabricated by Semi-solid Rheo-Die Casting Process

References

  1. G. Li, H. Lu, X. Hu et al., Current progress in rheoforming of wrought aluminum alloys: a review. Met. Open Access Metall. J. 10(2), 238 (2020)CAS Google Scholar 
  2. G. Eisaabadi, A. Nouri, Effect of Sr on the microstructure of electromagnetically stirred semi-solid hypoeutectic Al–Si alloys. Int. J. Metalcast. 12, 292–297 (2018). https://doi.org/10.1007/s40962-017-0161-8CAS Article Google Scholar 
  3. C. Xghab, D. Qza, E. Spma et al., Blistering in semi-solid die casting of aluminium alloys and its avoidance. Acta Mater. 124, 446–455 (2017)Article Google Scholar 
  4. M. Modigell, J. Koke, Rheological modelling on semi-solid metal alloys and simulation of thixocasting processes. J. Mater. Process. Technol. 111(1–3), 53–58 (2001)CAS Article Google Scholar 
  5. A. Pola, M. Tocci, P. Kapranos, Microstructure and properties of semi-solid aluminum alloys: a literature review. Met. Open Access Metall. J. 8(3), 181 (2018)Google Scholar 
  6. M.C. Flemings, Behavior of metal alloys in the semisolid state. Metall. Trans. B 22, 269–293 (1991). https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02651227Article Google Scholar 
  7. Q. Zhu, Semi-solid moulding: competition to cast and machine from forging in making automotive complex components. Trans. Nonferrous Met. Soc. China 20, 1042–1047 (2010)Article Google Scholar 
  8. K. Prapasajchavet, Y. Harada, S. Kumai, Microstructure analysis of Al–5.5 at.%Mg alloy semi-solid slurry by Weck’s reagent. Int. J. Metalcast. 11(1), 123 (2017). https://doi.org/10.1007/s40962-016-0084-9Article Google Scholar 
  9. P. Das, S.K. Samanta, S. Tiwari, P. Dutta, Die filling behaviour of semi solid A356 Al alloy slurry during rheo pressure die casting. Trans. Indian Inst. Met. 68(6), 1215–1220 (2015). https://doi.org/10.1007/s12666-015-0706-6CAS Article Google Scholar 
  10. B. Zhou, S. Lu, K. Xu et al., Microstructure and simulation of semisolid aluminum alloy castings in the process of stirring integrated transfer-heat (SIT) with water cooling. Int. J. Metalcast. 14(2), 396–408 (2019). https://doi.org/10.1007/s40962-019-00357-6CAS Article Google Scholar 
  11. S. Ji, Z. Fan, Solidification behavior of Sn–15 wt Pct Pb alloy under a high shear rate and high intensity of turbulence during semisolid processing. Metall. Mater. Trans. A. 33(11), 3511–3520 (2002). https://doi.org/10.1007/s11661-002-0338-4Article Google Scholar 
  12. P. Kapranos, P.J. Ward, H.V. Atkinson, D.H. Kirkwood, Near net shaping by semi-solid metal processing. Mater. Des. 21, 387–394 (2000). https://doi.org/10.1016/S0261-3069(99)00077-1Article Google Scholar 
  13. H.V. Atkinson, Alloys for semi-solid processing. Solid State Phenom. 192–193, 16–27 (2013)Google Scholar 
  14. L. Rogal, Critical assessment: opportunities in developing semi-solid processing: aluminium, magnesium, and high-temperature alloys. Mater. Sci. Technol. Mst A Publ. Inst. Met. 33, 759–764 (2017)CAS Article Google Scholar 
  15. H. Guo, Rheo-diecasting process for semi-solid aluminum alloys. J. Wuhan Univ. Technol. Mater. Sci. Ed. 22(004), 590–595 (2007)CAS Article Google Scholar 
  16. T. Chucheep, J. Wannasin, R. Canyook, T. Rattanochaikul, S. Janudom, S. Wisutmethangoon, M.C. Flemings, Characterization of flow behavior of semi-solid slurries with low solid fractions. Metall. Mater. Trans. A 44(10), 4754–4763 (2013)CAS Article Google Scholar 
  17. M. Li, Y.D. Li, W.L. Yang et al., Effects of forming processes on microstructures and mechanical properties of A356 aluminum alloy prepared by self-inoculation method. Mater. Res. 22(3) (2019)
  18. P. Côté, M.E. Larouche, X.G. Chen et al., New developments with the SEED technology. Solid State Phenom. 192(3), 373–378 (2012)Article Google Scholar 
  19. I. Dumanić, S. Jozić, D. Bajić et al., Optimization of semi-solid high-pressure die casting process by computer simulation, Taguchi method and grey relational analysis. Inter Metalcast. 15, 108–118 (2021). https://doi.org/10.1007/s40962-020-00422-5Article Google Scholar 
  20. Y. Bai et al., Numerical simulation on the rheo-diecasting of the semi-solid A356 aluminum alloy. Int. J. Miner. Metall. Mater. 16, 422 (2009). https://doi.org/10.1016/S1674-4799(09)60074-1CAS Article Google Scholar 
  21. B.C. Bhunia, Studies on die filling of A356 Al alloy and development of a steering knuckle component using rheo pressure die casting system. J. Mater. Process. Technol. 271, 293–311 (2019). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2019.04.014CAS Article Google Scholar 
  22. A. Guo, J. Zhao, C. Xu et al., Effects of pouring temperature and electromagnetic stirring on porosity and mechanical properties of A357 aluminum alloy rheo-diecasting. J. Mater. Eng. Perform. (2018). https://doi.org/10.1007/s11665-018-3310-1Article Google Scholar 
  23. C.G. Kang, S.M. Lee, B.M. Kim, A study of die design of semi-solid die casting according to gate shape and solid fraction. J. Mater. Process. Technol. 204(1–3), 8–21 (2008)CAS Article Google Scholar 
  24. Z. Liu, W. Mao, T. Wan et al., Study on semi-solid A380 aluminum alloy slurry prepared by water-cooling serpentine channel and its rheo-diecasting. Met. Mater. Int. (2020). https://doi.org/10.1007/s12540-020-00672-2Article Google Scholar 
  25. Z.Y. Liu, W.M. Mao, W.P. Wang et al., Investigation of rheo-diecasting mold filling of semi-solid A380 aluminum alloy slurry. Int. J. Miner. Metall. Mater. 24(006), 691–700 (2017)CAS Article Google Scholar 
  26. M. Arif, M.Z. Omar, N. Muhamad et al., Microstructural evolution of solid-solution-treated Zn–22Al in the semisolid state. J. Mater. Sci. Technol. 29(008), 765–774 (2013)CAS Article Google Scholar 

Keywords

  • semi-solid rheo-die casting
  • gating system
  • process parameters
  • numerical simulation
  • microstructure
Fig. 1. Modified Timelli mold design.

Characterization of properties of Vanadium, Boron and Strontium addition on HPDC of A360 alloy

A360 합금의 HPDC에 대한 바나듐, 붕소 및 스트론튬 첨가 특성 특성

OzenGursoya
MuratColakb
KazimTurc
DeryaDispinarde

aUniversity of Padova, Department of Management and Engineering, Vicenza, Italy
bUniversity of Bayburt, Mechanical Engineering, Bayburt, Turkey
cAtilim University, Metallurgical and Materials Engineering, Ankara, Turkey
dIstanbul Technical University, Metallurgical and Materials Engineering, Istanbul, Turkey
eCenter for Critical and Functional Materials, ITU, Istanbul, Turkey

ABSTRACT

The demand for lighter weight decreased thickness and higher strength has become the focal point in the
automotive industry. In order to meet such requirements, the addition of several alloying elements has been started to be investigated. In this work, the additions of V, B, and Sr on feedability and tensile properties of A360 has been studied. A mold design that consisted of test bars has been produced. Initially, a simulation was carried out to optimize the runners, filling, and solidification parameters. Following the tests, it was found that V addition revealed the highest UTS but low elongation at fracture, while B addition exhibited visa verse. On the other hand, impact energy was higher with B additions.

더 가벼운 무게의 감소된 두께와 더 높은 강도에 대한 요구는 자동차 산업의 초점이 되었습니다. 이러한 요구 사항을 충족하기 위해 여러 합금 원소의 추가가 조사되기 시작했습니다. 이 연구에서는 A360의 이송성 및 인장 특성에 대한 V, B 및 Sr의 첨가가 연구되었습니다. 시험봉으로 구성된 금형 설계가 제작되었습니다. 처음에는 러너, 충전 및 응고 매개변수를 최적화하기 위해 시뮬레이션이 수행되었습니다. 시험 결과, V 첨가는 UTS가 가장 높지만 파단 연신율은 낮았고, B 첨가는 visa verse를 나타냈다. 반면에 충격 에너지는 B 첨가에서 더 높았다.

Fig. 1. Modified Timelli mold design.
Fig. 1. Modified Timelli mold design.
Fig. 2. Microstructural images (a) unmodified alloy, (b) Sr modified, (c) V added, (d) B added.
Fig. 2. Microstructural images (a) unmodified alloy, (b) Sr modified, (c) V added, (d) B added.
Fig. 3. Effect of Sr and V addition on the tensile properties of A360
Fig. 3. Effect of Sr and V addition on the tensile properties of A360
Fig. 4. Effect of Sr and B addition on the tensile properties of A360.
Fig. 4. Effect of Sr and B addition on the tensile properties of A360.
Fig. 5. Bubbles chart of tensile properties values obtained from Weibull statistics. | Fig. 6. Effect of Sr, V and B addition on the impact properties of A360.
Fig. 5. Bubbles chart of tensile properties values obtained from Weibull statistics.
Fig. 6. Effect of Sr, V and B addition on the impact properties of A360.
Fig. 7. SEM images on the fracture surfaces (a) V added, (b) B added.
Fig. 7. SEM images on the fracture surfaces (a) V added, (b) B added.

References

[1] A. Johanson, Effect of Vanadium on Grain Refinement of Aluminium, Institutt for
materialteknologi, 2013.
[2] D.G. McCartney, Grain refining of aluminium and its alloys using inoculants, Int.
Mater. Rev. 34 (1) (1989) 247–260.
[3] M.T. Di Giovanni, The Influence of Ni and V Trace Elements on the High
Temperature Tensile Properties of A356 Aluminium Foundry Alloy, Institutt for
materialteknologi, 2014.
[4] D. Casari, T.H. Ludwig, M. Merlin, L. Arnberg, G.L. Garagnani, The effect of Ni and
V trace elements on the mechanical properties of A356 aluminium foundry alloy in
as-cast and T6 heat treated conditions, Mater. Sci. Eng., A 610 (2014) 414–426.
[5] D. Casari, T.H. Ludwig, M. Merlin, L. Arnberg, G.L. Garagnani, Impact behavior of
A356 foundry alloys in the presence of trace elements Ni and V, J. Mater. Eng.
Perform. 24 (2) (2015) 894–908.
[6] T.H. Ludwig, P.L. Schaffer, L. Arnberg, Influence of some trace elements on
solidification path and microstructure of Al-Si foundry alloys, Metall. Mater. Trans.
44 (8) (2013) 3783–3796.
[7] H.A. Elhadari, H.A. Patel, D.L. Chen, W. Kasprzak, Tensile and fatigue properties of
a cast aluminum alloy with Ti, Zr and V additions, Mater. Sci. Eng., A 528 (28)
(2011) 8128–8138.
[8] Y. Wu, H. Liao, K. Zhou, “Effect of minor addition of vanadium on mechanical
properties and microstructures of as-extruded near eutectic Al–Si–Mg alloy, Mater.
Sci. Eng., A 602 (2014) 41–48.
[9] E.S. Dæhlen, The Effect of Vanadium on AlFeSi-Intermetallic Phases in a
Hypoeutectic Al-Si Foundry Alloy, Institutt for materialteknologi, 2013.
[10] B. Lin, H. Li, R. Xu, H. Xiao, W. Zhang, S. Li, Effects of vanadium on modification of
iron-rich intermetallics and mechanical properties in A356 cast alloys with 1.5 wt.
% Fe, J. Mater. Eng. Perform. 28 (1) (2019) 475–484.
[11] P.A. Tøndel, G. Halvorsen, L. Arnberg, Grain refinement of hypoeutectic Al-Si
foundry alloys by addition of boron containing silicon metal, Light Met. (1993)
783.
[12] Z. Chen, et al., Grain refinement of hypoeutectic Al-Si alloys with B, Acta Mater.
120 (2016) 168–178.
[13] T. Wang, Z. Chen, H. Fu, J. Xu, Y. Fu, T. Li, “Grain refining potency of Al–B master
alloy on pure aluminum, Scripta Mater. 64 (12) (2011) 1121–1124.
[14] M. Gorny, ´ G. Sikora, M. Kawalec, Effect of titanium and boron on the stability of
grain refinement of Al-Cu alloy, Arch. Foundry Eng. 16 (2016).
[15] O. ¨ Gürsoy, E. Erzi, D. Dıs¸pınar, Ti grain refinement myth and cleanliness of A356
melt, in: Shape Casting, Springer, 2019, pp. 125–130.
[16] D. Dispinar, A. Nordmark, J. Voje, L. Arnberg, Influence of hydrogen content and
bi-film index on feeding behaviour of Al-7Si, in: 138th TMS Annual Meeting, Shape
Casting, 3rd International Symposium, San Francisco, California, USA, 2009,
pp. 63–70. February 2009.
[17] M. Uludag, ˘ R. Çetin, D. Dıs¸pınar, Observation of hot tearing in Sr-B modified A356
alloy, Arch. Foundry Eng. 17 (2017).
[18] X.L. Cui, Y.Y. Wu, T. Gao, X.F. Liu, “Preparation of a novel Al–3B–5Sr master alloy
and its modification and refinement performance on A356 alloy, J. Alloys Compd.
615 (2014) 906–911.
[19] F. Wang, Z. Liu, D. Qiu, J.A. Taylor, M.A. Easton, M.-X. Zhang, Revisiting the role
of peritectics in grain refinement of Al alloys, Acta Mater. 61 (1) (2013) 360–370.
[20] M. Akhtar, A. Khajuria, Effects of prior austenite grain size on impression creep and
microstructure in simulated heat affected zones of boron modified P91 steels,
Mater. Chem. Phys. 249 (2020) 122847.
[21] M. Akhtar, A. Khajuria, Probing true creep-hardening interaction in weld simulated
heat affected zone of P91 steels, J. Manuf. Process. 46 (2019) 345–356.
[22] E.M. Schulson, T.P. Weihs, I. Baker, H.J. Frost, J.A. Horton, Grain boundary
accommodation of slip in Ni3Al containing boron, Acta Metall. 34 (7) (1986)
1395–1399.
[23] I. Baker, E.M. Schulson, J.R. Michael, The effect of boron on the chemistry of grain
boundaries in stoichiometric Ni3Al, Philos. Mag. A B 57 (3) (Mar. 1988) 379–385.
[24] S. Zhu, et al., Influences of nickel and vanadium impurities on microstructure of
aluminum alloys, JOM (J. Occup. Med.) 65 (5) (2013) 584–592.
[25] D.J. Beerntsen, Effect of vanadium and zirconium on the formation of CrAI 7
primary crystals in 7075 aluminum alloy, Metall. Mater. Trans. B 8 (3) (1977)
687–688.
[26] G. Timelli, A. Fabrizi, S. Capuzzi, F. Bonollo, S. Ferraro, The role of Cr additions
and Fe-rich compounds on microstructural features and impact toughness of
AlSi9Cu3 (Fe) diecasting alloys, Mater. Sci. Eng., A 603 (2014) 58–68.
[27] S. Kirtay, D. Dispinar, Effect of ranking selection on the Weibull modulus
estimation, Gazi Univ. J. Sci. 25 (1) (2012) 175–187.
[28] J. Rakhmonov, G. Timelli, F. Bonollo, “The effect of transition elements on hightemperature mechanical properties of Al–Si foundry alloys–A review, Adv. Eng.
Mater. 18 (7) (2016) 1096–1105.

What’s New – FLOW-3D 2022R1

FLOW-3D 제품의 새로운 2022R1 버전은 Flow Science가 FLOW-3D , FLOW-3D CAST 및 FLOW-3D HYDRO 에 대해 동일한 버전명을 채택 했음을 의미합니다. 2022R1은 FLOW-3D 제품을 위한 통합 코드 베이스로의 전환을 나타내며, 이를 통해 사용자는 최신 버전 개발이 준비되는 즉시 더 빠른 릴리스 버전을 만나실 수 있습니다.

2022R1 릴리스는 상세한 cutcell 표현이라고 하는 FAVOR™ 방법의 확장, 테마 솔버 기본값이 있는 시뮬레이션 템플릿 도입, 이동하는 액적/기포 소스, 새로운 축 펌프 모델, 능동 시뮬레이션 제어 기능에 대한 확장, 사용자는 두 개의 독립 변수를 기반으로 복잡한 속성 종속성을 지정하고 VOF-to-particle 개발과 같은 추가 수치 기능을 지정하여 분해되는 유체 영역의 질량 보존을 개선할 수 있습니다. 간소화된 GUI 개선 사항에는 재설계된 물리 대화 상자, 새로운 초기 조건 위젯, 더 쉽고 빠르고 오류 없는 시뮬레이션 설정을 위해 재설계된 출력 및 지오메트리 위젯이 포함됩니다.

상세한 Cutcell 표현 – FAVOR ™ 의 확장

FAVOR™ 방법은 일반 데카르트 그리드에서 면적 및 부피 분율을 사용하여 솔리드 형상을 구현하는 방법입니다. 이를 통해 FLOW-3D 는 구조화되지 않은 body-fitted mesh에 의존하지 않고 솔리드의 복잡한 형상과 주변의 유체 흐름을 효율적으로 시뮬레이션할 수 있습니다. 상당한 계산상의 이점에도 불구하고 FAVOR™ 방법의 한 가지 문제는 고체 표면을 따라 벽 전단 응력을 계산할 때는 문제가 발생할 수도 있었습니다. 그러나, 상세한 cutcell  표현이라고 하는 FAVOR™의 확장은 벽 전단 응력 계산을 크게 개선하여 솔리드 표면 근처의 유체 유동 해석에서 상당한 개선을 가져옵니다.

detailed cutcell 표현 의 검증뿐만 아니라 advanced numerics 에 대해 자세히 알아보십시오 .

정체점으로부터의 각도
상세한 컷셀 표현

Tabular Properties

점도 및 표면 장력과 같은 재료 속성은 온도, 밀도, 변형률 또는 오염 물질 농도와 같은 것을 나타내는 사용자 정의 스칼라 양과 같은 흐름 조건에 따라 달라질 수 있습니다. 이러한 속성을 기능적 형태에 맞추려면 특히 속성이 둘 이상의 독립 변수에 종속되는 경우 복잡한 곡선 맞춤이 필요할 수 있습니다. FLOW-3D 의 새로운 Tabular Properties 기능은  사용자가 최대 2개의 독립 변수를 사용하여 테이블 형식으로 유체 속성을 정의할 수 있습니다. 예를 들어, 표면 장력은 오염 물질 농도 및 온도에 대한 복잡한 비선형 종속성을 설명하기 위해 실험 데이터에서 표로 만들 수 있으며, 점도는 변형률 속도 및 온도에 대한 종속성을 나타내기 위해 실험 데이터에서 표로 만들 수 있습니다. 사용자는 표 속성 대화 상자에서 단일 변수 또는 두 개의 변수 종속성을 입력할 수 있습니다.

점도는 고체 함량(밀도)과 변형률의 함수로 정의됩니다. 이 예에서 조밀한 유체 영역은 시간이 0일 때 조밀한 침전된 유체 영역과 위쪽에 맑은 물이 있는 정지된 풀로 미끄러져 내려갑니다.

표 속성
이 대화 상자는 표 속성 기능을 사용하여 변형률 및 온도의 함수로 점도를 정의하는 방법을 보여줍니다. 세 가지 다른 온도에 대한 변형률의 함수로서의 점도에 대한 값이 대화 상자의 오른쪽에 표시되고 그래프로 표시됩니다.

Expanded Active Simulation Control

능동 시뮬레이션 제어(ASC) 는 Probe로 지정한 부분의 흐름 정보를 기반으로 시뮬레이션을 제어하는 ​​데 매우 유용합니다. 이번 릴리스에서 ASC는 일반 이력 데이터, 플럭스 표면 및 sampling volumes의 흐름 정보를 기반으로 추가 제어를 허용하도록 확장되었습니다.

포인트 프로브에 비해 플럭스 표면 및 샘플링 볼륨의 장점 중 하나는 포인트 기반이 아닌 표면 또는 볼륨에 대해 평균화된 정보를 제공할 수 있다는 것입니다. 어떤 상황에서는 표면 기반 및 볼륨 기반 정보가 시뮬레이션에서 관심 있는 동작을 더 잘 나타낼 수 있습니다.

이 새로운 기능을 통해 사용자는 다음을 수행할 수 있습니다.

  • 제어 볼륨의 온도가 임계값을 초과하거나 아래로 떨어지면 시뮬레이션을 종료합니다.
  • 샘플링 볼륨의 난류 에너지를 기반으로 노즐에서 충전 속도를 제어합니다.
  • 자속 평면의 평균 속도를 기반으로 출력 주파수를 제어합니다.
  • 샘플링 볼륨의 채우기 비율이 사용자가 지정한 값에 도달하면 시뮬레이션을 종료합니다.

이 예에서 극저온 탱크 공급 파이프의 펌프(진한 회색 직사각형)는 일정한 유속으로 추진제 탱크에서 액체 산소를 끌어옵니다. 액체 산소가 배출됨에 따라 얼리지의 압력이 지정된 값 아래로 떨어질 때 활성 시뮬레이션 제어에 의해 질량/운동량 소스(상단의 회색 막대)가 트리거됩니다. 얼리지 압력이 지정된 값 이상으로 상승하면 가압이 꺼집니다.

VOF to Particles

FLOW-3D 에서 복잡한 자유표면을 추적하는 VOF 방법의 정확성과 견고성은 유체 입자와 결합하여 향상되었습니다. VOF 입자라고 하는 새로운 입자 종류는 VOF 기능 대신 사용되어, 계산 영역에서 작은 유체 인대와 액적을 추적하여 유체 부피와 운동량을 더 잘 보존할 수 있습니다. 중력 제어 프로세스에서 더 높은 시간 단계 크기도 예상할 수 있습니다. VOF 유체는 특정 조건이 충족되면 특정 시간과 위치에서 자동으로 VOF 입자로 변환됩니다. 그런 다음 입자 모션은 Lagrangian 입자 모델을 사용하여 계산되고 입자는 유체에 다시 들어갈 때 VOF 표현으로 다시 변환됩니다.

입자-FLOW-3D 2022R1에 대한 VOF
입자에 대한 VOF

Axial Pump Model

FLOW-3D의 새로운 Axial Pump Model을 통해 사용자는 시뮬레이션에서 Axial Pump의 실제 효과를 구현할 수 있습니다. 펌프 동작과 관련하여 두 가지 옵션이 있습니다. 첫 번째 옵션은 유체가 지정된 속도로 이동하도록 펌프를 통한 체적 유량 또는 유속을 규정하는 것입니다. 이 옵션은 펌프에 작동 유량이 제공될 때 적합합니다. 두 번째 옵션은 펌프 성능 곡선을 기반으로 펌프 작동에 대한 보다 완전한 정의를 제공합니다. 이 경우 사용자는 펌프 성능 곡선의 선형 근사치를 정의하여 펌프를 통과하는 유량이 펌프 전체의 압력 강하에 따라 달라지도록 할 수 있습니다. 이 구성에서 펌프의 일반적인 동작은 다음과 같이 표시됩니다.

축 펌프 설정
GUI의 팬/임펠러 구성요소
축 펌프 설정
GUI의 축 펌프 구성 요소

Droplet/Bubble Source Model | 액적/기포 소스 모델

FLOW-3D 는 처음 개발된 이후 로 표면 장력 작용에 따라 진화하는 유체 모양을 시뮬레이션하기 위해 노즐 및 기타 오리피스 모양에서 분사되는 액적을 모델링하는 데 사용되었습니다. 그러나 기판에 대한 액적의 영향만 관심이 있기 때문에 노즐을 떠날 때 액적의 모양을 시뮬레이션할 필요가 없는 경우가 있습니다. 또한, 유체에서 기포의 이동을 모델링하는 것은 흥미로울 수 있지만 기포의 시작은 아닙니다. 새로운 액적/기포 소스 모델은 이와 같은 경우에 유용합니다.

이 예에서 액적 소스는 원형 패턴으로 이동하면서 액적을 10m/s의 속도로 다공성 매체로 아래쪽으로 토출하여 링 모양 디자인을 만듭니다.

방울/거품 설정
사용자 인터페이스에서 액적/기포 소스 설정

Simulation Templates

새로운 시뮬레이션 템플릿은 자유 표면이 있는 하나의 유체에 대해 비압축성 흐름 또는 2개의 유체 압축성 시뮬레이션과 같은 주어진 모델링 프레임워크를 기반으로 중요한 매개변수를 미리 로드합니다. 새로운 시뮬레이션이 생성되면 FLOW-3D 에서 가장 일반적으로 모델링된 사례를 다루는 6개의 템플릿이 포함된 대화 상자가 사용자에게 표시됩니다 . ‘없음’ 옵션을 사용하면 고급 사용자가 특수 수치 설정을 적용할 수 있도록 빈 슬레이트로 시작할 수 있습니다. 템플릿을 사용하면 모델 설정 프로세스를 신속하게 처리하고 사용자가 실수를 하거나 매개변수 정의를 잊어버리는 것을 방지할 수 있습니다.

시뮬레이션 템플릿
GUI의 새로운 시뮬레이션 템플릿

추가 솔버 기능

추가 솔버 기능에는 비뉴턴 유체에 대한 Herschel-Bulkley 모델 및 분해되기 쉬운 유체 영역에 대한 질량 보존을 개선하기 위한 기체-공동 변환, 다중 이벤트 동작 및 이벤트 옵션 지원을 포함한 확장된 질량-운동량 소스 프로브 이벤트가 포함됩니다. 동반된 공기의 부피 분율과 용질 농도에 대한 것입니다.

솔버 기능
Herschel-Bulkley 모델
솔버 기능
활성 시뮬레이션 질량 운동량 소스 이벤트

GUI 개선

WSIWYN 설계 접근 방식을 사용한 간소화된 GUI 개선에는 재설계된 물리 및 초기 조건 대화 상자, 더 쉽고 빠르며 오류 없는 시뮬레이션 설정을 위해 재설계된 출력 및 지오메트리 위젯이 포함됩니다.

초기 조건 위젯

초기 조건 위젯은 초기 유체 및 기체 영역 설정을 개선하여 더 쉽고 빠르게 만듭니다. 새로운 디자인에서는 전역, 영역 및 포인터 개체가 별도의 탭에 배치되어 설정을 훨씬 더 명확하게 볼 수 있습니다.

초기 조건
초기 조건 – 지역
초기 조건 - 정수압
초기 조건 – 정수압
초기 조건
초기 조건 – 포인터

출력 위젯

재설계된 출력 위젯을 통해 사용자는 시뮬레이션 결과 파일에서 어떤 출력을 사용할 수 있는지 정확히 확인할 수 있으며, 하나의 간결한 보기에서 다시 시작 및 선택한 데이터 출력을 명확히 알 수 있습니다.

출력 위젯
재설계된 공간 출력 위젯
출력 위젯
출력 위젯 – 지오메트리 데이터
출력 위젯
공간 데이터가 기록될 때 출력을 강제 실행하면 기록 및 공간 데이터 출력에 대한 동기화된 출력이 사용자에게 제공됩니다.

대화형 지오메트리 생성 및 편집

대화형 지오메트리 생성 및 편집 기능이 그 어느 때보다 향상되었으며 이제 다음이 포함됩니다.

  • 회전, 이동 및 크기 조정을 포함한 새로운 대화형 도구 선택이 가능합니다.
  • 작업을 클릭하고 수정할 지오메트리를 선택하여 회전, 이동 또는 크기 조정 모드를 시작합니다.
  • 위쪽 화살표 아이콘을 클릭하거나 ESC 키를 누르면 일반 선택 모드로 돌아갑니다.

Geometry Widget

기하학 위젯은 이제 다양한 속성 그룹을 결합하고 관련 항목을 함께 배치하는 WYSIWYN 디자인 접근 방식을 사용하여 더 쉽고 빠르게 탐색할 수 있습니다.

기하학 위젯
지오메트리 위젯

Easier Access to Help

이제 물리 대화 상자 내에서 클릭 한 번으로 관련 문서, 자습서 및 도움말 다이어그램에 액세스할 수 있습니다.

더 쉽게 도움을 받을 수 있습니다
물리학 대화상자

간소화된 물리 대화 상자

사용자가 시뮬레이션을 더 빠르게 설정하고 설정 오류를 줄일 수 있도록 많은 물리 대화 상자가 간소화되었습니다.

거품 및 상 변화
Bubble and phase change model
공기 유입
Air entrainment model
드리프트 플럭스
Drift flux model
Fig. 5. The predicted shapes of initial breach (a) Rectangular (b) V-notch. Fig. 6. Dam breaching stages.

Investigating the peak outflow through a spatial embankment dam breach

공간적 제방댐 붕괴를 통한 최대 유출량 조사

Mahmoud T.GhonimMagdy H.MowafyMohamed N.SalemAshrafJatwaryFaculty of Engineering, Zagazig University, Zagazig 44519, Egypt

Abstract

Investigating the breach outflow hydrograph is an essential task to conduct mitigation plans and flood warnings. In the present study, the spatial dam breach is simulated by using a three-dimensional computational fluid dynamics model, FLOW-3D. The model parameters were adjusted by making a comparison with a previous experimental model. The different parameters (initial breach shape, dimensions, location, and dam slopes) are studied to investigate their effects on dam breaching. The results indicate that these parameters have a significant impact. The maximum erosion rate and peak outflow for the rectangular shape are higher than those for the V-notch by 8.85% and 5%, respectively. Increasing breach width or decreasing depth by 5% leads to increasing maximum erosion rate by 11% and 15%, respectively. Increasing the downstream slope angle by 4° leads to an increase in both peak outflow and maximum erosion rate by 2.0% and 6.0%, respectively.

유출 유출 수문곡선을 조사하는 것은 완화 계획 및 홍수 경보를 수행하는 데 필수적인 작업입니다. 본 연구에서는 3차원 전산유체역학 모델인 FLOW-3D를 사용하여 공간 댐 붕괴를 시뮬레이션합니다. 이전 실험 모델과 비교하여 모델 매개변수를 조정했습니다.

다양한 매개변수(초기 붕괴 형태, 치수, 위치 및 댐 경사)가 댐 붕괴에 미치는 영향을 조사하기 위해 연구됩니다. 결과는 이러한 매개변수가 상당한 영향을 미친다는 것을 나타냅니다. 직사각형 형태의 최대 침식율과 최대 유출량은 V-notch보다 각각 8.85%, 5% 높게 나타났습니다.

위반 폭을 늘리거나 깊이를 5% 줄이면 최대 침식률이 각각 11% 및 15% 증가합니다. 하류 경사각을 4° 증가시키면 최대 유출량과 최대 침식률이 각각 2.0% 및 6.0% 증가합니다.

Keywords

Spatial dam breach; FLOW-3D; Overtopping erosion; Computational fluid dynamics (CFD)

1. Introduction

There are many purposes for dam construction, such as protection from flood disasters, water storage, and power generationEmbankment failures may have a catastrophic impact on lives and infrastructure in the downstream regions. One of the most common causes of embankment dam failure is overtopping. Once the overtopping of the dam begins, the breach formation will start in the dam body then end with the dam failure. This failure occurs within a very short time, which threatens to be very dangerous. Therefore, understanding and modeling the embankment breaching processes is essential for conducting mitigation plans, flood warnings, and forecasting flood damage.

The analysis of the dam breaching process is implemented by different techniques: comparative methods, empirical models with dimensional and dimensionless solutions, physical-based models, and parametric models. These models were described in detail [1]Parametric modeling is commonly used to simulate breach growth as a time-dependent linear process and calculate outflow discharge from the breach using hydraulics principles [2]. Alhasan et al. [3] presented a simple one-dimensional mathematical model and a computer code to simulate the dam breaching process. These models were validated by small dams breaching during the floods in 2002 in the Czech Republic. Fread [4] developed an erosion model (BREACH) based on hydraulics principles, sediment transport, and soil mechanics to estimate breach size, time of formation, and outflow discharge. Říha et al. [5] investigated the dam break process for a cascade of small dams using a simple parametric model for piping and overtopping erosion, as well as a 2D shallow-water flow model for the flood in downstream areas. Goodarzi et al. [6] implemented mathematical and statistical methods to assess the effect of inflows and wind speeds on the dam’s overtopping failure.

Dam breaching studies can be divided into two main modes of erosion. The first mode is called “planar dam breach” where the flow overtops the whole dam width. While the second mode is called “spatial dam breach” where the flow overtops through the initial pilot channel (i.e., a channel created in the dam body). Therefore, the erosion will be in both vertical and horizontal directions [7].

The erosion process through the embankment dams occurs due to the shear stress applied by water flows. The dam breaching evolution can be divided into three stages [8][9], but Y. Yang et al. [10] divided the breach development into five stages: Stage I, the seepage erosion; Stage II, the initial breach formation; Stage III, the head erosion; Stage IV, the breach expansion; and Stage V, the re-equilibrium of the river channel through the breach. Many experimental tests have been carried out on non-cohesive embankment dams with an initial breach to examine the effect of upstream inflow discharges on the longitudinal profile evolution and the time to inflection point [11].

Zhang et al. [12] studied the effect of changing downstream slope angle, sediment grain size, and dam crest length on erosion rates. They noticed that increasing dam crest length and decreasing downstream slope angle lead to decreasing sediment transport rate. While the increase in sediment grain size leads to an increased sediment transport rate at the initial stages. Höeg et al. [13] presented a series of field tests to investigate the stability of embankment dams made of various materials. Overtopping and piping were among the failure tests carried out for the dams composed of homogeneous rock-fill, clay, or gravel with a height of up to 6.0 m. Hakimzadeh et al. [14] constructed 40 homogeneous cohesive and non-cohesive embankment dams to study the effect of changing sediment diameter and dam height on the breaching process. They also used genetic programming (GP) to estimate the breach outflow. Refaiy et al. [15] studied different scenarios for the downstream drain geometry, such as length, height, and angle, to minimize the effect of piping phenomena and therefore increase dam safety.

Zhu et al. [16] examined the effect of headcut erosion on dam breach growth, especially in the case of cohesive dams. They found that the breach growth in non-cohesive embankments is slower than cohesive embankments due to the little effect of headcut. Schmocker and Hager [7] proposed a relationship for estimating peak outflow from the dam breach process.(1)QpQin-1=1.7exp-20hc23d5013H0

where: Qp = peak outflow discharge.

Qin = inflow discharge.

hc = critical flow depth.

d50 = mean sediment diameter.

Ho = initial dam height.

Yu et al. [17] carried out an experimental study for homogeneous non-cohesive embankment dams in a 180° bending rectangular flume to determine the effect of overtopping flows on breaching formation. They found that the main factors influencing breach formation are water level, river discharge, and embankment material diameter.

Wu et al. [18] carried out a series of experiments to investigate the effect of breaching geometry on both non-cohesive and cohesive embankment dams in a U-bend flume due to overtopping flows. In the case of non-cohesive embankments, the non-symmetrical lateral expansion was noticed during the breach formation. This expansion was described by a coefficient ranging from 2.7 to 3.3.

The numerical models of the dam breach can be categorized according to different parameters, such as flow dimensions (1D, 2D, or 3D), flow governing equations, and solution methods. The 1D models are mainly used to predict the outflow hydrograph from the dam breach. Saberi et al. [19] applied the 1D Saint-Venant equation, which is solved by the finite difference method to investigate the outflow hydrograph during dam overtopping failure. Because of the ability to study dam profile evolution and breach formation, 2D models are more applicable than 1D models. Guan et al. [20] and Wu et al. [21] employed both 2D shallow water equations (SWEs) and sediment erosion equations, which are solved by the finite volume method to study the effect of the dam’s geometry parameters on outflow hydrograph and dam profile evolution. Wang et al. [22] also proposed a second-order hybrid-type of total variation diminishing (TVD) finite-difference to estimate the breach outflow by solving the 2D (SWEs). The accuracy of (SWEs) for both vertical flow contraction and surface roughness has been assessed [23]. They noted that the accuracy of (SWEs) is acceptable for milder slopes, but in the case of steeper slopes, modelers should be more careful. Generally, the accuracy of 2D models is still low, especially with velocity distribution over the flow depth, lateral momentum exchange, density-driven flows, and bottom friction [24]. Therefore, 3D models are preferred. Larocque et al. [25] and Yang et al. [26] started to use three-dimensional (3D) models that depend on the Reynolds-averaged Navier-Stokes (RANS) equations.

Previous experimental studies concluded that there is no clear relationship between the peak outflow from the dam breach and the initial breach characteristics. Some of these studies depend on the sharp-crested weir fixed at the end of the flume to determine the peak outflow from the breach, which leads to a decrease in the accuracy of outflow calculations at the microscale. The main goals of this study are to carry out a numerical simulation for a spatial dam breach due to overtopping flows by using (FLOW-3D) software to find an empirical equation for the peak outflow discharge from the breach and determine the worst-case that leads to accelerating the dam breaching process.

2. Numerical simulation

The current study for spatial dam breach is simulated by using (FLOW-3D) software [27], which is a powerful computational fluid dynamics (CFD) program.

2.1. Geometric presentations

A stereolithographic (STL) file is prepared for each change in the initial breach geometry and dimensions. The CAD program is useful for creating solid objects and converting them to STL format, as shown in Fig. 1.

2.2. Governing equations

The governing equations for water flow are three-dimensional Reynolds Averaged Navier-Stokes equations (RANS).

The continuity equation:(2)∂ui∂xi=0

The momentum equation:(3)∂ui∂t+1VFuj∂ui∂xj=1ρ∂∂xj-pδij+ν∂ui∂xj+∂uj∂xi-ρu`iu`j¯

where u is time-averaged velocity,ν is kinematic viscosity, VF is fractional volume open to flow, p is averaged pressure and -u`iu`j¯ are components of Reynold’s stress. The Volume of Fluid (VOF) technique is used to simulate the free surface profile. Hirt et al. [28] presented the VOF algorithm, which employs the function (F) to express the occupancy of each grid cell with fluid. The value of (F) varies from zero to unity. Zero value refers to no fluid in the grid cell, while the unity value refers to the grid cell being fully occupied with fluid. The free surface is formed in the grid cells having (F) values between zero and unity.(4)∂F∂t+1VF∂∂xFAxu+∂∂yFAyv+∂∂zFAzw=0

where (u, v, w) are the velocity components in (x, y, z) coordinates, respectively, and (AxAyAz) are the area fractions.

2.3. Boundary and initial conditions

To improve the accuracy of the results, the boundary conditions should be carefully determined. In this study, two mesh blocks are used to minimize the time consumed in the simulation. The boundary conditions for mesh block 1 are as follows: The inlet and sides boundaries are defined as a wall boundary condition (wall boundary condition is usually used for bound fluid by solid regions. In the case of viscous flows, no-slip means that the tangential velocity is equal to the wall velocity and the normal velocity is zero), the outlet is defined as a symmetry boundary condition (symmetry boundary condition is usually used to reduce computational effort during CFD simulation. This condition allows the flow to be transferred from one mesh block to another. No inputs are required for this boundary condition except that its location should be defined accurately), the bottom boundary is defined as a uniform flow rate boundary condition, and the top boundary is defined as a specific pressure boundary condition with assigned atmospheric pressure. The boundary conditions for mesh block 2 are as follows: The inlet is defined as a symmetry boundary condition, the outlet is defined as a free flow boundary condition, the bottom and sides boundaries are defined as a wall boundary condition, and the top boundary is defined as a specific pressure boundary condition with assigned atmospheric pressure as shown in Fig. 2. The initial conditions required to be set for the fluid (i.e., water) inside of the domain include configuration, temperature, velocities, and pressure distribution. The configuration of water depends on the dimensions and shape of the dam reservoir. While the other conditions have been assigned as follows: temperature is normal water temperature (25 °c) and pressure distribution is hydrostatic with no initial velocity.

2.4. Numerical method

FLOW-3D uses the finite volume method (FVM) to solve the governing equation (Reynolds-averaged Navier-Stokes) over the computational domain. A finite-volume method is an Eulerian approach for representing and evaluating partial differential equations in algebraic equations form [29]. At discrete points on the mesh geometry, values are determined. Finite volume expresses a small volume surrounding each node point on a mesh. In this method, the divergence theorem is used to convert volume integrals with a divergence term to surface integrals. After that, these terms are evaluated as fluxes at each finite volume’s surfaces.

2.5. Turbulent models

Turbulence is the chaotic, unstable motion of fluids that occurs when there are insufficient stabilizing viscous forces. In FLOW-3D, there are six turbulence models available: the Prandtl mixing length model, the one-equation turbulent energy model, the two-equation (k – ε) model, the Renormalization-Group (RNG) model, the two-equation (k – ω) models, and a large eddy simulation (LES) model. For simulating flow motion, the RNG model is adopted to simulate the motion behavior better than the k – ε and k – ω.

models [30]. The RNG model consists of two main equations for the turbulent kinetic energy KT and its dissipation.εT(5)∂kT∂t+1VFuAx∂kT∂x+vAy∂kT∂y+wAz∂kT∂z=PT+GT+DiffKT-εT(6)∂εT∂t+1VFuAx∂εT∂x+vAy∂εT∂y+wAz∂εT∂z=C1.εTKTPT+c3.GT+Diffε-c2εT2kT

where KT is the turbulent kinetic energy, PT is the turbulent kinetic energy production, GT is the buoyancy turbulence energy, εT is the turbulent energy dissipation rate, DiffKT and Diffε are terms of diffusion, c1, c2 and c3 are dimensionless parameters, in which c1 and c3 have a constant value of 1.42 and 0.2, respectively, c2 is computed from the turbulent kinetic energy (KT) and turbulent production (PT) terms.

2.6. Sediment scour model

The sediment scour model available in FLOW-3D can calculate all the sediment transport processes including Entrainment transport, Bedload transport, Suspended transport, and Deposition. The erosion process starts once the water flows remove the grains from the packed bed and carry them into suspension. It happens when the applied shear stress by water flows exceeds critical shear stress. This process is represented by entrainment transport in the numerical model. After entrained, the grains carried by water flow are represented by suspended load transport. After that, some suspended grains resort to settling because of the combined effect of gravity, buoyancy, and friction. This process is described through a deposition. Finally, the grains sliding motions are represented by bedload transport in the model. For the entrainment process, the shear stress applied by the fluid motion on the packed bed surface is calculated using the standard wall function as shown in Eq.7.(7)ks,i=Cs,i∗d50

where ks,i is the Nikuradse roughness and Cs,i is a user-defined coefficient. The critical bed shear stress is defined by a dimensionless parameter called the critical shields number as expressed in Eq.8.(8)θcr,i=τcr,i‖g‖diρi-ρf

where θcr,i is the critical shields number, τcr,i is the critical bed shear stress, g is the absolute value of gravity acceleration, di is the diameter of the sediment grain, ρi is the density of the sediment species (i) and ρf is the density of the fluid. The value of the critical shields number is determined according to the Soulsby-Whitehouse equation.(9)θcr,i=0.31+1.2d∗,i+0.0551-exp-0.02d∗,i

where d∗,i is the dimensionless diameter of the sediment, given by Eq.10.(10)d∗,i=diρfρi-ρf‖g‖μf213

where μf is the fluid dynamic viscosity. For the sloping bed interface, the value of the critical shields number is modified according to Eq.11.(11)θ`cr,i=θcr,icosψsinβ+cos2βtan2φi-sin2ψsin2βtanφi

where θ`cr,i is the modified critical shields number, φi is the angle of repose for the sediment, β is the angle of bed slope and ψ is the angle between the flow and the upslope direction. The effects of the rolling, hopping, and sliding motions of grains along the packed bed surface are taken by the bedload transport process. The volumetric bedload transport rate (qb,i) per width of the bed is expressed in Eq.12.(12)qb,i=Φi‖g‖ρi-ρfρfdi312

where Φi is the dimensionless bedload transport rate is calculated by using Meyer Peter and Müller equation.(13)Φi=βMPM,iθi-θ`cr,i1.5cb,i

where βMPM,i is the Meyer Peter and Müller user-defined coefficient and cb,i is the volume fraction of species i in the bed material. The suspended load transport is calculated as shown in Eq.14.(14)∂Cs,i∂t+∇∙Cs,ius,i=∇∙∇DCs,i

where Cs,i is the suspended sediment mass concentration, D is the diffusivity, and us,i is the grain velocity of species i. Entrainment and deposition are two opposing processes that take place at the same time. The lifting and settling velocities for both entrainment and deposition processes are calculated according to Eq.15 and Eq.16, respectively.(15)ulifting,i=αid∗,i0.3θi-θ`cr,igdiρiρf-1(16)usettling,i=υfdi10.362+1.049d∗,i3-10.36

where αi is the entrainment coefficient of species i and υf is the kinematic viscosity of the fluid.

2.7. Grid type

Using simple rectangular orthogonal elements in planes and hexahedral in volumes in the (FLOW-3D) program makes the mesh generation process easier, decreases the required memory, and improves numerical accuracy. Two mesh blocks were used in a joined form with a size ratio of 2:1. The first mesh block is coarser, which contains the reservoir water, and the second mesh block is finer, which contains the dam. For achieving accuracy and efficiency in results, the mesh size is determined by using a grid convergence test. The optimum uniform cell size for the first mesh block is 0.012 m and for the second mesh block is 0.006 m.

2.8. Time step

The maximum time step size is determined by using a Courant number, which controls the distance that the flow will travel during the simulation time step. In this study, the Courant number was taken equal to 0.25 to prevent the flow from traveling through more than one cell in the time step. Based on the Courant number, a maximum time step value of 0.00075 s was determined.

2.9. Numerical model validation

The numerical model accuracy was achieved by comparing the numerical model results with previous experimental results. The experimental study of Schmocker and Hager [7] was based on 31 tests with changes in six parameters (d50, Ho, Bo, Lk, XD, and Qin). All experimental tests were conducted in a straight open glass-sided flume. The horizontal flume has a rectangular cross-section with a width of 0.4 m and a height of 0.7 m. The flume was provided with a flow straightener and an intake with a length of 0.66 m. All tested dams were inserted at various distances (XD) from the intake. Test No.1 from this experimental program was chosen to validate the numerical model. The different parameters used in test No.1 are as follows:

(1) uniform sediment with a mean diameter (d50 = 0.31 mm), (2) Ho = 0.2 m, (3) Bo = 0.2 m, (4) Lk = 0.1 m,

(5) XD = 1.0 m, (6) Qin = 6.0 lit/s, (7) Su and Sd = 2:1, (8) mass density (ρs = 2650 kg/m3(9) Homogenous and non-cohesive embankment dam. As shown in Fig. 2, the simulation is contained within a rectangular grid with dimensions: 3.56 m in the x-direction (where 0.66 m is used as inlet, 0.9 m as dam base width, and 1.0 m as outlet), in y-direction 0.2 m (dam length), and in the z-direction 0.3 m, which represents the dam height (0.2 m) with a free distance (0.1 m) above the dam. There are two main reasons that this experimental program is preferred for the validation process. The first reason is that this program deals with homogenous, non-cohesive soil, which is available in FLOW-3D. The second reason is that this program deals with small-scale models which saves time for numerical simulation. Finally, some important assumptions were considered during the validation process. The flow is assumed to be incompressible, viscous, turbulent, and three-dimensional.

By comparing dam profiles at different time instants for the experimental test with the current numerical model, it appears that the numerical model gives good agreement as shown in Fig. 3 and Fig. 4, with an average error percentage of 9% between the experimental results and the numerical model.

3. Analysis and discussions

The current model is used to study the effects of different parameters such as (initial breach shapes, dimensions, locations, upstream and downstream dam slopes) on the peak outflow discharge, QP, time of peak outflow, tP, and rate of erosion, E.

This study consists of a group of scenarios. The first scenario is changing the shapes of the initial breach according to Singh [1], the most predicted shapes are rectangular and V-notch as shown in Fig. 5. The second scenario is changing the initial breach dimensions (i.e., width and depth). While the third scenario is changing the location of the initial breach. Eventually, the last scenario is changing the upstream and downstream dam slopes.

All scenarios of this study were carried out under the same conditions such as inflow discharge value (Qin=1.0lit/s), dimensions of the tested dam, where dam height (Ho=0.20m), crest width.

(Lk=0.1m), dam length (Bo=0.20m), and homogenous & non-cohesive soil with a mean diameter (d50=0.31mm).

3.1. Dam breaching process evolution

The dam breaching process is a very complex process due to the quick changes in hydrodynamic conditions during dam failure. The dam breaching process starts once water flows reach the downstream face of the dam. During the initial stage of dam breaching, the erosion process is relatively quiet due to low velocities of flow. As water flows continuously, erosion rates increase, especially in two main zones: the crest and the downstream face. As soon as the dam crest is totally eroded, the water levels in the dam reservoir decrease rapidly, accompanied by excessive erosion in the dam body. The erosion process continues until the water levels in the dam reservoir equal the remaining height of the dam.

According to Zhou et al. [11], the breaching process consists of three main stages. The first stage starts with beginning overtopping flow, then ends when the erosion point directed upstream and reached the inflection point at the inflection time (ti). The second stage starts from the end of the stage1 until the occurrence of peak outflow discharge at the peak outflow time (tP). The third stage starts from the end of the stage2 until the value of outflow discharge becomes the same as the value of inflow discharge at the final time (tf). The outflow discharge from the dam breach increases rapidly during stage1 and stage2 because of the large dam storage capacity (i.e., the dam reservoir is totally full of water) and excessive erosion. While at stage3, the outflow values start to decrease slowly because most of the dam’s storage capacity was run out. The end of stage3 indicates that the dam storage capacity was totally run out, so the outflow equalized with the inflow discharge as shown in Fig. 6 and Fig. 7.

3.2. The effect of initial breach shape

To identify the effect of the initial breach shape on the evolution of the dam breaching process. Three tests were carried out with different cross-section areas for each shape. The initial breach is created at the center of the dam crest. Each test had an ID to make the process of arranging data easier. The rectangular shape had an ID (Rec5h & 5b), which means that its depth and width are equal to 5% of the dam height, and the V-notch shape had an ID (V-noch5h & 1:1) which means that its depth is equal to 5% of the dam height and its side slope is equal to 1:1. The comparison between rectangular and V-notch shapes is done by calculating the ratio between maximum dam height at different times (ZMax) to the initial dam height (Ho), rate of erosion, and hydrograph of outflow discharge for each test. The rectangular shape achieves maximum erosion rate and minimum inflection time, in addition to a rapid decrease in the dam reservoir levels. Therefore, the dam breaching is faster in the case of a rectangular shape than in a V-notch shape, which has the same cross-section area as shown in Fig. 8.

Also, by comparing the hydrograph for each test, the peak outflow discharge value in the case of a rectangular shape is higher than the V-notch shape by 5% and the time of peak outflow for the rectangular shape is shorter than the V-notch shape by 9% as shown in Fig. 9.

3.3. The effect of initial breach dimensions

The results of the comparison between the different initial breach shapes indicate that the worst initial breach shape is rectangular, so the second scenario from this study concentrated on studying the effect of a change in the initial rectangular breach dimensions. Groups of tests were carried out with different depths and widths for the rectangular initial breach. The first group had a depth of 5% from the dam height and with three different widths of 5,10, and 15% from the dam height, the second group had a depth of 10% with three different widths of 5,10, and 15%, the third group had a depth of 15% with three different widths of 5,10, and 15% and the final group had a width of 15% with three different heights of 5, 10, and 15% for a rectangular breach shape. The comparison was made as in the previous section to determine the worst case that leads to the quick dam failure as shown in Fig. 10.

The results show that the (Rec 5 h&15b) test achieves a maximum erosion rate for a shorter period of time and a minimum ratio for (Zmax / Ho) as shown in Fig. 10, which leads to accelerating the dam failure process. The dam breaching process is faster with the minimum initial breach depth and maximum initial breach width. In the case of a minimum initial breach depth, the retained head of water in the dam reservoir is high and the crest width at the bottom of the initial breach (L`K) is small, so the erosion point reaches the inflection point rapidly. While in the case of the maximum initial breach width, the erosion perimeter is large.

3.4. The effect of initial breach location

The results of the comparison between the different initial rectangular breach dimensions indicate that the worst initial breach dimension is (Rec 5 h&15b), so the third scenario from this study concentrated on studying the effect of a change in the initial breach location. Three locations were checked to determine the worst case for the dam failure process. The first location is at the center of the dam crest, which was named “Center”, the second location is at mid-distance between the dam center and dam edge, which was named “Mid”, and the third location is at the dam edge, which was named “Edge” as shown in Fig. 11. According to this scenario, the results indicate that the time of peak outflow discharge (tP) is the same in the three cases, but the maximum value of the peak outflow discharge occurs at the center location. The difference in the peak outflow values between the three cases is relatively small as shown in Fig. 12.

The rates of erosion were also studied for the three cases. The results show that the maximum erosion rate occurs at the center location as shown in Fig. 13. By making a comparison between the three cases for the dam storage volume. The results show that the center location had the minimum values for the dam storage volume, which means that a large amount of water has passed to the downstream area as shown in Fig. 14. According to these results, the center location leads to increased erosion rate and accelerated dam failure process compared with the two other cases. Because the erosion occurs on both sides, but in the case of edge location, the erosion occurs on one side.

3.5. The effect of upstream and downstream dam slopes

The results of the comparison between the different initial rectangular breach locations indicate that the worst initial breach location is the center location, so the fourth scenario from this study concentrated on studying the effect of a change in the upstream (Su) and downstream (Sd) dam slopes. Three slopes were checked individually for both upstream and downstream slopes to determine the worst case for the dam failure process. The first slope value is (2H:1V), the second slope value is (2.5H:1V), and the third slope value is (3H:1V). According to this scenario, the results show that the decreasing downstream slope angle leads to increasing time of peak outflow discharge (tP) and decreasing value of peak outflow discharge. The difference in the peak outflow values between the three cases for the downstream slope is 2%, as shown in Fig. 15, but changing the upstream slope has a negligible impact on the peak outflow discharge and its time as shown in Fig. 16.

The rates of erosion were also studied in the three cases for both upstream and downstream slopes. The results show that the maximum erosion rate increases by 6.0% with an increasing downstream slope angle by 4°, as shown in Fig. 17. The results also indicate that the erosion rates aren’t affected by increasing or decreasing the upstream slope angle, as shown in Fig. 18. According to these results, increasing the downstream slope angle leads to increased erosion rate and accelerated dam failure process compared with the upstream slope angle. Because of increasing shear stress applied by water flows in case of increasing downstream slope.

According to all previous scenarios, the dimensionless peak outflow discharge QPQin is presented for a fixed dam height (Ho) and inflow discharge (Qin). Fig. 19 illustrates the relationship between QP∗=QPQin and.

Lr=ho2/3∗bo2/3Ho. The deduced relationship achieves R2=0.96.(17)QP∗=2.2807exp-2.804∗Lr

4. Conclusions

A spatial dam breaching process was simulated by using FLOW-3D Software. The validation process was performed by making a comparison between the simulated results of dam profiles and the dam profiles obtained by Schmocker and Hager [7] in their experimental study. And also, the peak outflow value recorded an error percentage of 12% between the numerical model and the experimental study. This model was used to study the effect of initial breach shape, dimensions, location, and dam slopes on peak outflow discharge, time of peak outflow, and the erosion process. By using the parameters obtained from the validation process, the results of this study can be summarized in eight points as follows.1.

The rectangular initial breach shape leads to an accelerating dam failure process compared with the V-notch.2.

The value of peak outflow discharge in the case of a rectangular initial breach is higher than the V-notch shape by 5%.3.

The time of peak outflow discharge for a rectangular initial breach is shorter than the V-notch shape by 9%.4.

The minimum depth and maximum width for the initial breach achieve maximum erosion rates (increasing breach width, b0, or decreasing breach depth, h0, by 5% from the dam height leads to an increase in the maximum rate of erosion by 11% and 15%, respectively), so the dam failure is rapid.5.

The center location of the initial breach leads to an accelerating dam failure compared with the edge location.6.

The initial breach location has a negligible effect on the peak outflow discharge value and its time.7.

Increasing the downstream slope angle by 4° leads to an increase in both peak outflow discharge and maximum rate of erosion by 2.0% and 6.0%, respectively.8.

The upstream slope has a negligible effect on the dam breaching process.

References

[1]V. SinghDam breach modeling technologySpringer Science & Business Media (1996)Google Scholar[2]Wahl TL. Prediction of embankment dam breach parameters: a literature review and needs assessment. 1998.Google Scholar[3]Z. Alhasan, J. Jandora, J. ŘíhaStudy of dam-break due to overtopping of four small dams in the Czech RepublicActa Universitatis Agriculturae et Silviculturae Mendelianae Brunensis, 63 (3) (2015), pp. 717-729 View PDFCrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[4]D. FreadBREACH, an erosion model for earthen dam failures: Hydrologic Research LaboratoryNOAA, National Weather Service (1988)Google Scholar[5]J. Říha, S. Kotaška, L. PetrulaDam Break Modeling in a Cascade of Small Earthen Dams: Case Study of the Čižina River in the Czech RepublicWater, 12 (8) (2020), p. 2309, 10.3390/w12082309 View PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[6]E. Goodarzi, L. Teang Shui, M. ZiaeiDam overtopping risk using probabilistic concepts–Case study: The Meijaran DamIran Ain Shams Eng J, 4 (2) (2013), pp. 185-197ArticleDownload PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[7]L. Schmocker, W.H. HagerPlane dike-breach due to overtopping: effects of sediment, dike height and dischargeJ Hydraul Res, 50 (6) (2012), pp. 576-586 View PDFCrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[8]J.S. Walder, R.M. Iverson, J.W. Godt, M. Logan, S.A. SolovitzControls on the breach geometry and flood hydrograph during overtopping of noncohesive earthen damsWater Resour Res, 51 (8) (2015), pp. 6701-6724View Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[9]H. Wei, M. Yu, D. Wang, Y. LiOvertopping breaching of river levees constructed with cohesive sedimentsNat Hazards Earth Syst Sci, 16 (7) (2016), pp. 1541-1551 View PDFCrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[10]Y. Yang, S.-Y. Cao, K.-J. Yang, W.-P. LiYang K-j, Li W-p. Experimental study of breach process of landslide dams by overtopping and its initiation mechanismsJ Hydrodynamics, 27 (6) (2015), pp. 872-883ArticleDownload PDFCrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[11]G.G.D. Zhou, M. Zhou, M.S. Shrestha, D. Song, C.E. Choi, K.F.E. Cui, et al.Experimental investigation on the longitudinal evolution of landslide dam breaching and outburst floodsGeomorphology, 334 (2019), pp. 29-43ArticleDownload PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[12]J. Zhang, Z.-x. Guo, S.-y. CaoYang F-g. Experimental study on scour and erosion of blocked damWater Sci Eng, 5 (2012), pp. 219-229ArticleDownload PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[13]K. Höeg, A. Løvoll, K. VaskinnStability and breaching of embankment dams: Field tests on 6 m high damsInt J Hydropower Dams, 11 (2004), pp. 88-92View Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[14]H. Hakimzadeh, V. Nourani, A.B. AminiGenetic programming simulation of dam breach hydrograph and peak outflow dischargeJ Hydrol Eng, 19 (4) (2014), pp. 757-768View Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[15]A.R. Refaiy, N.M. AboulAtta, N.Y. Saad, D.A. El-MollaModeling the effect of downstream drain geometry on seepage through earth damsAin Shams Eng J, 12 (3) (2021), pp. 2511-2531ArticleDownload PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[16]Y. Zhu, P.J. Visser, J.K. Vrijling, G. WangExperimental investigation on breaching of embankmentsScience China Technological Sci, 54 (1) (2011), pp. 148-155 View PDFCrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[17]M.-H. Yu, H.-Y. Wei, Y.-J. Liang, Y. ZhaoInvestigation of non-cohesive levee breach by overtopping flowJ Hydrodyn, 25 (4) (2013), pp. 572-579ArticleDownload PDFCrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[18]S. Wu, M. Yu, H. Wei, Y. Liang, J. ZengNon-symmetrical levee breaching processes in a channel bend due to overtoppingInt J Sedim Res, 33 (2) (2018), pp. 208-215ArticleDownload PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[19]O. Saberi, G. ZenzNumerical investigation on 1D and 2D embankment dams failure due to overtopping flowInt J Hydraulic Engineering, 5 (2016), pp. 9-18View Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[20]M. Guan, N.G. Wright, P.A. Sleigh2D Process-Based Morphodynamic Model for Flooding by Noncohesive Dyke BreachJ Hydraul Eng, 140 (7) (2014), p. 04014022, 10.1061/(ASCE)HY.1943-7900.0000861 View PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[21]W. Wu, R. Marsooli, Z. HeDepth-Averaged Two-Dimensional Model of Unsteady Flow and Sediment Transport due to Noncohesive Embankment Break/BreachingJ Hydraul Eng, 138 (6) (2012), pp. 503-516View Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[22]Z. Wang, D.S. BowlesThree-dimensional non-cohesive earthen dam breach model. Part 1: Theory and methodologyAdv Water Resour, 29 (10) (2006), pp. 1528-1545ArticleDownload PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[23]Říha J, Duchan D, Zachoval Z, Erpicum S, Archambeau P, Pirotton M, et al. Performance of a shallow-water model for simulating flow over trapezoidal broad-crested weirs. J Hydrology Hydromechanics. 2019;67:322-8.Google Scholar[24]C.B. VreugdenhilNumerical methods for shallow-water flowSpringer Science & Business Media (1994)Google Scholar[25]L.A. Larocque, J. Imran, M.H. Chaudhry3D numerical simulation of partial breach dam-break flow using the LES and k–∊ turbulence modelsJ Hydraul Res, 51 (2) (2013), pp. 145-157 View PDFCrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[26]C. Yang, B. Lin, C. Jiang, Y. LiuPredicting near-field dam-break flow and impact force using a 3D modelJ Hydraul Res, 48 (6) (2010), pp. 784-792 View PDFCrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[27]FLOW-3D. Version 11.1.1 Flow Science, Inc., Santa Fe, NM. https://wwwflow3dcom.Google Scholar[28]C.W. Hirt, B.D. NicholsVolume of fluid (VOF) method for the dynamics of free boundariesJ Comput Phys, 39 (1) (1981), pp. 201-225ArticleDownload PDFGoogle Scholar[29]S.V. PatankarNumerical heat transfer and fluid flow, Hemisphere PublCorp, New York, 58 (1980), p. 288View Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[30]M. Alemi, R. MaiaNumerical simulation of the flow and local scour process around single and complex bridge piersInt J Civil Eng, 16 (5) (2018), pp. 475-487 View PDFCrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar

Figure 6. Circular section of the viscosity and shear-rate clouds.

Simulation and Visual Tester Verification of Solid Propellant Slurry Vacuum Plate Casting

Wu Yue,Li Zhuo,Lu RongFirst published: 26 February 2020 https://doi.org/10.1002/prep.201900411Citations: 3

Abstract

Using an improved Carreau constitutive model, a numerical simulation of the casting process of a type of solid propellant slurry vacuum plate casting was carried out using the Flow3D software. Through the flow process in the orifice flow channel and the combustion chamber, the flow velocity of the slurry passing through the plate flow channel was quantitatively analyzed, and the viscosity, shear rate, and leveling characteristics of the slurry in the combustion chamber were qualitatively analyzed and predicted. The pouring time, pouring quality, and flow state predicted by the numerical simulation were verified using a visual tester consisting of a vacuum plate casting system in which a pouring experiment was carried out. Studies have shown that HTPB three-component propellant slurry is a typical yielding pseudoplastic fluid. When the slurry flows through the flower plate and the airfoil, the fluid shear rate reaches its maximum value and the viscosity of the slurry decreases. The visual pouring platform was built and the experiment was controlled according to the numerically-calculated parameters, ensuring the same casting speed. The comparison between the predicted casting quality and the one obtained in the verification test resulted in an error less than 10 %. Moreover, the error between the simulated casting completion time and the process verification test result was also no more than 10 %. Last, the flow state of the slurry during the simulation was consistent with the one during the experimental test. The overall leveling of the slurry in the combustion chamber was adequate and no relatively large holes and flaws developed during the pouring process.

개선된 Carreau 구성 모델을 사용하여 FLOW-3D 소프트웨어를 사용하여 고체 추진제 슬러리 진공판 유형의 Casting Process에 대한 수치 시뮬레이션을 수행했습니다. 오리피스 유로와 연소실에서의 유동과정을 통해 판 유로를 통과하는 슬러리의 유속을 정량적으로 분석하고, 연소실에서 슬러리의 점도, 전단율, 레벨링 특성을 정성적으로 분석하하고, 예측하였습니다.

타설시간, 타설품질, 수치해석으로 예측된 ​​유동상태는 타설실험을 수행한 진공판주조시스템으로 구성된 비주얼 테스터를 이용하여 검증하였습니다.

연구에 따르면 HTPB 3성분 추진제 슬러리는 전형적인 생성 가소성 유체입니다. 슬러리가 플라워 플레이트와 에어포일을 통과할 때 유체 전단율이 최대값에 도달하고 슬러리의 점도가 감소합니다.

시각적 주입 플랫폼이 구축되었고 동일한 주조 속도를 보장하기 위해 수치적으로 계산된 매개변수에 따라 실험이 제어되었습니다. 예측된 casting 품질과 검증 테스트에서 얻은 품질을 비교한 결과 10 % 미만의 오류가 발생했습니다.

또한 모의 casting 완료시간과 공정검증시험 결과의 오차도 10 % 이하로 나타났습니다.

마지막으로 시뮬레이션 중 슬러리의 흐름 상태는 실험 테스트 시와 일치하였다. 연소실에서 슬러리의 전체 레벨링은 적절했으며 주입 과정에서 상대적으로 큰 구멍과 결함이 발생하지 않았습니다.

Figure 1. The equipment used in the vacuum flower-plate pouring process.
Figure 1. The equipment used in the vacuum flower-plate pouring process.
Figure 2. Calculation model.
Figure 2. Calculation model.
Figure 3. Grid block division unit.
Figure 3. Grid block division unit.
Figure 4. Circular section of the speed cloud.
Figure 4. Circular section of the speed cloud.
Figure 5. Viscosity and shear rate distribution cloud pattern flowing through the plate holes.
Figure 5. Viscosity and shear rate distribution cloud pattern flowing through the plate holes.
Figure 6. Circular section of the viscosity and shear-rate clouds.
Figure 6. Circular section of the viscosity and shear-rate clouds.
Figure 7. Volume fraction cloud chart at different time.
Figure 7. Volume fraction cloud chart at different time.
Figure 8. Experimental program.
Figure 8. Experimental program.
Figure 9. Emulation experimental device.
Figure 9. Emulation experimental device.
Figure 10. Visualization of the flow state of the pulp inside the tester.
Figure 10. Visualization of the flow state of the pulp inside the tester.

References

[1] B. M. Bandgar, V. N. Krishnamurthy, T. Mukundan, K. C. Sharma,
Mathematical Modeling of Rheological Properties of HydroxylTerminated Polybutadiene Binder and Dioctyl Adipate Plasticizer, J. Appl. Polym. Sci. 2002, 85, 1002–1007.
[2] B. Thiyyarkandy, M. Jain, G. S. Dombe, M. Mehilal, P. P. Singh, B.
Bhattacharya, Numerical Studies on Flow Behavior of Composite Propellant Slurry during Vacuum Casting, J.Aerosp.Technol.
Manage. 2012, 4, 197–203.
[3] T. Shimada, H. Habu, Y. Seike, S. Ooya, H. Miyachi, M. Ishikawa,
X-Ray Visualization Measurement of Slurry Flow in Solid Propellant Casting, Flow Meas. Instrum. 2007, 18, 235–240.
[4] Y. Damianou, G. C. Georgiou, On Poiseuille Flows of a Bingham
Plastic with Pressure-Dependent Rheological Parameters, J.
Non-Newtonian Fluid Mech. 2017, 250, 1–7.
[5] S. Sadasivan, S. K. Arumugam, M. Aggarwal, Numerical Simulation of Diffuser of a Gas Turbine using the Actuator Disc
Model, J.Appl. Fluid Mech. 2019, 12, 77–84.
[6] M. Acosta, V. L. Wiesner, C. J. Martinez, R. W. Trice, J. P. Youngblood, Effect of Polyvinylpyrrolidone Additions on the Rheology of Aqueous, Highly Loaded Alumina Suspensions, J. Am.
Ceram. Soc. 2013, 96, 1372–1382.
[7] Y. Wu, Numerical Simulation and Experiment Study of Flower
Plate Pouring System for Solid Propellant, Chin. J. Expl. Propell.
2017, 41, 506–511.
[8] T. M. G. Chu, J. W. Halloran, High-Temperature Flow Behavior
of Ceramic Suspensions, J. Am. Ceram. Soc. 2004, 83, 2189–
2195.
[9] T. Kaully, A. Siegmann, D. Shacham, Rheology of Highly Filled
Natural CaCO3 Composites. I. Effects of Solid Loading and Particle Size Distribution on Capillary Rheometry, Polym. Compos.
2007, 28, 512–523.
[10] M. M. Rueda, M.-C. Auscher, R. Fulchiron, T. Périé, G. Martin, P.
Sonntag, P. Cassagnau, Rheology and Applications of Highly
Filled Polymers: A Review of Current Understanding, Prog. Polym. Sci. 2017, 66, 22–53.
[11] F. Soltani, Ü. Yilmazer, Slip Velocity and Slip Layer Thickness in
Flow of Concentrated Suspensions, J. Appl. Polym. Sci. 1998,
70, 515–522.

[12] E. Landsem, T. L. Jensen, F. K. Hansen. E. Unneberg, T. E. Kristensen, Neutral Polymeric Bonding Agents (NPBA) and Their
Use in Smokeless Composite Rocket Propellants Based on
HMX-GAP-BuNENA. Propellants, Explos., Pyrotech.. 2012, 37,
581–589.
[13] J. Mewis, N. J. Wagner, Colloidal Suspension Rheology, Cambridge University Press, 2011.
[14] D. M. Kalyon, An Overview of the Rheological Behavior and
Characterization of Energetic Formulations: Ramifications on
Safety and Product Quality, J. Energ. Mater. 2006, 24, 213–245.
[15] H. Ohshima, Effective Viscosity of a Concentrated Suspension
of Uncharged Spherical Soft Particles, Langmuir 2010, 26,
6287–6294.

그림 1 하천횡단구조물 하류부 횡단구조물 파괴

유입조건에 따른압력변이로 인한하천횡단구조물 하류물받이공 및 바닥보호공설계인자 도출최종보고서

주관연구기관 / 홍익대학교 산학협력단
공동연구기관 / 한국건설기술연구원
공동연구기관 / 주식회사 지티이

연구의 목적 및 내용

하천횡단구조물이 하천설계기준(2009)대로 설계되었음에도 불구하고, 하류부에서 물받이공 및 바닥보호공의 피해가 발생하여, 구조물 본체에 대한 안전성이 현저하 게 낮아지고 있는 실정이다. 하천설계기준이 상류부의 수리특성을 반영하였다고 하나 하류부의 수리특성인 유속의 변동 성분 또는 압력의 변동성분까지 고려하고 있지는 않다. 현재 많은 선행연구에서 이러한 난류적 특성이 구조물에 미치는 영 향에 대해 제시하고 있는 실정이며, 국내 하천에서의 피해 또한 이와 관련이 있다 고 판단된다. 이에 본 연구에서는 난류성분 특히 압력의 변동성분이 물받이공과 바닥보호공에 미치는 영향을 정량적으로 분석하여, 하천 횡단구조물의 치수 안전 성 증대에 기여하고자 한다. 물받이공과 바닥보호공에 미치는 압력의 변동성분 (pressure fluctuation) 영향을 분석하기 위해 크게 3가지로 연구내용을 분류하였 다. 첫 번째는 압력의 변동으로 순간적인 음압구배(adversed pressure gradient) 가 발생할 경우 바닥보호공의 사석 및 블록이 이탈하는 것이다. 이를 확인하기 위 해 정밀한 압력 측정장치를 통해 압력변이를 측정하여, 사석의 이탈 가능성을 검 토할 것이며, 최종적으로 이탈에 대한 한계조건을 도출할 것이다. 두 번째는 압력 의 변동이 물받이공의 진동을 유발시켜 이를 지지하고 있는 지반에 다짐효과를 가 져와 물받이공과 지반사이에 공극이 발생하는 경우이다. 이러한 공극으로 물받이 공은 자중 및 물의 압력을 받게 되어, 결국 휨에 의한 파괴가 발생할 가능성이 있 게 된다. 본 연구에서는 실험을 통하여 압력의 변동과 물받이공의 진동을 동시에 측정하여, 진동이 발생하지 않을 최소 두께를 제시할 것이다. 세 번째는 압력변이 로 인한 물받이공의 진동이 피로파괴로 연결되는 경우이다. 이 현상 또한 수리실 험을 통해 압력변이-피로파괴의 관계를 정량적으로 분석하여, 한계 조건을 제시할 것이다. 본 연구는 국내 보 및 낙차공에서 발생하는 다양한 Jet의 특성을 수리실 험으로 재현해야 하며, 이를 위해 평면 Jet 분사기(plane Jet injector)를 고안/ 제작하여, 효율적인 수리실험을 수행할 것이다. 또한 3차원 수치해석을 통해 실제 스케일에 적용함으로써 연구결과의 활용도 및 적용성을 높이고자 한다.

Keywords

압력변이, 물받이공, 바닥보호공, 난류, 진동

 그림 1 하천횡단구조물 하류부 횡단구조물 파괴
그림 1 하천횡단구조물 하류부 횡단구조물 파괴
그림 2. 시간에 따른 압력의 변동 양상 및 정의
그림 2. 시간에 따른 압력의 변동 양상 및 정의
 그림 3. 하천횡단구조물 하류부 도수현상시 발생하는 압력변이 분포도, Fr=8.0 상태이며, 바닥(slab)에 양압과 음압이 지속적으로 작용한다. (Fiorotto & Rinaldo, 2010)
그림 3. 하천횡단구조물 하류부 도수현상시 발생하는 압력변이 분포도, Fr=8.0 상태이며, 바닥(slab)에 양압과 음압이 지속적으로 작용한다. (Fiorotto & Rinaldo, 2010)
 그림 4. 파괴 개념
그림 4. 파괴 개념
그림 6. PIV 측정 원리(www.photonics.com)
그림 6. PIV 측정 원리(www.photonics.com)
그림 7. LED회로판 및 BIV기법 기본개념
그림 7. LED회로판 및 BIV기법 기본개념
그림 8. BIV측정기법을 적용한 순간이미지 (Lin et al., 2012)
그림 8. BIV측정기법을 적용한 순간이미지 (Lin et al., 2012)
그림 9. 감세공의 분류
그림 9. 감세공의 분류
그림 17 수리실헐 수로시설: (a) 전체수로전경, (b) Weir 보를 포함한 측면도, (c) 도수조건 실험전경
그림 17 수리실헐 수로시설: (a) 전체수로전경, (b) Weir 보를 포함한 측면도, (c) 도수조건 실험전경
그림 18 수리실험 개요도
그림 18 수리실험 개요도
그림 127 난류모형별 압력 Data (측정위치는 그림 125 참조)
그림 127 난류모형별 압력 Data (측정위치는 그림 125 참조)
그림 128 RNG 모형을 이용한 수치모의 결과
그림 128 RNG 모형을 이용한 수치모의 결과
그림 129 LES 모형을 이용한 수치모의 결과
그림 129 LES 모형을 이용한 수치모의 결과
그림 130 압력 Data의 필터링
그림 130 압력 Data의 필터링
그림 134 Case 1의 흐름특성 분포도 및 그래프
그림 134 Case 1의 흐름특성 분포도 및 그래프

참고문헌

국토기술연구센터 (1998) 하상유지공의 구조설계 지침.

감사원 (2013) 감사원 결과보고서- 4대강살리기 사업 주요시설물 품질 밑 수질관리 실태.

국토해양부 (2009) 전국 하천횡단 구조물 설치현황 및 어도 실태조사 보고서. 국토해양부 (2010). 낙동강 살리기 사업 24공구(성주칠곡지구) 실시설계보고서.

국토해양부 (2012) 보도자료-준공대비 점검결과, 4대강 보 안전 재확인.

국토해양부 (2012) 국가 및 지방하천 종합정비 마스터플랜.

국토교통성 (2008) 하천사방기술기준.

농림부 (1996). 농업생산기반정비사업계획 설계기준. 류권규(역자) (2009). 난류의 수치모의(원저자 : 梶島岳夫, 1999).

류권규, 마리안 머스테, 로버트 에테마, 윤병만 (2006). “난류 중 부유사의 속도 지체 측정.” 한국수자원학회논문집, 제39권, 제2호, pp.99-108.

배재현, 이경훈, 신종근, 양용수, 이주희 (2011). “입자영상유속계를 이용한 은어의 유영능력 측정.” 제47권, 제4호, pp.411-418.

우효섭 (2001). 하천수리학. 청문각.

한국수자원학회 (2009). 하천설계기준해설.

한국건설기술연구원 (2014) 입자영상유속계(PIV)를 이용한 하천구조물 주변 유동해석 기법 개발

한국건설기술연구원 (2017) 보와 하상유지공의 안전성 확보를 위한 물받이와 바닥보호공의 성능평가
기법에 대한 원천기술개발

국토기술연구센터 (1998) 하상유지공의 구조설계 지침.

감사원 (2013) 감사원 결과보고서- 4대강살리기 사업 주요시설물 품질 밑 수질관리 실태. 국토해양부 (2009) 전국 하천횡단 구조물 설치현황 및 어도 실태조사 보고서.

국토해양부 (2012) 보도자료-준공대비 점검결과, 4대강 보 안전 재확인. 국토해양부 (2012) 국가 및 지방하천 종합정비 마스터플랜.

국토교통성 (2008) 하천사방기술기준.

농림부 (1996). 농업생산기반정비사업계획 설계기

류권규(역자) (2009). 난류의 수치모의(원저자 : 梶島岳夫, 1999).
류권규, 마리안 머스테, 로버트 에테마, 윤병만 (2006). “난류 중 부유사의 속도 지체 측정.” 한국수자원학회논문집, 제39권, 제2호, pp.99-108.
배재현, 이경훈, 신종근, 양용수, 이주희 (2011). “입자영상유속계를 이용한 은어의 유영능력 측정.” 제47권, 제4호, pp.411-418.
우효섭 (2001). 하천수리학. 청문각. 한국수자원학회 (2009). 하천설계기준해설. 한국건설기술연구원 (2014) 입자영상유속계(PIV)를 이용한 하천구조물 주변 유동해석 기법 개발
한국건설기술연구원 (2017) 보와 하상유지공의 안전성 확보를 위한 물받이와 바닥보호공의 성능평가
기법에 대한 원천기술개발

Adrian, R. J., Meinhart, C. D., & Tomkins, C. D. (2000). Vortex organization in the outer
region of the turbulent boundary layer. Journal of Fluid Mechanics, 422, 1-54.
Anderson, T. W., & Darling, D. A. (1954). A test of goodness of fit. Journal of the American
statistical association, 49(268), 765-769.
Altman, E. I. (1968). Financial ratios, discriminant analysis and the prediction of corporate
bankruptcy. The journal of finance, 23(4), 589-609.
Barjastehmaleki, S., Fiorotto, V., & Caroni, E. (2016). Spillway stilling basins lining design
via Taylor hypothesis. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, 142(6), 04016010.
Beheshti, M. R., Khosrojerdi, A., & Borghei, S. M. (2013). Experimental study of air-water
turbulent flow structures on stepped spillways. International Journal of Physical Sciences,
8(25), 1362-1370.
Bligh, W. G. (1910). Dams, barrages and weirs on porous foundations. Engineering News, 64(26),
708-710.
Bowers, C. E., &Tsai, F. Y. (1969). Fluctuating pressure in spillway stilling basins. Journal
of the Hydraulics Division, 95(6), 2071-2080.
Brater, E. F., King, H. W., Lindell, J. E., & Wei, C. Y. (1976). Handbook of hydraulics for
the solution of hydraulic engineering problems (Vol. 7). New York: McGraw-Hill.
Castillo, L. G., Carrillo, J. M., & Sordo-Ward, Á. (2014). Simulation of overflow nappe
impingement jets. Journal of Hydroinformatics, 16(4), 922-940

Lin, C., Hsieh, S. C., Lin, I. J., Chang, K. A., & Raikar, R. V. (2012). Flow property and
self-similarity in steady hydraulic jumps. Experiments in Fluids, 53(5), 1591-1616

Chanson, H. (1999). The Hydraulics of Open Channel Flow: An Introduction. Physical Modelling
of Hydraulics.
Chow, V. T. (1959). Open-Channel Hydraulics, McGraw Hill Book Company, Inc., New York.
Christensen, B. A. (1984). “Analysis of Partially Filled Circular Storm Sewers.” J. of
Hydraulic Engineering, ASCE, Vol. 110, No. 8.
El-Ragaby, A., El-Salakawy, E., and Benmokrane, B., “Fatigue Life Evaluation of Concrete
Bridge Deck Slabs Reinforced with Glass FRP Composite Bars,” Journal of Composites for
Construction, ASCE, Vol. 11, No. 3, 2007, pp. 258-268. (doi: http://dx.doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)
1090-0268(2007)11:3(258),
Fiorotto, V., & Rinaldo, A. (1992). Turbulent pressure fluctuations under hydraulic jumps.
Journal of Hydraulic Research, 30(4), 499-520.
Flow Science (2015). FLOW-3D User Manual(Release 11.1.0), Los Alamos, New Mexico.
González-Betancourt, M. (2016). Uplift force and momenta on a slab subjected to hydraulic
jump. Dyna, 83(199), 124-133.
Grinstein, L., & Lipsey, S. I. (2001). Encyclopedia of mathematics education. Routledge.
Grubbs, F. E., & Beck, G. (1972). Extension of sample sizes and percentage points for
significance tests of outlying observations. Technometrics, 14(4), 847-854.
Gylltoft K. (1983): Fracture mechanics models for fatigue in concrete structures. Doctoral
thesis / Tekniska högskolan i Luleå, 25D, Luleå, 210 pp.
Herlina, H. and Jirka, G. H. (2008). “Experiments on gas transfer near the air-water
interface in a grid-stirred tank.” Journal of Fluid Mechanics, 594, pp.183-208.
IACWD (Interagency Advisory Committee on Water Data). (1982). Guidelines for determining flood
flow frequency. Bulletin 17B.
JIRKA, G. H. (2008). Experiments on gas transfer at the air–water interface induced by
oscillating grid turbulence. Journal of Fluid Mechanics, 594, 183-208.
Kadota, A., Suzuki, K., Rummel, A. C., Weitbrecht, V., & Jirka, G. H. (2007). Shallow flow
visualization around a single groyne. In Proc. of 7th International Symposium of Particle
Image Velocimetry (CD-ROM).
Kazemi, F., Khodashenas, S. R., & Sarkardeh, H. (2016). Experimental study of pressure
fluctuation in stilling basins. International Journal of Civil Engineering, 14(1), 13-21.
Klowak, C., Memon, A., and Mufti, A., “Static and fatigue investigation of second generation
steel-free bridge decks,” Cement & Concrete Composites, ScienceDirect, Elsevier, Vol. 28, No.

10, 2006, pp. 890-897. (doi: http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.cemconcomp.2006.07.019),
Koca, K., Noss, C., Anlanger, C., Brand, A., & Lorke, A. (2017). Performance of the Vectrino
Profiler at the sediment–water interface. Journal of Hydraulic Research, 55(4), 573-581.
Kolmogorov, A. (1933). Sulla determinazione empirica di una lgge di distribuzione. Inst. Ital.
Attuari, Giorn., 4, 83-91.
Leon, A., & Alnahit, A. (2016). A Remotely Controlled Siphon System for Dynamic Water Storage
Management.
Lin, C., Hsieh, S., Chang, K. and Raikar, R. (2012). “Flow property and self-similarity in
steady hydraulic jumps.” Experiments in Fluid, 53, pp. 1591-1616.
Lopardo, R., Fattor, C. A., Casado, J. M. and Lopardo, M. C. (2004). “Aspects of vibration
and fatigue of materials related to coherent structures of macroturbulent flows”
International Conference on Hydraulic of Dams and River Structures.
Lopardo, R. A., & Romagnoli, M. (2009). Pressure and velocity fluctuations in stilling basins.
In Advances in Water Resources and Hydraulic Engineering (pp. 2093-2098). Springer, Berlin,
Heidelberg.
Sanchez, P. A., Ramirez, G. E., Vergara, R., & Minguillo, F. (1973). Performance of
Sulfur-Coated Urea Under Intermittently Flooded Rice Culture in Peru 1. Soil Science Society
of America Journal, 37(5), 789-792.
Matsui, S., Tokai, D., Higashiyama, H., and Mizukoshi, M., “Fatigue Durability of Fiber
Reinforced Concrete Decks Under Running Wheel Load,” Proceedings 3rd International Conference
on Concrete Under Severe Conditions, Ed. N. Banthia, Vancouver, Canada, 2001, pp. 982-991.,
Mohammadi, S. F., Galgoul, N. S., Starossek, U., & Videiro, P. M. (2016). An efficient time
domain fatigue analysis and its comparison to spectral fatigue assessment for an offshore
jacket structure. Marine Structures, 49, 97-115.
Pothof, I. (2011). Co-current air-water flow in downward sloping pipes. Stichting Deltares
Pothof, I. W. M., & Clemens, F. H. L. R. (2011). Experimental study of air–water flow in
downward sloping pipes. International journal of multiphase flow, 37(3), 278-292.
Ryu, Y., Chang, K. A., & Lim, H. J. (2005). Use of bubble image velocimetry for measurement of
plunging wave impinging on structure and associated greenwater. Measurement Science and
Technology, 16(10), 1945.
Sanjou, M., & Nezu, I. (2009). Turbulence structure and coherent motion in meandering compound
open-channel flows. Journal of Hydraulic Research, 47(5), 598-610.
Sargison, J. E., & Percy, A. (2009). Hydraulics of broad-crested weirs with varying side
slopes. Journal of irrigation and drainage engineering, 135(1), 115-118.

Sobani, A. (2014). Pressure fluctuations on the slabs of stilling basins under hydraulic jump.
Song, Y., Chang, K, Ryu, Y. and Kwon, S. (2013). “ Experimental study on flow kinematics and
impact pressure in liquid sloshing.”, Experiments in Fluid, 54, pp. 1592.
Stagonas, D., Lara, J. L., Losada, I. J., Higuera, P., Jaime, F. F., & Muller, G. (2014).
Large scale measurements of wave loads and mapping of impact pressure distribution at the
underside of wave recurves. In Proceedings of the HYDRALAB IV Joint User Meeting.
Toso, J. W., & Bowers, C. E. (1988). Extreme pressures in hydraulic-jump stilling basins.
Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, 114(8), 829-843.
Youn, S. G. and Chang, S. P., “Behavior of Composite Bridge Decks Subjected to Static and
Fatigue Loading,” Structural Journal, ACI Technical paper, Title No. 95-S23, 1998, pp.
249-258. (doi: http://dx.doi.org/10.14359/543),

Fig. 4. Numerical modeling of dual spillways: (a) Andong-1; (b) Andong-2; (c) Imha-1; (d) Juam-1; (e) Andong-3; (f) Imha-2; (g) Imha-3; and (h) Juam-3.

Interference of Dual Spillways Operations

Jai Hong Lee, Ph.D., P.E., M.ASCE; Pierre Y. Julien, Ph.D., M.ASCE; and Christopher I. Thornton, Ph.D., P.E., M.ASCE

Abstract

이중 여수로 간섭은 여수로가 서로 가깝게 배치될 때 수압 성능의 손실을 나타냅니다. 배수로 간섭은 물리적 실험과 수치 시뮬레이션을 모두 사용하여 조사됩니다.

이중 여수로 구성의 4개 물리적 모델의 단계 및 배출 측정값을 한국의 4개 댐 부지에서 Flow-3D 계산 결과와 비교합니다.

두 개의 배수로를 함께 사용하는 것을 각 배수로의 단일 작동과 비교합니다. 두 여수로를 동시에 운영할 경우 두 여수로를 통한 총 유량은 최대 7.6%까지 감소합니다.

간섭 계수는 단계 He가 설계 단계 Hd를 초과하고 두 배수로를 분리하는 거리 D가 배수로 너비 W에 비해 짧을 때 가장 중요합니다. 매개변수 DHd/WHe는 계산 및 측정된 간섭 계수와 매우 잘 관련됩니다.

안동댐 설계방류에 대한 홍수경로 예시는 간섭계수를 적용한 경우와 적용하지 않은 경우 저수지 수위의 차이가 42cm임을 보여줍니다. 결과적으로 댐 안전을 위해 추가 여수로의 너비(간섭 계수 포함)를 늘려야 합니다.

Dual spillway interference refers to the loss of hydraulic performance of spillways when they are placed close together. Spillway interference is examined using both physical experiments and numerical simulations. Stage and discharge measurements from four physical models with dual spillways configurations are compared to the Flow-3D computational results at four dam sites in South Korea. The conjunctive use of two spillways is compared with the singular operation of each spillway. When both spillways are operated at the same time, the total flow rate through the two spillways is reduced by up to 7.6%. Interference coefficients are most significant when the stage He exceeds the design stage Hd and when the distance D separating two spillways is short compared to the spillway width W. The parameter DHd/WHecorrelates very well with the calculated and measured interference coefficients. A flood routing example for the design discharge at Andong dam shows a 42 cm difference in reservoir water level with and without application of the interference coefficient. Consequently, the width of additional spillways (including the interference coefficient) should be increased for dam safety.

Fig. 1. Definition sketch for dual spillways
Fig. 1. Definition sketch for dual spillways
Fig. 2. Stage-discharge rating curves for dual spillway operations.
Fig. 2. Stage-discharge rating curves for dual spillway operations.
Fig. 3. Physical modeling of dual spillways: (a) Andong-1; (b) Andong-2; (c) Imha-1; and (d) Juam-1
Fig. 3. Physical modeling of dual spillways: (a) Andong-1; (b) Andong-2; (c) Imha-1; and (d) Juam-1
Fig. 4. Numerical modeling of dual spillways: (a) Andong-1; (b) Andong-2; (c) Imha-1; (d) Juam-1; (e) Andong-3; (f) Imha-2; (g) Imha-3; and (h) Juam-3.
Fig. 4. Numerical modeling of dual spillways: (a) Andong-1; (b) Andong-2; (c) Imha-1; (d) Juam-1; (e) Andong-3; (f) Imha-2; (g) Imha-3; and (h) Juam-3.
Fig. 4. (Continued.)
Fig. 4. (Continued.)
Fig. 5. Meshes and calculation domain for numerical modeling of Andong dam.
Fig. 5. Meshes and calculation domain for numerical modeling of Andong dam.
Fig. 6. Stage-discharge rating curve for existing and additional spillways (Andong-1): (a) existing spillway; (b) additional spillway; and (c) dual spillway simulations.
Fig. 6. Stage-discharge rating curve for existing and additional spillways (Andong-1): (a) existing spillway; (b) additional spillway; and (c) dual spillway simulations.
Fig. 7. Discharge comparison of physical experiments and numerical simulations. The upper panel is the comparative result for the existing spillway (ES) and the lower panel is for the additional spillway (AS) at four dams.
Fig. 7. Discharge comparison of physical experiments and numerical simulations. The upper panel is the comparative result for the existing spillway (ES) and the lower panel is for the additional spillway (AS) at four dams.
Fig. 8. Interference coefficients for dual spillways simulations with various scenarios.
Fig. 8. Interference coefficients for dual spillways simulations with various scenarios.
Fig. 9. Regression model for the distance-width ratio (D=W) and head ratio (Hd=He) by dual spillway simulations
Fig. 9. Regression model for the distance-width ratio (D=W) and head ratio (Hd=He) by dual spillway simulations
Fig. 10. Physical and numerical model validation: (a) numerical modeling; (b) solids of overflow weir of the spillway; and (c) physical models of reservoir and spillway
Fig. 10. Physical and numerical model validation: (a) numerical modeling; (b) solids of overflow weir of the spillway; and (c) physical models of reservoir and spillway
Fig. 11. Interference coefficients for dual spillways operations with various scenarios. The dashed lines indicate the results of the validation model with dual conditions of 1 þ 2, 1 þ 4, 1 þ 6, 3 þ 4, and 4 þ 5.
Fig. 11. Interference coefficients for dual spillways operations with various scenarios. The dashed lines indicate the results of the validation model with dual conditions of 1 þ 2, 1 þ 4, 1 þ 6, 3 þ 4, and 4 þ 5.
Fig. 12. Results of reservoir operations under the PMF at Andong dam.
Fig. 12. Results of reservoir operations under the PMF at Andong dam.

References

Cassidy, J. J. 1965. “Irrotational flow over spillways of finite height.”
J. Eng. Mech. Div. 91 (6): 155–173.
Chanel, P., and J. Doering. 2008. “Assessment of spillway modeling using
computational fluid dynamics.” Can. J. Civ. Eng. 35 (12): 1481–1485.
https://doi.org/10.1139/L08-094.
Chow, V. T. 1959. Open-channel hydraulics, 365–380. New York:
McGraw-Hill.
Ho, D., B. Cooper, K. Riddette, and S. Donohoo. 2006. “Application of
numerical modelling to spillways in Australia.” In Proc., Int. Symp.
on Dams in the Societies of the 21st Century, 22nd Int. Congress on
Large Dams (ICOLD), edited by L. Berga, et al. London: Taylor &
Francis.
Huff, F. A. 1967. “Time distribution of rainfall in heavy storms.” Water
Resour. Res. 3 (4): 1007–1019. https://doi.org/10.1029/WR003i004
p01007.
Kim, D. G., and J. H. Park. 2005. “Analysis of flow structure over ogeespillway in consideration of scale and roughness effects by using CFD
model.” KSCE J. Civ. Eng. 9 (2): 161–169. https://doi.org/10.1007
/BF02829067.
Koutsunis, N. A. 2015. “Impact of climatic changes on downstream hydraulic geometry and its influence on flood hydrograph
routing—Applied to the bluestone dam watershed.” M.S. degree,
Dept. of Civil and Environmental Engineering, Colorado State Univ.
Lee, J. H., and P. Y. Julien. 2016a. “ENSO impacts on temperature over
South Korea.” Int. J. Climatol. 36 (11): 3651. https://doi.org/10.1002
/joc.4581.
Lee, J. H., and P. Y. Julien. 2016b. “Teleconnections of the ENSO and
South Korean precipitation patterns.” J. Hydrol. 534: 237–250.
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jhydrol.2016.01.011.
Lee, J. H., and P. Y. Julien. 2017. “Influence of the El Nino/southern ˜
oscillation on South Korean streamflow variability.” Hydrol. Processes
31 (12): 2162–2178. https://doi.org/10.1002/hyp.11168.
Li, S., S. Cain, N. Wosnik, C. Miller, H. Kocahan, and R. Wyckoff. 2011.
“Numerical modeling of probable maximum flood flowing through a
system of spillways.” J. Hydraul. Eng. 137 (1): 66–74. https://doi.org
/10.1061/(ASCE)HY.1943-7900.0000279.
MOCT (Ministry of Construction and Transportation). 2003. Hydraulic
model study of Soyanggang multipurpose dam auxiliary spillway.
[In Korean.] Governing City, South Korea: MOCT.
Olsen, N. R., and H. M. Kjellesvig. 1998. “Three-dimensional numerical
flow modeling for estimation of spillway capacity.” J. Hydraul. Res.
36 (5): 775–784. https://doi.org/10.1080/00221689809498602.
Savage, B. M., and M. C. Johnson. 2001. “Flow over ogee spillway:
Physical and numerical model case study.” J. Hydraul. Eng. 127 (8):
640–649. https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)0733-9429(2001)127:8(640).
USACE (US Army Corps of Engineers). 2008. Hydrologic modeling
system HEC-HMS, user’s manual version 3.2. Davis, CA: USACE.
USBR (US Bureau of Reclamation). 1980. Hydraulic laboratory techniques: A water resources technical publication. Denver: US Dept.
of the Interior, Bureau of Reclamation.
Yakhot, V., and S. A. Orszag. 1986. “Renormalization group analysis of
turbulence. I: Basic theory.” J. Sci. Comput. 1 (1): 3–51. https://doi
.org/10.1007/BF01061452.
Yakhot, V., and L. M. Smith. 1992. “The renormalization group, the
e-expansion and derivation of turbulence models.” J. Sci. Comput.
7 (1): 35–61. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01060210.
Zeng, J., L. Zhang, M. Ansar, E. Damisse, and J. A. Gonzalez-Castro. 2017.
“Applications of computational fluid dynamics to flow ratings at prototype spillways and weirs. I: Data generation and validation.” J. Irrig.
Drain. Eng. 143 (1): 04016072. https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)IR
.1943-4774.0001112.

Forming characteristics and control method of weld bead for GMAW on curved surface

곡면에 GMAW용 용접 비드의 형성 특성 및 제어 방법

Forming characteristics and control method of weld bead for GMAW on curved surface

The International Journal of Advanced Manufacturing Technology (2021)Cite this article

Abstract

곡면에서 GMAW 기반 적층 가공의 용접 성형 특성은 중력의 영향을 크게 받습니다. 성형면의 경사각이 크면 혹 비드(hump bead)와 같은 심각한 결함이 발생합니다.

본 논문에서는 양생면에서 용접 비드 형성의 형성 특성과 제어 방법을 연구하기 위해 용접 용융 풀 유동 역학의 전산 모델을 수립하고 제안된 모델을 검증하기 위해 증착 실험을 수행하였습니다.

결과는 용접 비드 경사각(α)이 증가함에 따라 역류의 속도가 증가하고 상향 용접의 경우 α > 60°일 때 불규칙한 험프 결함이 나타나는 것으로 나타났습니다.

상부 과잉 액체의 하향 압착력과 하부 상향 유동의 반동력과 표면장력 사이의 상호작용은 용접 혹 형성의 주요 요인이었다. 하향 용접의 경우 양호한 형태를 얻을 수 있었으며, 용접 비드 경사각이 증가함에 따라 용접 높이는 감소하고 용접 폭은 증가하였습니다.

하향 및 상향 용접을 위한 곡면의 용융 거동 및 성형 특성을 기반으로 험프 결함을 제어하기 위해 위브 용접을 통한 증착 방법을 제안하였습니다.

성형 궤적의 변화로 인해 용접 방향의 중력 성분이 크게 감소하여 용융 풀 흐름의 안정성이 향상되었으며 복잡한 표면에서 안정적이고 일관된 용접 비드를 얻는 데 유리했습니다.

하향 용접과 상향 용접 사이의 단일 비드의 치수 편차는 7% 이내였으며 하향 및 상향 혼합 혼합 비드 중첩 증착에서 비드의 변동 편차는 0.45로 GMAW 기반 적층 제조 공정에서 허용될 수 있었습니다.

이러한 발견은 GMAW를 기반으로 하는 곡선 적층 적층 제조의 용접 비드 형성 제어에 기여했습니다.

The weld forming characteristics of GMAW-based additive manufacturing on curved surface are dramatically influenced by gravity. Large inclined angle of the forming surface would lead to severe defects such as hump bead. In this paper, a computational model of welding molten pool flow dynamics was established to research the forming characteristic and control method of weld bead forming on cured surface, and deposition experiments were conducted to verify the proposed model. Results indicated that the velocity of backward flows increased with the increase of weld bead tilt angle (α) and irregular hump defects appeared when α > 60° for upward welding. The interaction between the downward squeezing force of the excess liquid at the top and the recoil force of the upward flow at the bottom and the surface tension were primary factors for welding hump formation. For downward welding, a good morphology shape could be obtained, and the weld height decreased and the weld width increased with the increase of weld bead tilt angle. Based on the molten behaviors and forming characteristics on curved surface for downward and upward welding, the method of deposition with weave welding was proposed to control hump defects. Gravity component in the welding direction was significantly reduced due to the change of forming trajectory, which improved the stability of the molten pool flow and was beneficial to obtain stable and consistent weld bead on complex surface. The dimensional deviations of the single bead between downward and upward welding were within 7% and the fluctuation deviation of the bead in multi-bead overlapping deposition with mixing downward and upward welding was 0.45, which could be acceptable in GMAW-based additive manufacturing process. These findings contributed to the weld bead forming control of curve layered additive manufacturing based on GMAW.

Keywords

  • Molten pool behaviors
  • GMAW-based WAAM
  • Deposition with weave welding
  • Welding on curved surface
  • Fig. 1extended data figure 1
  • Fig. 2extended data figure 2
  • Fig. 3extended data figure 3
  • Fig. 4extended data figure 4
  • Fig. 5extended data figure 5
  • Fig. 6extended data figure 6
  • Fig. 7extended data figure 7
  • Fig. 8extended data figure 8
  • Fig. 9extended data figure 9
  • Fig. 10extended data figure 10
  • Fig. 11extended data figure 11
  • Fig. 12extended data figure 12
  • Fig. 13extended data figure 13
  • Fig. 14extended data figure 14
  • Fig. 15extended data figure 15
  • Fig. 16extended data figure 16
  • Fig. 17extended data figure 17
  • Fig. 18extended data figure 18
  • Fig. 19extended data figure 19
  • Fig. 20extended data figure 20
  • Fig. 21extended data figure 21
  • Fig. 22extended data figure 22
  • Fig. 23extended data figure 23
  • Fig. 24extended data figure 24
  • Fig. 25extended data figure 25
  • Fig. 26extended data figure 26
  • Fig. 27extended data figure 27
  • Fig. 28extended data figure 28
  • Fig. 29extended data figure 29
  • Fig. 30extended data figure 30
  • Fig. 31extended data figure 31
  • Fig. 32extended data figure 32
  • Fig. 33extended data figure 33
  • Fig. 34extended data figure 34
  • Fig. 35extended data figure 35
  • Fig. 36extended data figure 36
  • Fig. 37extended data figure 37
  • Fig. 38extended data figure 38

References

  1. 1.Williams SW, Martina F, Addison AC, Ding J, Pardal G, Colegrove P (2016) Wire + arc additive manufacturing. Mater Sci Technol (United Kingdom) 32:641–647. https://doi.org/10.1179/1743284715Y.0000000073Article Google Scholar 
  2. 2.Pan ZX, Ding DH, Wu BT, Cuiuri D, Li HJ, Norrish J (2018) Arc welding processes for additive manufacturing: a review. In: Transactions on intelligent welding manufacturing. Springer Singapore, pp 3–24. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-10-5355-9_1
  3. 3.Panchagnula JS, Simhambhatla S (2018) Manufacture of complex thin-walled metallic objects using weld-deposition based additive manufacturing. Robot Comput Integr Manuf 49:194–203. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.rcim.2017.06.003Article Google Scholar 
  4. 4.Lu S, Zhou J, Zhang JS (2015) Optimization of welding thickness on casting-steel surface for production of forging die. Int J Adv Manuf Technol 76:1411–1419. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00170-014-6371-9Article Google Scholar 
  5. 5.Huang B, Singamneni SB (2015) Curved layer adaptive slicing (CLAS) for fused deposition modelling. Rapid Prototyp J 21:354–367. https://doi.org/10.1108/RPJ-06-2013-0059Article Google Scholar 
  6. 6.Jin Y, Du J, He Y, Fu GQ (2017) Modeling and process planning for curved layer fused deposition. Int J Adv Manuf Technol 91:273–285. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00170-016-9743-5Article Google Scholar 
  7. 7.Xie FB, Chen LF, Li ZY, Tang K (2020) Path smoothing and feed rate planning for robotic curved layer additive manufacturing. Robot Comput Integr Manuf 65. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.rcim.2020.101967
  8. 8.Ding YY, Dwivedi R, Kovacevic R (2017) Process planning for 8-axis robotized laser-based direct metal deposition system: a case on building revolved part. Robot Comput Integr Manuf 44:67–76. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.rcim.2016.08.008Article Google Scholar 
  9. 9.Cho DW, Na SJ (2015) Molten pool behaviors for second pass V-groove GMAW. Int J Heat Mass Transf 88:945–956. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2015.05.021Article Google Scholar 
  10. 10.Cho DW, Na SJ, Cho MH, Lee JS (2013) A study on V-groove GMAW for various welding positions. J Mater Process Technol 213:1640–1652. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2013.02.015Article Google Scholar 
  11. 11.Hejripour F, Valentine DT, Aidun DK (2018) Study of mass transport in cold wire deposition for wire arc additive manufacturing. Int J Heat Mass Transf 125:471–484. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2018.04.092Article Google Scholar 
  12. 12.Yuan L, Pan ZX, Ding DH, He FY, Duin SV, Li HJ, Li WH (2020) Investigation of humping phenomenon for the multi-directional robotic wire and arc additive manufacturing. Robot Comput Integr Manuf 63. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.rcim.2019.101916
  13. 13.Nguyen MC, Medale M, Asserin O, Gounand S, Gilles P (2017) Sensitivity to welding positions and parameters in GTA welding with a 3D multiphysics numerical model. Numer Heat Transf Part A Appl 71:233–249. https://doi.org/10.1080/10407782.2016.1264747Article Google Scholar 
  14. 14.Gu H, Li L (2019) Computational fluid dynamic simulation of gravity and pressure effects in laser metal deposition for potential additive manufacturing in space. Int J Heat Mass Transf 140:51–65. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2019.05.081Article Google Scholar 
  15. 15.Cho MH, Farson DF (2007) Understanding bead hump formation in gas metal arc welding using a numerical simulation. Metall Mater Trans B Process Metall Mater Process Sci 38:305–319. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11663-007-9034-5Article Google Scholar 
  16. 16.Nguyen TC, Weckman DC, Johnson DA, Kerr HW (2005) The humping phenomenon during high speed gas metal arc welding. Sci Technol Weld Join 10:447–459. https://doi.org/10.1179/174329305X44134Article Google Scholar 
  17. 17.Philip Y, Xu ZY, Wang Y, Wang R, Ye X (2019) Investigation of humping defect formation in a lap joint at a high-speed hybrid laser-GMA welding. Results Phys 13. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.rinp.2019.102341
  18. 18.Hu ZQ, Qin XP, Shao T, Liu HM (2018) Understanding and overcoming of abnormity at start and end of the weld bead in additive manufacturing with GMAW. Int J Adv Manuf Technol 95:2357–2368. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00170-017-1392-9Article Google Scholar 
  19. 19.Tang SY, Wang GL, Huang C, Li RS, Zhou SY, Zhang HO (2020) Investigation, modeling and optimization of abnormal areas of weld beads in wire and arc additive manufacturing. Rapid Prototyp J 26:1183–1195. https://doi.org/10.1108/RPJ-08-2019-0229Article Google Scholar 
  20. 20.Bai X, Colegrove P, Ding J, Zhou XM, Diao CL, Bridgeman P, Honnige JR, Zhang HO, Williams S (2018) Numerical analysis of heat transfer and fluid flow in multilayer deposition of PAW-based wire and arc additive manufacturing. Int J Heat Mass Transf 124:504–516. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2018.03.085Article Google Scholar 
  21. 21.Siewert E, Schein J, Forster G (2013) Determination of enthalpy, temperature, surface tension and geometry of the material transfer in PGMAW for the system argon-iron. J Phys D Appl Phys 46. https://doi.org/10.1088/0022-3727/46/22/224008
  22. 22.Goldak J, Chakravarti A, Bibby M (1984) A new finite element model for welding heat sources. Metall Trans B 15:299–305. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02667333Article Google Scholar 
  23. 23.Fachinotti VD, Cardona A (2008) Semi-analytical solution of the thermal field induced by a moving double-ellipsoidal welding heat source in a semi-infinite body. Mec Comput XXVII:1519–1530
  24. 24.Nguyen NT, Mai YW, Simpson S, Ohta A (2004) Analytical approximate solution for double ellipsoidal heat source in finite thick plate. Weld J 83:82–93Google Scholar 
  25. 25.Goldak J, Chakravarti A, Bibby M (1985) A double ellipsoid finite element model for welding heat sources. IIW Doc. No. 212-603-85
  26. 26.Gu Y, Li YD, Yong Y, Xu FL, Su LF (2019) Determination of parameters of double-ellipsoidal heat source model based on optimization method. Weld World 63:365–376. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40194-018-00678-wArticle Google Scholar 
  27. 27.Wu CS, Tsao KC (1990) Modelling the three-dimensional fluid flow and heat transfer in a moving weld pool. Eng Comput 7:241–248. https://doi.org/10.1108/eb023811Article Google Scholar 
  28. 28.Zhan XH, Liu XB, Wei YH, Chen JC, Chen J, Liu HB (2017) Microstructure and property characteristics of thick Invar alloy plate joints using weave bead welding. J Mater Process Technol 244:97–105. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2017.01.014Article Google Scholar 
  29. 29.Zhan XH, Zhang D, Liu XB, Chen J, Wei YH, Liu RP (2017) Comparison between weave bead welding and multi-layer multi-pass welding for thick plate Invar steel. Int J Adv Manuf Technol 88:2211–2225. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00170-016-8926-4Article Google Scholar 
  30. 30.Xu GX, Li L, Wang JY, Zhu J, Li PF (2018) Study of weld formation in swing arc narrow gap vertical GMA welding by numerical modeling and experiment. Int J Adv Manuf Technol 96:1905–1917. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00170-018-1729-zArticle Google Scholar 
  31. 31.Li YZ, Sun YF, Han QL, Zhang GJ, Horvath I (2018) Enhanced beads overlapping model for wire and arc additive manufacturing of multi-layer multi-bead metallic parts. J Mater Process Technol 252:838–848. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2017.10.017Article Google Scholar 
Figure 1 Location map of barrier lakes, Sichuan-Tibet region, China

Barrier Lake의 홍수 침수 진행 및 평가지역 생태 시공간 반응 사례 연구 (쓰촨-티베트 지역)

Flood Inundation Evolution of Barrier Lake and Evaluation of Regional Ecological Spatiotemporal Response — A Case Study of Sichuan-Tibet Region

Abstract

중국 쓰촨-티베트 지역은 댐 호수의 발생과 붕괴를 동반한 지진 재해가 빈번한 지역이었습니다. 댐 호수의 붕괴는 하류 직원의 생명과 재산 안전을 심각하게 위협합니다.

동시에 국내외 학자들은 주변의 댐 호수에 대해 우려하고 있으며 호수에 대한 생태 연구는 거의 없으며 댐 호수가 생태에 미치는 영향은 우리 호수 건설 프로젝트에서 매우 중요한 계몽 의의를 가지고 있습니다.

이 기사의 목적은 방벽호의 댐 붕괴 위험을 과학적으로 예측하고 생태 환경에 대한 영향을 조사하며 통제 조치를 제시하는 것입니다. 본 논문은 쓰촨-티베트 지역의 Diexihaizi, Tangjiashan 댐호, Hongshihe 댐의 4대 댐 호수 사건을 기반으로 원격 감지 이미지에서 수역을 추출하고 HEC-RAS 모델을 사용하여 위험이 있는지 여부를 결정합니다.

댐 파손 여부 및 댐의 경로 예측; InVEST 모델을 이용하여 1990년부터 2020년까지 가장 작은 행정 구역(군/구)이 위치한 서식지를 평가 및 분석하고, 홍수 침수 결과를 기반으로 평가합니다. 결과는 공학적 처리 후 안정적인 댐 호수(Diexi Haizi)가 서식지 품질 지수에 안정화 효과가 있음을 보여줍니다.

댐 호수의 형성은 인근 토지 이용 유형과 지역 경관 생태 패턴을 변화 시켰습니다. 서식지 품질 지수는 사이 호수 주변 1km 지역에서 약간 감소하지만 3km 지역과 5km 지역에서 서식지 품질이 향상됩니다. 인공 홍수 방류 및 장벽 호수의 공학적 보강이 필요합니다.

이 논문에서 인간의 통제가 강한 지역은 다른 지역의 서식지 질 지수보다 더 잘 회복될 것입니다.

The Sichuan-Tibet region of China has always been an area with frequent earthquake disasters, accompanied by the occurrence and collapse of dammed lakes. The collapse of dammed lakes seriously threatens the lives and property safety of downstream personnel.

At the same time, domestic and foreign scholars are concerned about the surrounding dammed lake there are few ecological studies on the lake, and the impact of the dammed lake on the ecology has very important enlightenment significance for our lake construction project. It is the purpose of this article to scientifically predict the risk of dam break in a barrier lake, explore its impact on the ecological environment and put forward control measures.

Based on the four major dammed lake events of Diexihaizi, Tangjiashan dammed lake, and Hongshihe dammed lake in the Sichuan-Tibet area, this paper extracts water bodies from remote sensing images and uses the HEC-RAS model to determine whether there is a risk of the dam break and whether Forecast the route of the dam; and use the InVEST model to evaluate and analyze the habitat of the smallest administrative district (county/district) where it is located from 1990 to 2020 and make an evaluation based on the results of flood inundation.

The results show that the stable dammed lake (Diexi Haizi) after engineering treatment has a stabilizing effect on the habitat quality index. The formation of the dammed lake has changed the nearby land-use types and the regional landscape ecological pattern.

The habitat quality index will decrease slightly in the 1 km area around Sai Lake, but the habitat quality will increase in the 3 km area and the 5 km area. Artificial flood discharge and engineering reinforcement of barrier lakes are necessary. In this paper, the areas with strong human control will recover better than other regions’ habitat quality index.

Fengshan Jiang (  florachaing@mail.ynu.edu.cn )
Yunnan University https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6231-6180
Xiaoai Dai
Chengdu University of Technology https://orcid.org/0000-0003-1342-6417
Zhiqiang Xie
Yunnan University
Tong Xu
Yunnan University
Siqiao Yin
Yunnan University
Ge Qu
Chengdu University of Technology
Shouquan Yang
Yunnan University
Yangbin Zhang
Yunnan University
Zhibing Yang
Yunnan University
Jiarui Xu
Yunnan University
Zhiqun Hou
Kunming institute of surveying and mapping

Keywords

dammed lake, regional ecology, flood simulation, habitat quality

Figure 1 Location map of barrier lakes, Sichuan-Tibet region, China
Figure 1 Location map of barrier lakes, Sichuan-Tibet region, China
Figure 8 Habitat quality changes in Maoxian County
Figure 8 Habitat quality changes in Maoxian County
Figure 9 Habitat quality changes in Beichuan County
Figure 9 Habitat quality changes in Beichuan County
Figure 10 Habitat quality change map of Qingchuan County
Figure 10 Habitat quality change map of Qingchuan County

References

  1. Chaoying Hu H S, Tianming Zhang. 2017. Environmental impact assessment of barrier lake treatment project based on
    ecological footprint[J]. People’s Yangtze River, 48: 30-32
  2. Dai F C, Lee C F, Deng J H, et al. 2004. The 1786 earthquake-triggered landslide dam and subsequent dam-break flood on
    the Dadu River, southwestern China[J]. Geomorphology, 65.
  3. Dongjing Chen Z X 2002. Research on Ecological Security Evaluation of Inland River Basin in Northwest China——A Case
    Study of Zhangye Region in the Middle Reaches of Heihe River Basin[J]. Arid zone geography: 219-224
  4. Dongsheng Chang L Z, Yao Xu, Runqiu Huang. 2009. Risk Assessment of Overtopping Dam Burst in Hongshi River Barrier
    Lake[J]. Journal of Engineering Geology, 17: 50-55
  5. Fan X, Yunus Ali P, Jansen John D, et al. 2019. Comment on ‘Gigantic rockslides induced by fluvial incision in the Diexi
    area along the eastern margin of the Tibetan Plateau’ by Zhao et al. (2019) Geomorphology 338, 27–42[J].
    Geomorphology.
  6. Feng Yu X L, Hong Wang, Hongjing Yu. 2006. Land Use Change and Ecological Security Evaluation in Huangfuchuan
    Watershed[J]. Acta Geographica Sinica: 645-653.
  7. Hafiyyan Q, Adityawan M B, Harlan D, et al. 2021. Comparison of Taylor Galerkin and FTCS models for dam-break
    simulation[J]. IOP Conference Series: Earth and Environmental Science, 737.
  8. Haiwen Li X B 2020. Comprehensive Evaluation of the Restoration Status of Damaged Ecological Space along the
    Plateau Fragile Area of the Sichuan-Tibet Railway[J]. Journal of Railway Science and Engineering, 17: 2412-2422.
  9. Haohao Li X R, Huabin Yang. 2008. Rescue construction and thinking of Hongshihe dammed lake in Qingchuan
    County[J]. Water Conservancy and Hydropower Technology (Chinese and English): 50-51+62
  10. Hejun Chai, Runqiu Huang, Hanchao Liu I O E G, Chengdu University of Technology 1997. Analysis and Evaluation of the
    Dangerous Degree of Landslide Blocking the River[J]. Chinese Journal of Geological Hazard and Control: 2-8+16
  11. Hong Wang Y L, Lili Song, Yun Chen. 2020. Comparison of characteristics of thunderstorm and gale activity and
    environmental factors in Sichuan-Tibet area[J]. Journal of Applied Meteorology, 31: 435-446.
  1. Hongyan X, Xu H, Jiang H, et al. 2020. Potential pollen evidence for the 1933 M 7.5 Diexi earthquake and implications for
    post-seismic landscape recovery[J]. Environmental Research Letters, 15.
  2. Hui Xu J C, Zhijiu Cui, Pei Guo. 2019. Analysis of Grain Size Characteristics of Sediment in Dammed Lake——Taking Diexi
    Ancient Dammed Lake in the Upper Minjiang River as an Example[J]. Acta Sedimentologica Sinica, 37: 51-61
  3. Jian Yang B P, Min Zhao. 2014. Research on Ecological Restoration Technology in Wenchuan Earthquake-Stricken Area
    ——Taking Tangjiashan Barrier Lake Area as an Example[J]. Sichuan Building Science Research, 40: 164-167.
  4. Jian Yang B P 2017. Evaluation of Ecological Quality of Tangjiashan Dammed Lake Region in Beichuan County[J].
    People’s Yangtze River, 48: 27-32
  5. Jianfeng Chen Y W, Yang Li. 2006. Application of HEC-RAS model in flood simulation[J]. Northeast Water Resources and
    Hydropower: 12-13+42+71.
  6. Jiankang Liu Z C, Tao Yu. 2016. Dam failure risk and its impact of Hongshiyan dammed lake in Ludian, Yunnan[J].
    Journal of Mountain Science, 34: 208-215
  7. Jianrong Fan B T, Genwei Cheng, Heping Tao, Jianqiang Zhang,Dong Yan, Fenghuan Su. 2008. Information extraction of
    dammed bodies induced by the May 12 Wenchuan earthquake based on multi-source remote sensing data[J]. Journal of
    Mountain Science: 257-262.
  8. Jinghuan Tian K Z, Meng Chen, Fuxin Chai. 2012. Research on the application of HEC-RAS model in flood risk analysis
    and assessment[J]. Hydropower Energy Science, 30: 23-25
  9. Juan He X W 2015. Dam-break flood analysis based on HEC-RAS and HEC-GeoRAS[J]. Journal of Water Resources and
    Water Transport Engineering: 112-116
  10. Junwei Gan L Y, Jinjun Li. 2017. Research on the Influencing Factors of Sichuan-Tibet Tourism Industry Competitiveness
    Based on DEMATEL[J]. Arid Land Resources and Environment, 31: 197-202
  11. Lansheng Wang L Y, Xiaoqun Wang, Liping Duan 2005. Discovery of the ancient dammed lake in Diexi, Minjiang River[J].
    Journal of Chengdu University of Technology (Natural Science Edition): 1-11
  12. Ma S, Zhu J, Ya. H. Year. Construction of Risk Assessment System of Dam-break in Barrier Lake Based on Collaborative
    Workflow: 9.
  13. Ming Zeng Y C, Bingyu Zou. 2019. Discussion on the Method of Forecasting the Flood Evolution of Barrier Lake Burst——
    Taking “11·3” Jinsha River Baige Barrier Lake as an Example[J]. Water Resources and Hydropower Express, 40: 11-14
  14. Ouyang C, An H, Zhou S, et al. 2019. Insights from the failure and dynamic characteristics of two sequential landslides at
    Baige village along the Jinsha River, China Landslides[J]. 16.
  15. Peng M, Zhang L M 2012. Analysis of human risks due to dam-break floods—part 1: a new model based on Bayesian
    networks[J]. Natural Hazards, 64.
  16. Qianfeng Li Y L, Gang Liu, Zhiyun Ouyang, Hua Zheng. 2013. The Impact of Land Use Change on Ecosystem Service
    Function——Taking Miyun Reservoir Watershed as an Example[J]. Acta Ecologica Sinica, 33: 726-736.
  17. Qiang Xu G Z, Weile Li, Zhaoyang He, Xiujun Dong, Chen Guo, Wenkai Feng. 2018. Analysis and study of two landslides
    and dams blocking the river in Baige on the Jinsha River in October and November 2018[J]. Journal of Engineering
    Geology, 26: 1534-1551
  18. Qin Ji J Y, Hongju Chen, Man Li. 2019. Analysis of Economic Differences Along the Sichuan-Tibet Railway from the
    Perspective of Spatial and Industrial Decomposition[J]. Glacier permafrost: 1-14
  19. Qingchun Li Y H, Yubing Shi. 2020. Study on the stability of the residual dam in Tangjiashan dammed lake[J]. Journal of
    Underground Space and Engineering, 16: 993-998
  20. Qiwen Xiang J P, Guangze Zhang, Zhengxuan Xu, Dingkai Zhang, Wenli Tu. 2020. Monitoring and Analysis of Surface
    Deformation in Zheduo Mountain Area of Sichuan-Tibet Railway Based on SBAS Technology[J]. Surveying Engineering,
    29: 48-54+59
  1. Shangfu Kuang X W, Jinchi Huang, Yinqi Wei 2008. Analysis and Evaluation of Dam-Break Risk of Barred Lake and Its
    Influence[J]. China Water Resources: 17-21.
  2. Sheng-Hsueh Y, Yii-Wen P, Jia-Jyun D, et al. 2013. A systematic approach for the assessment of flooding hazard and risk
    associated with a landslide dam[J]. Natural Hazards, 65.
  3. Sun L 2021. Research on Fast Perception and Simulation Calculation Method of Landslide Dam in Alpine and Gorge
    Area: Taking Baige Dammed Lake as an Example[J]. Water Conservancy and Hydropower Technology (Chinese and
    English), 52: 44-52
  4. Tamiru H, O. D M 2021. Application of ANN and HEC-RAS model for flood inundation mapping in lower Baro Akobo River
    Basin, Ethiopia[J]. Journal of Hydrology: Regional Studies, 36.
  5. Tao Pan S W, Erfu Dai, Yujie Liu. 2013. Spatio-temporal changes of water supply services in the ecosystem of the Three
    Rivers Source Region based on InVEST model[J]. Journal of Applied Ecology, 24: 183-189
  6. Vera K, Sergey C, Inna K, et al. 2017. Modeling potential scenarios of the Tangjiashan Lake outburst and risk assessment
    in the downstream valley[J]. Frontiers of Earth Science, 11.
  7. Wang Z 1985. Preliminary Discussion on the Evaluation of Ecological Environment Quality in Minjiang River Basin[J].
    Journal of ecology: 29-32
  8. Wei Chen Z S, Hui Guo,Hao Wang, Ting Wei, Nan Li, Kaiyi Zhang Shuxiang Yang, Kaijia Dai. 2007. Analysis of Bird
    Resources and Habitats in Wuhan Urban Lakes and Urban Wetlands in Winter[J]. Forestry Investigation and Planning: 46-
    50
  9. Wei G, Gaohong X, Jun S, et al. 2020. Simulation of Flood Process Based on the Model of Improved Barrier Lake’s
    Gradual Dam Break Model %J Journal of Coastal Research[J]. 104.
  10. Wei X, Jiang H, Xu H, et al. 2021. Response of sedimentary and pollen records to the 1933 Diexi earthquake on the
    eastern Tibetan Plateau[J]. Ecological Indicators, 129.
  11. Wei Xu M L, Jie Yang, Chunzhi Li, Xiaojuan Shang. 2011. Risk Analysis of Flood Overflow in Huainan Section of Huaihe
    River Based on HEC-RAS[J]. Journal of Yangtze River Scientific Research Institute, 28: 13-18
  12. Weiwei Zhan R H, Xiangjun Pei, Weile Li. 2017. Research on empirical prediction model of channel type landslide-debris
    flow movement distance[J]. Journal of Engineering Geology, 25: 154-163
  13. Xianju Zheng H L, Wenhai Huang. 2015. Numerical Simulation of Reconstruction of Natural Dams Induced by Heavy Rain
    ——An Example of Tangjiashan Dammed Lake[J]. Business story: 62-63
  14. Xiao-Qun W, Xin H, Man S, et al. 2020. Possible relatedness between the outburst of the Diexi ancient dammed lake and
    ancient Chengdu’s cultural change[J]. Journal of Mountain Science, 17: 2497-2511.
  15. Xingbo Zhou X D, Yu Yao. 2019. Analysis of the dam-break flood of the Baige dammed lake on the Jinsha River[J].
    Hydroelectric Power, 45: 8-12+32
  16. Xinhua Zhang R X, Ming Wang, Zhiqiu Yu, Bingdong Li, Bo Wang. 2020. Investigation and analysis of flood disaster
    caused by dam break of Baige landslide on Jinsha River[J]. Engineering Science and Technology, 52: 89-100
  17. Xinxiao Yu B Z, Xizhi Lv, Zhige Yang. 2012. Evaluation of Forest Water Conservation Function of Beijing Mountainous
    Area Based on InVEST Model[J]. Forestry Science, 48: 1-5
  18. Xu J, Guo J, Zhang J, et al. 2021. Route choice model based on cellular automata and cumulative prospect theory: Case
    analysis of transportation network in Sichuan-Tibet region[J]. Journal of Intelligent & Fuzzy Systems, 40.
  19. Xuan Liang Z Z 2021. Research on the Influence of Numerical Simulation of Tailings Pond Based on FLOW-3D on
    Downstream[J]. Jiangxi Water Conservancy Science and Technology, 47: 11-20
  20. Yu Zheng P Z, Feng Tang, Li Zhao, Xu Zhao. 2018. Research on the Impact of Land Use Change on Habitat Quality in
    Changli County Based on InVEST Model[J]. China’s Agricultural Resources and Regionalization, 39: 121-128
  21. Yuanyuan Yang E D, Hua Fu. 2012. Research Framework of Value Evaluation of Ecosystem Service Function Based on
    InVEST Model[J]. Journal of Capital Normal University (Natural Science Edition), 33: 41-47
  1. Yunfei Ma T L, Jinbiao Xiong. 2021. Numerical simulation of dam-break flow based on VOF method and DFBI model[J].
    Applied Technology, 48: 23-28
  2. Zhe Wu X C, Beibei Liu, Jinfeng Chu, Lixu Peng. 2013. Research progress of InVEST model and its application[J]. Tropical
    Agriculture Science, 33: 58-62
  3. Zhengpeng Li Y H, Yilun Li, Yuehong Ying, Zehua Huangfu. 2021. Numerical simulation of dam-break flood in Qianping
    Reservoir based on BIM+GIS technology[J]. People’s Yellow River, 43: 160-164
  4. Zhenming Shi X X, Ming Peng, Minglang Lin. 2015. Analysis of Seepage Stability of Barrier Dam with High Permeability
    Area——Taking Hongshihe Barrier Dam as an Example[J]. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, 46: 1162-1171.
  5. Zhu J, Qi H, Hu Y, et al. 2012. A DVGE service system for risk assessment of dam-break in barrier lake[J]. International
    Conference on Automatic Control and Artificial Intelligence (ACAI 2012).
  6. Zhu Y, Peng M, Cai S, et al. 2021. Risk-Based Warning Decision Making of Cascade Breaching of the Tangjiashan
    Landslide Dam and Two Smaller Downstream Landslide Dams[J]. Frontiers in Earth Science.
  7. Zuyu Chen G H, Qiang Zhang, Shuaifeng Wu. 2020. Disaster Mitigation Analysis of Cascade Hydropower Stations on the
    Jinsha River in “11.03” Baige Barrier Lake Emergency Treatment[J]. Hydropower, 46: 59-63
  8. Zuyu Chen S C, Lin Wang, Qiming Zhong, Qiang Zhang, Songli Jin. 2020. Inversion analysis of the “11.03” Baige barrier
    lake burst flood in the upper reaches of the Jinsha River[J]. Science in China: Technological Science, 50: 763-774.
Figure 2. (a) Scanning electron microscopy images of Ti6Al4V powder particles and (b) simulated powder bed using discrete element modelling

Laser Powder Bed에서 Laser Drilling에 의한 Keyhole 형성 Ti6Al4V 생체 의학 합금의 융합: 메조스코픽 전산유체역학 시뮬레이션 대 경험적 검증을 사용한 수학적 모델링

Keyhole Formation by Laser Drilling in Laser Powder Bed Fusion of Ti6Al4V Biomedical Alloy: Mesoscopic Computational Fluid Dynamics Simulation versus Mathematical Modelling Using Empirical Validation

Asif Ur Rehman 1,2,3,*
,† , Muhammad Arif Mahmood 4,*
,† , Fatih Pitir 1
, Metin Uymaz Salamci 2,3
,
Andrei C. Popescu 4 and Ion N. Mihailescu 4

Abstract

LPBF(Laser Powder Bed fusion) 공정에서 작동 조건은 열 분포를 기반으로 레이저 유도 키홀 영역을 결정하는 데 필수적입니다. 얕은 구멍과 깊은 구멍으로 분류되는 이러한 영역은 LPBF 프로세스에서 확률과 결함 형성 강도를 제어합니다.

LPBF 프로세스의 핵심 구멍을 연구하고 제어하기 위해 수학적 및 CFD(전산 유체 역학) 모델이 제공됩니다. CFD의 경우 이산 요소 모델링 기법을 사용한 유체 체적 방법이 사용되었으며, 분말 베드 보이드 및 표면에 의한 레이저 빔 흡수를 포함하여 수학적 모델이 개발되었습니다.

동적 용융 풀 거동을 자세히 살펴봅니다. 실험적, CFD 시뮬레이션 및 분석적 컴퓨팅 결과 간에 정량적 비교가 수행되어 좋은 일치를 얻습니다.

LPBF에서 레이저 조사 영역 주변의 온도는 높은 내열성과 분말 입자 사이의 공기로 인해 분말층 주변에 비해 급격히 상승하여 레이저 횡방향 열파의 이동이 느려집니다. LPBF에서 키홀은 에너지 밀도에 의해 제어되는 얕고 깊은 키홀 모드로 분류될 수 있습니다. 에너지 밀도를 높이면 얕은 키홀 구멍 모드가 깊은 키홀 구멍 모드로 바뀝니다.

깊은 키홀 구멍의 에너지 밀도는 다중 반사와 키홀 구멍 내의 2차 반사 빔의 집중으로 인해 더 높아져 재료가 빠르게 기화됩니다.

깊은 키홀 구멍 모드에서는 온도 분포가 높기 때문에 액체 재료가 기화 온도에 가까우므로 얕은 키홀 구멍보다 구멍이 형성될 확률이 훨씬 높습니다. 온도가 급격히 상승하면 재료 밀도가 급격히 떨어지므로 비열과 융해 잠열로 인해 유체 부피가 증가합니다.

그 대가로 표면 장력을 낮추고 용융 풀 균일성에 영향을 미칩니다.

In the laser powder bed fusion (LPBF) process, the operating conditions are essential in determining laser-induced keyhole regimes based on the thermal distribution. These regimes, classified into shallow and deep keyholes, control the probability and defects formation intensity in the LPBF process. To study and control the keyhole in the LPBF process, mathematical and computational fluid dynamics (CFD) models are presented. For CFD, the volume of fluid method with the discrete element modeling technique was used, while a mathematical model was developed by including the laser beam absorption by the powder bed voids and surface. The dynamic melt pool behavior is explored in detail. Quantitative comparisons are made among experimental, CFD simulation and analytical computing results leading to a good correspondence. In LPBF, the temperature around the laser irradiation zone rises rapidly compared to the surroundings in the powder layer due to the high thermal resistance and the air between the powder particles, resulting in a slow travel of laser transverse heat waves. In LPBF, the keyhole can be classified into shallow and deep keyhole mode, controlled by the energy density. Increasing the energy density, the shallow keyhole mode transforms into the deep keyhole mode. The energy density in a deep keyhole is higher due to the multiple reflections and concentrations of secondary reflected beams within the keyhole, causing the material to vaporize quickly. Due to an elevated temperature distribution in deep keyhole mode, the probability of pores forming is much higher than in a shallow keyhole as the liquid material is close to the vaporization temperature. When the temperature increases rapidly, the material density drops quickly, thus, raising the fluid volume due to the specific heat and fusion latent heat. In return, this lowers the surface tension and affects the melt pool uniformity.

Keywords: laser powder bed fusion; computational fluid dynamics; analytical modelling; shallow
and deep keyhole modes; experimental correlation

Figure 1. Powder bed schematic with voids.
Figure 1. Powder bed schematic with voids.
Figure 2. (a) Scanning electron microscopy images of Ti6Al4V powder particles and (b) simulated powder bed using discrete element modelling
Figure 2. (a) Scanning electron microscopy images of Ti6Al4V powder particles and (b) simulated powder bed using discrete element modelling
Figure 3. Temperature field contour formation at various time intervals (a) 0.695 ms, (b) 0.795 ms, (c) 0.995 ms and (d) 1.3 ms.
Figure 3. Temperature field contour formation at various time intervals (a) 0.695 ms, (b) 0.795 ms, (c) 0.995 ms and (d) 1.3 ms.
Figure 4. Detailed view of shallow depth melt mode with temperature field at 0.695 ms
Figure 4. Detailed view of shallow depth melt mode with temperature field at 0.695 ms
Figure 5. Melt flow stream traces formation at various time intervals (a) 0.695 ms, (b) 0.795 ms, (c) 0.995 ms and (d) 1.3 ms
Figure 5. Melt flow stream traces formation at various time intervals (a) 0.695 ms, (b) 0.795 ms, (c) 0.995 ms and (d) 1.3 ms
Figure 6. Density evolution of the melt pool at various time intervals (a) 0.695 ms, (b) 0.795 ms, (c) 0.995 ms and (d) 1.3 ms.
Figure 6. Density evolution of the melt pool at various time intervals (a) 0.695 ms, (b) 0.795 ms, (c) 0.995 ms and (d) 1.3 ms.
Figure 7. Un-melted and melted regions at different time intervals (a) 0.695 ms, (b) 0.795 ms, (c) 0.995 ms and (d) 1.3 ms
Figure 7. Un-melted and melted regions at different time intervals (a) 0.695 ms, (b) 0.795 ms, (c) 0.995 ms and (d) 1.3 ms
Figure 8. Transformation from shallow depth melt flow to deep keyhole formation when laser power increased from (a) 170 W to (b) 200 W
Figure 8. Transformation from shallow depth melt flow to deep keyhole formation when laser power increased from (a) 170 W to (b) 200 W
Figure 9. Stream traces and laser beam multiple reflections in deep keyhole melt flow mode
Figure 9. Stream traces and laser beam multiple reflections in deep keyhole melt flow mode
Figure 10. A comparison between analytical and CFD simulation results for peak thermal distribution value in the deep keyhole formation
Figure 10. A comparison between analytical and CFD simulation results for peak thermal distribution value in the deep keyhole formation
Figure 11. A comparison among experiments [49], CFD and analytical simulations for deep keyhole top width and bottom width
Figure 11. A comparison among experiments [49], CFD and analytical simulations for deep keyhole top width and bottom width

References

  1. Kok, Y.; Tan, X.P.; Wang, P.; Nai, M.L.S.; Loh, N.H.; Liu, E.; Tor, S.B. Anisotropy and heterogeneity of microstructure and
    mechanical properties in metal additive manufacturing: A critical review. Mater. Des. 2018, 139, 565–586. [CrossRef]
  2. Ansari, P.; Salamci, M.U. On the selective laser melting based additive manufacturing of AlSi10Mg: The process parameter
    investigation through multiphysics simulation and experimental validation. J. Alloys Compd. 2022, 890, 161873. [CrossRef]
  3. Guo, N.; Leu, M.C. Additive manufacturing: Technology, applications and research needs. Front. Mech. Eng. 2013, 8, 215–243.
    [CrossRef]
  4. Mohsin Raza, M.; Lo, Y.L. Experimental investigation into microstructure, mechanical properties, and cracking mechanism of
    IN713LC processed by laser powder bed fusion. Mater. Sci. Eng. A 2021, 819, 141527. [CrossRef]
  5. Dezfoli, A.R.A.; Lo, Y.L.; Raza, M.M. Prediction of Epitaxial Grain Growth in Single-Track Laser Melting of IN718 Using Integrated
    Finite Element and Cellular Automaton Approach. Materials 2021, 14, 5202. [CrossRef]
  6. Tiwari, S.K.; Pande, S.; Agrawal, S.; Bobade, S.M. Selection of selective laser sintering materials for different applications. Rapid
    Prototyp. J. 2015, 21, 630–648. [CrossRef]
  7. Liu, F.H. Synthesis of bioceramic scaffolds for bone tissue engineering by rapid prototyping technique. J. Sol-Gel Sci. Technol.
    2012, 64, 704–710. [CrossRef]
  8. Ur Rehman, A.; Sglavo, V.M. 3D printing of geopolymer-based concrete for building applications. Rapid Prototyp. J. 2020, 26,
    1783–1788. [CrossRef]
  9. Ur Rehman, A.; Sglavo, V.M. 3D printing of Portland cement-containing bodies. Rapid Prototyp. J. 2021. ahead of print. [CrossRef]
  10. Popovich, A.; Sufiiarov, V. Metal Powder Additive Manufacturing. In New Trends in 3D Printing; InTech: Rijeka, Croatia, 2016.
  11. Jia, T.; Zhang, Y.; Chen, J.K.; He, Y.L. Dynamic simulation of granular packing of fine cohesive particles with different size
    distributions. Powder Technol. 2012, 218, 76–85. [CrossRef]
  12. Ansari, P.; Ur Rehman, A.; Pitir, F.; Veziroglu, S.; Mishra, Y.K.; Aktas, O.C.; Salamci, M.U. Selective Laser Melting of 316L
    Austenitic Stainless Steel: Detailed Process Understanding Using Multiphysics Simulation and Experimentation. Metals 2021,
    11, 1076. [CrossRef]
  13. Ur Rehman, A.; Tingting, L.; Liao, W. 4D Printing; Printing Ceramics from Metals with Selective Oxidation. Patent No.
    W0/2019/052128, 21 March 2019.
  14. Ullah, A.; Wu, H.; Ur Rehman, A.; Zhu, Y.; Liu, T.; Zhang, K. Influence of laser parameters and Ti content on the surface
    morphology of L-PBF fabricated Titania. Rapid Prototyp. J. 2021, 27, 71–80. [CrossRef]
  15. Ur Rehman, A. Additive Manufacturing of Ceramic Materials and Combinations with New Laser Strategies. Master’s Thesis,
    Nanjing University of Science and Technology, Nanjing, China, 2017.
  16. Wong, K.V.; Hernandez, A. A Review of Additive Manufacturing. ISRN Mech. Eng. 2012, 2012, 1–10. [CrossRef]
  17. Körner, C. Additive manufacturing of metallic components by selective electron beam melting—A review. Int. Mater. Rev. 2016,
    61, 361–377. [CrossRef]
  18. Fayazfar, H.; Salarian, M.; Rogalsky, A.; Sarker, D.; Russo, P.; Paserin, V.; Toyserkani, E. A critical review of powder-based additive
    manufacturing of ferrous alloys: Process parameters, microstructure and mechanical properties. Mater. Des. 2018, 144, 98–128.
    [CrossRef]
  19. Everton, S.K.; Hirsch, M.; Stavroulakis, P.I.; Leach, R.K.; Clare, A.T. Review of in-situ process monitoring and in-situ metrology
    for metal additive manufacturing. Mater. Des. 2016, 95, 431–445. [CrossRef]
  20. Sing, S.L.; An, J.; Yeong, W.Y.; Wiria, F.E. Laser and electron-beam powder-bed additive manufacturing of metallic implants: A
    review on processes, materials and designs. J. Orthop. Res. 2016, 34, 369–385. [CrossRef] [PubMed]
  21. Olakanmi, E.O.; Cochrane, R.F.; Dalgarno, K.W. A review on selective laser sintering/melting (SLS/SLM) of aluminium alloy
    powders: Processing, microstructure, and properties. Prog. Mater. Sci. 2015, 74, 401–477. [CrossRef]
  22. Mahmood, M.A.; Popescu, A.C.; Hapenciuc, C.L.; Ristoscu, C.; Visan, A.I.; Oane, M.; Mihailescu, I.N. Estimation of clad geometry
    and corresponding residual stress distribution in laser melting deposition: Analytical modeling and experimental correlations.
    Int. J. Adv. Manuf. Technol. 2020, 111, 77–91. [CrossRef]
  23. Mahmood, M.A.; Popescu, A.C.; Oane, M.; Ristoscu, C.; Chioibasu, D.; Mihai, S.; Mihailescu, I.N. Three-jet powder flow
    and laser–powder interaction in laser melting deposition: Modelling versus experimental correlations. Metals 2020, 10, 1113.
    [CrossRef]
  24. King, W.; Anderson, A.T.; Ferencz, R.M.; Hodge, N.E.; Kamath, C.; Khairallah, S.A. Overview of modelling and simulation of
    metal powder bed fusion process at Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory. Mater. Sci. Technol. 2015, 31, 957–968. [CrossRef]
  1. Gong, H.; Rafi, K.; Gu, H.; Starr, T.; Stucker, B. Analysis of defect generation in Ti-6Al-4V parts made using powder bed fusion
    additive manufacturing processes. Addit. Manuf. 2014, 1, 87–98. [CrossRef]
  2. Frazier, W.E. Metal additive manufacturing: A review. J. Mater. Eng. Perform. 2014, 23, 1917–1928. [CrossRef]
  3. Panwisawas, C.; Qiu, C.L.; Sovani, Y.; Brooks, J.W.; Attallah, M.M.; Basoalto, H.C. On the role of thermal fluid dynamics into the
    evolution of porosity during selective laser melting. Scr. Mater. 2015, 105, 14–17. [CrossRef]
  4. Yan, W.; Ge, W.; Qian, Y.; Lin, S.; Zhou, B.; Liu, W.K.; Lin, F.; Wagner, G.J. Multi-physics modeling of single/multiple-track defect
    mechanisms in electron beam selective melting. Acta Mater. 2017, 134, 324–333. [CrossRef]
  5. Qian, Y.; Yan, W.; Lin, F. Parametric study and surface morphology analysis of electron beam selective melting. Rapid Prototyp. J.
    2018, 24, 1586–1598. [CrossRef]
  6. Panwisawas, C.; Perumal, B.; Ward, R.M.; Turner, N.; Turner, R.P.; Brooks, J.W.; Basoalto, H.C. Keyhole formation and thermal
    fluid flow-induced porosity during laser fusion welding in titanium alloys: Experimental and modelling. Acta Mater. 2017, 126,
    251–263. [CrossRef]
  7. King, W.E.; Barth, H.D.; Castillo, V.M.; Gallegos, G.F.; Gibbs, J.W.; Hahn, D.E.; Kamath, C.; Rubenchik, A.M. Observation of
    keyhole-mode laser melting in laser powder-bed fusion additive manufacturing. J. Mater. Process. Technol. 2014, 214, 2915–2925.
    [CrossRef]
  8. Panwisawas, C.; Sovani, Y.; Turner, R.P.; Brooks, J.W.; Basoalto, H.C.; Choquet, I. Modelling of thermal fluid dynamics for fusion
    welding. J. Mater. Process. Technol. 2018, 252, 176–182. [CrossRef]
  9. Martin, A.A.; Calta, N.P.; Hammons, J.A.; Khairallah, S.A.; Nielsen, M.H.; Shuttlesworth, R.M.; Sinclair, N.; Matthews, M.J.;
    Jeffries, J.R.; Willey, T.M.; et al. Ultrafast dynamics of laser-metal interactions in additive manufacturing alloys captured by in situ
    X-ray imaging. Mater. Today Adv. 2019, 1, 100002. [CrossRef]
  10. Cunningham, R.; Zhao, C.; Parab, N.; Kantzos, C.; Pauza, J.; Fezzaa, K.; Sun, T.; Rollett, A.D. Keyhole threshold and morphology
    in laser melting revealed by ultrahigh-speed x-ray imaging. Science 2019, 363, 849–852. [CrossRef] [PubMed]
  11. Tang, C.; Tan, J.L.; Wong, C.H. A numerical investigation on the physical mechanisms of single track defects in selective laser
    melting. Int. J. Heat Mass Transf. 2018, 126, 957–968. [CrossRef]
  12. Mirkoohi, E.; Ning, J.; Bocchini, P.; Fergani, O.; Chiang, K.-N.; Liang, S. Thermal Modeling of Temperature Distribution in Metal
    Additive Manufacturing Considering Effects of Build Layers, Latent Heat, and Temperature-Sensitivity of Material Properties. J.
    Manuf. Mater. Process. 2018, 2, 63. [CrossRef]
  13. Oane, M.; Sporea, D. Temperature profiles modeling in IR optical components during high power laser irradiation. Infrared Phys.
    Technol. 2001, 42, 31–40. [CrossRef]
  14. Cleary, P.W.; Sawley, M.L. DEM modelling of industrial granular flows: 3D case studies and the effect of particle shape on hopper
    discharge. Appl. Math. Model. 2002, 26, 89–111. [CrossRef]
  15. Parteli, E.J.R.; Pöschel, T. Particle-based simulation of powder application in additive manufacturing. Powder Technol. 2016, 288,
    96–102. [CrossRef]
  16. Cao, L. Numerical simulation of the impact of laying powder on selective laser melting single-pass formation. Int. J. Heat Mass
    Transf. 2019, 141, 1036–1048. [CrossRef]
  17. Tian, Y.; Yang, L.; Zhao, D.; Huang, Y.; Pan, J. Numerical analysis of powder bed generation and single track forming for selective
    laser melting of SS316L stainless steel. J. Manuf. Process. 2020, 58, 964–974. [CrossRef]
  18. Lee, Y.S.; Zhang, W. Modeling of heat transfer, fluid flow and solidification microstructure of nickel-base superalloy fabricated by
    laser powder bed fusion. Addit. Manuf. 2016, 12, 178–188. [CrossRef]
  19. Tang, M.; Pistorius, P.C.; Beuth, J.L. Prediction of lack-of-fusion porosity for powder bed fusion. Addit. Manuf. 2017, 14, 39–48.
    [CrossRef]
  20. Promoppatum, P.; Yao, S.C.; Pistorius, P.C.; Rollett, A.D. A Comprehensive Comparison of the Analytical and Numerical
    Prediction of the Thermal History and Solidification Microstructure of Inconel 718 Products Made by Laser Powder-Bed Fusion.
    Engineering 2017, 3, 685–694. [CrossRef]
  21. Rosenthal, D. Mathematical Theory of Heat Distribution During Welding and Cutting. Weld. J. 1941, 20, 220–234.
  22. Chen, Q.; Zhao, Y.Y.; Strayer, S.; Zhao, Y.Y.; Aoyagi, K.; Koizumi, Y.; Chiba, A.; Xiong, W.; To, A.C. Elucidating the Effect
    of Preheating Temperature on Melt Pool Morphology Variation in Inconel 718 Laser Powder Bed Fusion via Simulation and
    Experiment. Available online: https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S2214860420310149#bb8 (accessed on 30
    April 2021).
  23. Ur Rehman, A.; Pitir, F.; Salamci, M.U. Laser Powder Bed Fusion (LPBF) of In718 and the Impact of Pre-Heating at 500 and
    1000 ◦C: Operando Study. Materials 2021, 14, 6683. [CrossRef] [PubMed]
  24. Ur Rehman, A.; Pitir, F.; Salamci, M.U. Full-Field Mapping and Flow Quantification of Melt Pool Dynamics in Laser Powder Bed
    Fusion of SS316L. Materials 2021, 14, 6264. [CrossRef] [PubMed]
  25. Gong, H.; Gu, H.; Zeng, K.; Dilip, J.J.S.; Pal, D.; Stucker, B.; Christiansen, D.; Beuth, J.; Lewandowski, J.J. Melt Pool Characterization
    for Selective Laser Melting of Ti-6Al-4V Pre-alloyed Powder. In Proceedings of the International Solid Freeform Fabrication
    Symposium, Austin, TX, USA, 10–12 August 2014; 2014; pp. 256–267.
  26. Song, B.; Dong, S.; Liao, H.; Coddet, C. Process parameter selection for selective laser melting of Ti6Al4V based on temperature
    distribution simulation and experimental sintering. Int. J. Adv. Manuf. Technol. 2012, 61, 967–974. [CrossRef]
  27. Guo, Q.; Zhao, C.; Qu, M.; Xiong, L.; Hojjatzadeh, S.M.H.; Escano, L.I.; Parab, N.D.; Fezzaa, K.; Sun, T.; Chen, L. In-situ full-field
  28. mapping of melt flow dynamics in laser metal additive manufacturing. Addit. Manuf. 2020, 31, 100939. [CrossRef]
  29. Messler, J.R.W. Principles of Welding: Processes, Physics, Chemistry, and Metallurgy; John Wiley & Sons: New York, NY, USA, 2008;
  30. ISBN 9783527617494.
  31. Khairallah, S.A.; Anderson, A.T.; Rubenchik, A.M.; King, W.E. Laser powder-bed fusion additive manufacturing: Physics of
  32. complex melt flow and formation mechanisms of pores, spatter, and denudation zones. Acta Mater. 2016, 108, 36–45. [CrossRef]
  33. Ur Rehman, A.; Mahmood, M.A.; Pitir, F.; Salamci, M.U.; Popescu, A.C.; Mihailescu, I.N. Mesoscopic Computational Fluid
  34. Dynamics Modelling for the Laser-Melting Deposition of AISI 304 Stainless Steel Single Tracks with Experimental Correlation: A
  35. Novel Study. Metals 2021, 11, 1569. [CrossRef]
  36. Paul, A.; Debroy, T. Free surface flow and heat transfer in conduction mode laser welding. Metall. Trans. B 1988, 19, 851–858.
  37. [CrossRef]
  38. Aucott, L.; Dong, H.; Mirihanage, W.; Atwood, R.; Kidess, A.; Gao, S.; Wen, S.; Marsden, J.; Feng, S.; Tong, M.; et al. Revealing
  39. internal flow behaviour in arc welding and additive manufacturing of metals. Nat. Commun. 2018, 9, 5414. [CrossRef]
  40. Abderrazak, K.; Bannour, S.; Mhiri, H.; Lepalec, G.; Autric, M. Numerical and experimental study of molten pool formation
  41. during continuous laser welding of AZ91 magnesium alloy. Comput. Mater. Sci. 2009, 44, 858–866. [CrossRef]
  42. Bayat, M.; Thanki, A.; Mohanty, S.; Witvrouw, A.; Yang, S.; Thorborg, J.; Tiedje, N.S.; Hattel, J.H. Keyhole-induced porosities in
  43. Laser-based Powder Bed Fusion (L-PBF) of Ti6Al4V: High-fidelity modelling and experimental validation. Addit. Manuf. 2019,
  44. 30, 100835. [CrossRef]
Figure 1 | Original Compound Broad Crested Weir Model (PVC cast).

복합 광대보의 방류계수 예측을 위한 실험적 해석과 CFD 해석의 비교연구

Comparative study of experimental and CFD analysis for predicting discharge coefficient of compound broad crested weir

ABSTRACT

Present study highlights the behavior of weir crest head and width parameter on the discharge coefficient of compound broad crested (CBC) weir. Computational fluid dynamics model (CFD) is validated with laboratory experimental investigations.

In the discharge analysis through broad crested weirs, the upstream head over the weir crest (h) is crucial, where the result is mainly dependent upon the weir crest length (L) in transverse direction to flow, water depth from channel bed. Currently, minimal investigations are known for CFD validations on compound broad crested weirs.

The hydraulic research for measuring discharge numerically is carried out using FLOW 3D software. The model applies renormalized group (RNG) using volume of fluid (VOF) method for improved accuracy in free surface simulations. Structured hexagonal meshes of cubic elements define discretized meshing.

The comparative analysis of the numerical simulations and experimental observations confirm the performance of CBC weir for precise measurement of a wide range of discharges. Series of CFD model studies and experimental validation have led to constant range of discharg coefficients for various head over weir crest. The correlation coefficient of discharge predictions is 0.999 with m